Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 22, 2020

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

nCino, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7372   46-4353148

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

6770 Parker Farm Drive

Wilmington, North Carolina 28405

(888) 676-2466

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Pierre Naudé

President and Chief Executive Officer

nCino, Inc.

6770 Parker Farm Drive

Wilmington, North Carolina 28405

(888) 676-2466

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Martin A. Wellington

Robert A. Ryan

Sidley Austin LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

(212) 839-5300

 

Gregory D. Orenstein

Chief Corporate Development &
Legal Officer and Secretary

nCino, Inc.

6770 Parker Farm Drive

Wilmington, North Carolina 28405

(888) 676-2466

 

Paul D. Tropp

Michael S. Pilo

Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

(212) 596-9000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
Emerging growth company       

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.0005 per share

  $100,000,000   $12,980

 

 

(1) 

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of any additional common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase, if any.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

PROSPECTUS Subject to Completion Preliminary Prospectus dated , 2020 Shares for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $ and $ per share. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq global select market under the symbol “NCNO.” We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. We This elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See the section titled “Prospectus Summary— We are an “emerging growth company” as the term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have changed. effective. Emerging Growth Company. “be the offer or sale Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” on page 14. Price to Underwriting Discounts Proceeds to Us, Public and Commissions (1) Before Expenses Per Share $ $ $Total $ $ $(1) See the section entitled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation. or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved and these a criminal offense. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to investors on or about , 2020. BofA Securities Barclays KeyBanc Capital Markets SunTrust Robinson Humphrey Piper Sandler Raymond James Macquarie Capital The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The date of this prospectus is , 2020.

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

“TD Bank’s investment into the nCino platform ultimately will enable us to provide a seamless experience to our clients and an improved employee experience—both critical to the success of the organization. Through nCino, TD Bank is consolidating numerous legacy systems into one top-tier, foundational platform that allows for better communication, credit administration and processes, and through data, advanced visibility into the lifecycle of relationships and future opportunities. “CHRIS GIAMOHEAD OF COMMERCIAL BANKING “At ConnectOne, we’ve built our success through our sense of urgency and culture of efficiency. The nCino platform allows us to scale this culture by providing a fully digitized end to end experience. With nCino, it takes maybe a minute to put a lead’s information into the system and start the process. It’s a game changer. We were already processing loans pretty quickly, but with nCino it is cutting time from the process. “FRANK SORRENTINOCEO AND CHAIRMAN “Santander UK has embarked on a transformation project to deliver a cutting-edge experience for our clients and nCino is a critical part of our strategy. With the nCino Bank Operating System in place, we no longer rely on siloed legacy systems that require rekeying information and result in prolonged turnaround times. Instead, we have a modern, flexible and scalable technology solution that allows us to offer our clients a faster, more efficient and more transparent onboarding and lending experience. “CHRIS FALLISCHIEF OPERATING OFFICERCORPORATE & COMMERCIAL BANKING “With nCino, we can not only provide much-needed funding to our small business customers, but we can track in real-time how much of our pipeline is related to COVID-19, easily create automated and customized reports, make changes quickly in a constantly-evolving situation, and ensure we are always remaining compliant. The impact this software has had on our business and our customer base is significant. “BRAD TURNEREVP AND CHIEF CREDIT OFFICER

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

TRANSFORMING FINANCIAL SERVICES THROUGH INNOVATION, REPUTATION AND SPEED

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

NCINO BANK OPERATING SYSTEMA SINGLE PLATFORM FOR ON BOARDING,LOAN ORIGINATION AND ACCOUNT OPENINGHEADQUARTERSWILMINGTON, NC, USA1,100+KEY COMPANY HIGHLIGHTS FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS USING NCINO900+PASSIONATE EMPLOYEES ACROSS7 GLOBAL OFFICES~$10B 147% 161SERVICE ABLE FY2020 CUSTOMERS PAYINGADDRESS ABLE SUBSCRIPTION >$100K PER YEARMARKET REVENUE INCLUDINGRETENTION RATE(1) 21>$1M70% 60% 10SUBSCRIPTION SUBSCRIPTION COUNTRIES WHEREGROSS REVENUE(2) THEN CINO BANKMARGIN GROWTH OPERATING SYSTEMKEY PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS IS DEPLOYED Note: Fiscal year end is January 31, 2020. (1) Subscription revenue retention rate is calculated as total subscription revenues in a fiscal year from customers who purchased any of our solutions as of January 31 of the prior fiscal year, expressed as a percentage of total subscription revenues for the prior fiscal year. additional sales to these customers, net of attrition. (2) Recurring or subscription revenues consist principally of fees from customers for accessing the nCino Bank Year-over-year increases in subscription revenues from existing customers reflect both the effect of phased activations of originally contracted for seats as well as Operating System and maintenance and support services that we offer under non-cancellable multi-year contracts, which typically range from three to five years.

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     14  

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39  

Market, Industry and Other Data

     41  

Use of Proceeds

     42  

Dividend Policy

     43  

Capitalization

     44  

Dilution

     46  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     48  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     51  

Business

     76  

Management

     92  

Executive Compensation

     102  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     112  

Principal Stockholders

     114  

Description of Capital Stock

     117  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     123  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     126  

Underwriting

     130  

Legal Matters

     138  

Experts

     138  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     138  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor any of the underwriters has authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used in jurisdictions where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate as of the date of this document or such other date set forth in this document, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock, and the information in any free writing prospectus that we may provide you in connection with this offering is accurate only as of the date of that free writing prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since those dates.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Basis of presentation

Our fiscal year ends on January 31 of each year and references in this prospectus to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends. Accordingly, references in this prospectus to “fiscal 2018,” “fiscal 2019,” and “fiscal 2020” refer to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018, January 31, 2019 and January 31, 2020, respectively.

In this prospectus, when we refer to “Annual Contract Value” or “ACV” for any customer for any given period, we mean the annualized subscription fees from fully-activated subscription contracts in effect for such customers at the end of the applicable period.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares in this offering. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to purchase our common stock. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our,” and “the Company” refer to nCino, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

nCino, Inc.

Our Mission

Our mission is to transform financial services through innovation, reputation and speed.

Overview

nCino is a leading global provider of cloud-based software for financial institutions. We empower banks and credit unions with the technology they need to meet ever-changing client expectations and regulatory requirements, gain increased visibility into their operations and performance, replace legacy systems, and operate digitally and more competitively. Our solution, the nCino Bank Operating System, digitizes, automates and streamlines inefficient and complex processes and workflow, and utilizes data analytics and artificial intelligence and machine learning (“AI/ML”) to enable financial institutions to more effectively onboard new clients, make loans and manage the entire loan life cycle, open deposit and other accounts and manage regulatory compliance. We serve financial institution customers of all sizes and complexities, including global financial institutions, enterprise banks, regional banks, community banks, credit unions and new market entrants, such as challenger banks. Our customers deploy and utilize our digital platform, which can be accessed anytime, anywhere and from any internet-enabled device, for mission critical functions across their organizations.

Built as a single, multi-tenant SaaS platform, the nCino Bank Operating System transforms the way financial institutions operate, go to market and interact with their clients, while delivering measurable return on investment by enabling them to:

 

   

digitally serve their clients across commercial, small business and retail lines of business,

 

   

improve financial results,

 

   

operate more efficiently,

 

   

manage risk and compliance more effectively, and

 

   

establish a data, audit and business intelligence hub.

We were founded in a bank with the goal of improving that institution’s operations and client service. Realizing the problems we were addressing were endemic to virtually all banks and credit unions, we were spun out as a separate company in late 2011 with the vision of providing a comprehensive solution to onboard clients, originate any type of loan and open any type of account on a single cloud-based platform. We initially focused the nCino Bank Operating System on transforming commercial and small business lending for community and regional banks. We introduced our solution to enterprise banks in the United States in 2014, and then



 

1


Table of Contents

internationally in 2017, and have subsequently expanded across North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific (“APAC”). Throughout this market expansion, we broadened our solution by adding functionality for retail lending, client onboarding, deposit account opening, analytics and AI/ML. Our holistic solution enables us to provide a single digital banking platform for financial institutions of all sizes on a global basis. We work with some of the world’s leading systems integrators (“SIs”) to help implement our solution, which has increased our capacity to deliver and deploy the nCino Bank Operating System and enabled us to scale more quickly.

As a native cloud platform that utilizes a single code base regardless of the size and complexity of the financial institution, the nCino Bank Operating System is highly scalable and configurable for the specific needs of each of our customers. Once implemented, our solution becomes deeply embedded in our customers’ business processes, enabling mission critical workflow across the financial institution on a single platform and allowing our customers to serve their clients without locality or access constraints. The nCino Bank Operating System connects the front, middle and back office employees of a financial institution with clients and third parties across lines of business. We deliver data analytics and AI/ML capabilities through our nCino IQ (“nIQ”) application suite to provide our customers with automation and insights into their operations, such as tools for analyzing, measuring and managing credit risk, as well as to improve their ability to comply with regulatory requirements. Fundamental elements of the nCino Bank Operating System are built on the Salesforce platform (the “Salesforce Platform”), which allows us to focus our product development efforts on building deep vertical functionality specifically for banks and credit unions while leveraging the Salesforce Platform’s global infrastructure, reliability and scalability.

We offer the nCino Bank Operating System on a subscription basis pursuant to non-cancellable multi-year contracts that typically range from three to five years, and we employ a “land and expand” business model. Our initial deployment with a customer generally focuses on implementing a client onboarding, loan origination and/or deposit account opening application in a specific line of business within the financial institution, such as commercial, small business or retail. The nCino Bank Operating System is designed to scale with our customers and once our solution is deployed, we seek to have our customers expand adoption within and across lines of business. The nCino Bank Operating System leverages common data sets and functionality across applications, which optimizes and accelerates the deployment of our solution throughout a financial institution.

The nCino Bank Operating System serves a large addressable market opportunity globally as financial institutions make significant investments in information technology (“IT”) applications and infrastructure, with demand for cloud-based solutions in banking continuing to grow. According to Gartner, banking had the highest global enterprise IT spending of all industries with approximately $376 billion spent in 2018. Based on our internal analysis and experience, we estimate the current serviceable market for the nCino Bank Operating System to be greater than $10 billion.

nCino has a diverse customer base ranging from global financial institutions, such as Bank of America, Barclays, Santander Bank and TD Bank, to enterprise banks, such as KeyBank, Allied Irish Bank, Truist Bank and US Bank, to regional and community banks, such as ConnectOne Bank, IBERIABANK, Pacific Western Bank and Coastal States Bank, to credit unions, such as Corning Credit Union, Navy Federal Credit Union, SAFE Credit Union and Wright-Patt Credit Union, to new market entrants, such as challenger banks like B-North, DBT Företagslån, Recognise Financial and Secure Trust Bank. These companies represent a cross-section of global financial institutions, enterprise banks, regional and community banks, credit unions and challenger banks, and each of these customers represents a substantial level of ACV in its respective category.

We ended fiscal 2020 with over 290 financial institutions that utilized the nCino Bank Operating System for client onboarding, loan origination and/or deposit account opening, of which 161 each generated more than $100,000 in annual subscription revenues in fiscal 2020. In addition, we have over 890 financial institutions that use the portfolio analytics solution we acquired with the Visible Equity acquisition in fiscal 2020, which is now part of nIQ. In total, we had over 1,180 financial institution customers as of January 31, 2020. For fiscal 2020, we had a



 

2


Table of Contents

subscription revenue retention rate of 147%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Our Operating Results—Subscription Revenue Retention Rate” for additional information on subscription revenue retention rates.

Our business has achieved rapid growth since its inception. We plan to continue investing in expanding the breadth and depth of the nCino Bank Operating System and expanding internationally. We believe our product development and global expansion initiatives will continue to drive revenue and customer growth. Our total revenues were $138.2 million, $91.5 million and $58.1 million for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, representing a 54.2% compound annual growth rate. We also had recurring, subscription-based revenues of $103.3 million, $64.5 million and $38.0 million for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, representing a 64.7% compound annual growth rate. Net losses attributable to nCino for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $27.6 million, $22.3 million and $18.6 million, respectively. For the three months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, our total revenues were $44.7 million and $29.8 million, respectively, representing a 49.9% annual growth rate, and our subscription revenues were $34.8 million and $21.0 million, respectively, representing a 65.6% annual growth rate. We had net losses attributable to nCino of $4.8 million and $3.4 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Industry Background

With more than 28,000 financial institutions worldwide, banking is one of the largest and most complex industries in the global economy and is characterized by intense competition between incumbent financial institutions, as well as with new challenger banks and non-bank lenders. This competitive environment, combined with high levels of regulatory oversight and persistently low interest rates over the last several years, can make executing and delivering favorable financial results difficult for financial institutions. Furthermore, technologies like social media, mobile and online commerce are challenging financial institutions to engage with clients and employees more efficiently, intelligently and transparently through new channels. In response to these challenges, many financial institutions have embarked on digital transformations, investing in technology to make their operations more client focused, automated and agile. The most forward-thinking financial institutions are going a step further by adopting modern predictive analytics and AI/ML to become more truly data-driven organizations.

Financial Institution Clients Increasingly Demand a Seamless, Modern and Transparent Experience

Evolving client expectations are driving the need for change across financial services. Today, a typical client expects to interact with a financial institution in a myriad of ways, from visiting a branch to logging in remotely from a variety of devices. These clients increasingly value a consistent and seamless experience across these diverse channels. According to a 2019 PricewaterhouseCoopers (“PwC”) survey, there has been a 21% increase since 2015 in consumers who use financial institutions that place more importance on experiential factors than interest rates. Additionally, this survey notes that 35% of clients choose their financial institution based on ease of use and client service. Financial institutions, which have historically required clients to adapt to the institution’s operating structure, must increasingly adapt their operating structures to the needs of their clients. This transformation requires a flexible, scalable, agile and secure technology platform. According to a 2018 Accenture survey, 74% of bank operation leaders say that client experience is their top strategic priority, yet 69% believe they are not optimizing their data and capabilities to improve the client journey, with legacy environments most frequently cited as the greatest barrier to change.

Digital Transformation is Driving Financial Institution Technology Spend Even Higher

Financial institutions spend more on technology than any other industry and digital transformation is expected to accelerate this trend. According to a 2018 EY survey, 85% of banks are currently undertaking digital transformations to modernize their businesses and 60% of banks plan to increase their technology budgets by at



 

3


Table of Contents

least 10% over the next 12 months. While cloud computing is a key enabler of digital transformation, financial institutions have historically been slow to adopt cloud computing out of concerns over stability, security and control. As a result, financial institutions are generally in the early stages of their transition to the cloud, and accessing a highly reliable and secure platform for 24/7/365 “anywhere” operations is becoming increasingly important. In the 2018 EY survey, 60% to 80% of global banks said they planned to increase investment in cloud technology over the next three years. Additionally, according to a 2018 Celent report, financial services firms are expected to progressively abandon private data centers and triple the amount of data they upload to the cloud over the next three years.

Financial Institutions Face Increased Regulatory Scrutiny

Financial institutions are facing ever increasing regulatory requirements. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Basel capital requirement standards and the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) accounting standard have imposed stringent regulations pertaining to capital and leverage ratios and how financial institutions are required to estimate allowances for credit losses. Additionally, increased privacy regulations, such as the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), have imposed tougher data protection requirements. According to a Thomson Reuters report, compliance costs for financial institutions have increased 13% year over year since 2017 and the cost of non-compliance can be material. The overhang of this and other regulation is driving increased demand for technology solutions to help financial institutions standardize processes, enhance visibility, ease the burden of regulatory exams and ultimately reduce compliance costs.

The Shift to Automation and Data-Driven Banking

To accelerate digital transformation, financial institutions are focusing their technology investments on automation, actionable intelligence, predictive analytics and AI/ML.

 

   

Automation. Financial institutions are marrying digital technologies and data to modernize and automate what were traditionally manual processes. The automation opportunity is an institution-wide mandate where dynamic data models are increasingly being used to monitor business processes and automate tasks and decisions to drive organizational efficiency, scalability and speed.

 

   

Actionable Intelligence. Actionable intelligence technology offers the ability to synthesize disparate data sets into unified reportable information and provides a recommended course of action to make more informed real-time decisions.

 

   

Predictive Analytics. Predictive analytics use cases in financial services include predicting fraud, modeling risk, personalizing marketing, predicting client lifetime value, segmenting clients, enabling recommendation engines, predicting loan defaults and improving client support. The financial and operational benefits of these use cases can be substantial.

 

   

AI/ML. AI/ML can be used to continually improve operating results by, for example, modeling credit exposure and estimating the impact of a downturn on a financial institution’s portfolios. Other AI/ML use cases in financial services include streamlining credit decisions, preventing fraud and providing personalized services. According to a 2018 Accenture report, AI/ML will allow banks to save 20% to 25% across IT operations, infrastructure, maintenance and operations.

Benefits of the nCino Bank Operating System

The nCino Bank Operating System is a single, multi-tenant cloud platform that digitizes client onboarding, loan origination and deposit account opening across commercial, small business and retail lines of



 

4


Table of Contents

business. Our solution streamlines employee, client and third-party interactions and drives increased profitability, efficiency, transparency and regulatory compliance across a financial institution. The nCino Bank Operating System was designed by bankers who understand how financial institutions operate and delivers a significant and measurable return on investment by enabling them to:

 

   

Digitally Serve Their Clients Across Commercial, Small Business and Retail Lines of Business. The nCino Bank Operating System delivers a seamless experience across devices, channels and products, enabling a unified digital relationship between a financial institution, its employees, clients and third parties, such as appraisers, lawyers and regulators. This empowers financial institution employees to be more efficient and effective, and enhance relationships with their clients. Additionally, because nCino is cloud native, these employees are able to work from the office or remotely 24/7/365.

 

   

Improve Financial Results. Our customers leverage nCino’s capabilities to drive revenue growth by digitally expanding their brand presence and reach, increasing access and convenience for their employees and clients, delivering new products to grow client wallet share, and improving client satisfaction and retention. Our SaaS platform can reduce total cost of ownership by eliminating redundant legacy systems and simplifying our customers’ internal information technology landscape. The nCino Bank Operating System increases transparency at all organizational levels across lines of business, enabling our customers to measure their operations and performance more effectively.

 

   

Operate More Efficiently. Utilizing the nCino Bank Operating System’s automation, workflow and digitization capabilities allows financial institutions and their employees to focus on value-add work, reduce time spent on clearing exceptions, reduce duplicative data entry and data rekeying, help eliminate manual processes, decrease the use of paper files and accelerate document collection.

 

   

Manage Risk and Compliance More Effectively. The nCino Bank Operating System helps financial institutions reduce regulatory, credit and operational risk through workflow and automation, data reporting, standardized risk rating calculations and financial modeling. For example, the content management, automated workflow and digital audit trail and snapshot functionality within the nCino Bank Operating System helps our customers more effectively and efficiently prepare for regulatory examinations.

 

   

Establish a Data, Audit and Business Intelligence Hub. With an open application program interface (“API”) technology framework and integrations with third-party data sources, financial institutions can use the nCino Bank Operating System to augment their client and operational data and create a paperless centralized data hub that enhances data-driven decision-making. This centralized hub enables data to be more easily accessed, modeled and analyzed to help deliver greater operational, portfolio and financial intelligence, a more complete client view, improved compliance monitoring and metrics, as well as the opportunity to more successfully leverage AI/ML.

Our Competitive Advantages

We believe our position as a leading global provider of cloud banking software for financial institutions is built on a foundation of the following strengths:

 

   

Built by Bankers for Bankers. Our company was started by banking professionals who recognized the need for a single cloud platform to address the endemic challenges faced by financial



 

5


Table of Contents
 

institutions. This heritage is the foundation of our deep banking domain expertise, which differentiates us and continues to drive our strategy to design software that addresses the unique challenges of our financial institution customers globally.

 

   

Cloud Banking Technology Pioneer and Market Leader. The nCino Bank Operating System was developed from inception as a native cloud application and we believe our over eight year track record of technology innovation in digitally transforming financial institutions distinguishes us in the market. As a first mover in this sector, we have developed trusted relationships and a reputation for successfully implementing our solution with financial institutions of all sizes in multiple geographies.

 

   

Single SaaS Platform. We deliver a single SaaS platform that spans business lines and replaces point and other legacy technology solutions for client onboarding, loan origination and deposit account opening. This approach allows financial institutions to leverage common data sets and workflow across lines of business, providing a consistent and engaging digital experience for employees and clients and a more comprehensive view of client relationships.

 

   

Measurable Return on Investment. The nCino Bank Operating System provides quantifiable results for our customers, including increased client growth and retention, loan volume and efficiency and reduced loan closing times, policy exceptions and operating costs. Our solution empowers our customers with data driven, real-time insights into their business performance, enabling them to better measure and manage their operations.

 

   

Empowering the Intelligent Enterprise. Through our nIQ applications, we leverage analytics and AI/ML to help financial institutions become more predictive, personalized and proactive. nIQ automates data extraction and analysis, allowing our customers to focus on more value-add activities, and employs predictive analytics to, for example, assist in understanding risk and fair lending compliance. nIQ drives personalized experiences by embedding actionable information throughout the nCino Bank Operating System, which enables our customers to make more informed decisions in real time at the point of production.

 

   

Award-Winning Culture. We are in the business of fundamentally changing the way financial institutions operate. To transform an industry, we believe it is essential to have a company culture that not only empowers its employees to challenge the status quo, but also emboldens them to drive change and have a passion for customer success. For these reasons, we have built nCino with a cultural foundation based on our six core values: Bring Your A-Game, Do the Right Thing, Respect Each Other, Make Someone’s Day, Have Fun and Be a Winner! We believe our culture is the foundation for the successful execution of our strategy and, as a result, is a critical strength of our organization. In recognition of our continued focus on employee engagement, satisfaction and culture, we have received numerous awards, including being named the 2019 #1 Best Place to Work in Financial Technology by American Banker.

How nCino Will Grow

We intend to continue growing our business by executing on the following strategies:

 

   

Expand Within and Across our Existing Customers. We believe there is a significant opportunity to further expand within our existing customer base both vertically within business lines and horizontally across business lines. As an example, we formally launched our solution in retail lending in May 2018 and we now have 33 customers contracted to use both our commercial and



 

6


Table of Contents
 

retail loan origination applications. Our revenues from existing customers continue to grow as additional users are added, creating strong customer cohort dynamics.

 

   

Expand our Customer Base. We believe the global market for cloud banking is large and underserved. With banks and credit unions needing to replace legacy point products with more efficient technology and banking services continuing to shift to digital, we believe there is a significant opportunity to deliver our solution and expand our customer base to financial institutions of all sizes and complexities around the world. Currently deployed in 10 countries, we have made significant investments to expand our presence in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and APAC, and our solution can currently support over 120 languages and over 140 currencies. We promote sales in North America out of our offices in the United States and Canada, in APAC out of our offices in Australia and Japan, and in EMEA out of our office in the United Kingdom (“UK”). For fiscal 2020, revenues generated in countries outside the United States were 8.0% of our total revenues.

 

   

Continue Strengthening and Extending our Product Functionality. We plan to extend the depth and breadth of the nCino Bank Operating System’s client onboarding, loan origination and deposit account opening functionality across lines of business, while further enhancing its international capabilities. Additionally, we plan to continue to develop our portfolio analytics and credit modeling capabilities as well as our AI/ML capabilities through automation, predictive analytics, digital assistant services and data source integration. These innovations will further reduce the human resources required for routine but time-consuming tasks, allowing our customers’ employees the ability to spend more time on value creating activities. By continuing to expand the functionality of the nCino Bank Operating System, we can further help our customers improve financial results, operate more efficiently, manage risk and compliance more effectively, and establish a data, audit and business intelligence hub.

 

   

Foster and Grow our SI and Technology Ecosystem. We have developed strong relationships with a number of leading SIs, including Accenture, Deloitte, PwC and West Monroe Partners, that increase our capacity to onboard new customers and implement the nCino Bank Operating System, extend our global reach and drive increased market awareness of our company and solution. To date, over 1,500 SI consultants have completed our training program to implement the nCino Bank Operating System. Through the open architecture of the nCino Bank Operating System, an increasing number of third-party technology partners, including DocuSign, Equifax, Experian, TransUnion, IDology, LexisNexis, OneSpan and The Risk Management Association, are integrated with our solution.

 

   

Selectively Pursue Strategic Transactions. In addition to developing our solution organically, we may selectively pursue acquisitions, joint ventures or other strategic transactions. We expect these transactions to focus on innovation to help strengthen and expand the functionality and features of the nCino Bank Operating System and/or expand our global presence. For example, in fiscal 2020 we acquired Visible Equity and FinSuite as part of our strategy to build out our nIQ capabilities and we established our nCino K.K. joint venture to facilitate our entry into the Japanese market.

Risks Factors Summary

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include the following:

 

   

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict our future operating results, and we may not achieve our expected operating results in the future;



 

7


Table of Contents
   

We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future;

 

   

If we are unable to attract new customers or continue to broaden our existing customers’ use of our solution, our revenue growth will be adversely affected;

 

   

If the market for cloud-based banking technology develops more slowly than we expect or changes in a way that we fail to anticipate, our sales would suffer and our results of operations would be adversely affected;

 

   

We may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate in the future;

 

   

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business;

 

   

We may not accurately predict the long-term rate of customer subscription renewals or adoption of our solution, or any resulting impact on our revenues or operating results;

 

   

A breach of our security measures or those we rely on could result in unauthorized access to customer or their clients’ data, which may materially and adversely impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

Fundamental elements of the nCino Bank Operating System are built on the Salesforce Platform and we rely on our agreement with salesforce.com (“Salesforce”) to provide our solution to our customers;

 

   

Privacy and data security concerns, data collection and transfer restrictions and related domestic or foreign regulations may limit the use and adoption of the nCino Bank Operating System and adversely affect our business and results of operations;

 

   

Uncertain or weakened economic conditions, including as a result of the recent novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak, may adversely affect our industry, business and results of operations;

 

   

Because we recognize subscription revenues over the term of the contract, downturns or upturns in our business may not be reflected in our results of operations until future periods;

 

   

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain it as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be adversely affected;

 

   

We derive all of our revenues from customers in the financial services industry, and any downturn or decrease in technology spend in the financial services industry could adversely affect our business;

 

   

The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive and highly fragmented, and pricing pressure, new technologies or other competitive dynamics could adversely affect our business and results of operations; and

 

   

Our three largest stockholders, collectively, will hold         % of our total outstanding common stock in the aggregate or an aggregate of         % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and as such, the influence of public stockholders over significant corporate actions will be limited. In addition, we rely on Salesforce, our second largest stockholder, for the Salesforce Platform upon which the nCino Bank Operating System is built and for the operation of datacenters we use.



 

8


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We were organized in the state of North Carolina in late 2011, and incorporated in Delaware in 2013. Our principal executive offices are located at 6770 Parker Farm Drive, Wilmington, North Carolina 28405, and our telephone number is (888) 676-2466. Our website address is www.ncino.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

nCino and other trademarks or service marks of nCino, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of nCino, Inc. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, logos and trade names referred to in this prospectus are without the ® and symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate that we will not assert our rights in these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”). We may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). We have elected to use the extended transition period to enable us to comply with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (1) are no longer an emerging growth company and (2) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We intend to take advantage of the foregoing exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of (1) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the fiscal year during which our annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (4) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Initial Public Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors” for additional information.



 

9


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered

             shares

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us will be approximately $        , or approximately $         if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures such as additional office facilities. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, invest in or obtain rights to complementary technologies, products, services or businesses. There are no such transactions (or agreements related to such transactions) at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Select Market trading symbol

“NCNO”

 

Risk factors

See the section titled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Reserved share program

At our request, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating underwriter, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. Shares purchased by our directors and officers in the reserved share program will be subject to lock-up restrictions described in this prospectus. See the section titled “Underwriting—Reserved Share Program” for additional information.

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on              shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2020 and excludes:

 

   

7,744,722 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of April 30, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.39 per share under our existing equity plans;

 

   

972,494 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock unit (RSU) awards as of April 30, 2020;



 

10


Table of Contents
   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “2019 Incentive Plan”); and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

no issuance or exercise of outstanding options after April 30, 2020;

 

   

no issuance or settlement of outstanding RSUs after April 30, 2020;

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will each occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock; and

 

   

the conversion of all of our outstanding non-voting common stock into voting common stock prior to the completion of this offering.



 

11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth our summary consolidated financial data. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 are each derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of April 30, 2020, are each derived from our unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read this summary consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

 

    Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Three Months Ended
April 30,
 
    2018     2019     2020     2019     2020  
($ In thousands, except share and per share amounts)                        

Revenues:

         

Subscription revenues

  $ 38,048     $ 64,458     $ 103,265     $ 21,032     $ 34,831  

Professional services revenues

    20,094       27,076       34,915       8,804       9,881  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    58,142       91,534       138,180       29,836       44,712  

Cost of revenues(1):

         

Cost of subscription revenue

    12,581       19,995       31,062       6,502       10,099  

Cost of professional services revenue

    17,890       26,456       33,008       7,536       8,767  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    30,471       46,451       64,070       14,038       18,866  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    27,671       45,083       74,110       15,798       25,846  

Operating expenses(1):

         

Sales and marketing

    20,954       31,278       44,440       8,015       12,226  

Research and development

    16,559       22,230       35,304       7,366       10,965  

General and administrative

    8,933       14,791       22,536       3,909       6,926  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    46,446       68,299       102,280       19,290       30,117  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (18,775     (23,216     (28,170     (3,492     (4,271

Non-operating income (expense):

         

Interest income

    260       1,193       988       318       156  

Other

    (24     (89     33       (109     (520
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

    (18,539     (22,112     (27,149     (3,283     (4,635

Income tax expense

    50       194       586       136       197  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (18,589     (22,306     (27,735     (3,419     (4,832

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

    —         —         (141     —         (176

Adjustment attributable to non-controlling interest

    —         —         —         —         113  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

  $ (18,589   $ (22,306   $ (27,594   $ (3,419   $ (4,769
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to nCino, Inc.:

         

Basic and diluted

  $ (0.27   $ (0.30   $ (0.35   $ (0.05   $ (0.06
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

         

Basic and diluted

    68,290,570       74,593,709       78,316,794       75,986,517       81,560,762  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

12


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,      Three Months
Ended April 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020      2019      2020  
($ In thousands)                            

Cost of revenues

   $ 1,357      $ 1,487      $ 1,517      $ 389      $ 327  

Sales and marketing

     940        1,078        1,260        292        315  

Research and development

     1,070        1,056        1,245        306        309  

General and administrative

     459        474        1,723        122        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 3,826      $ 4,095      $ 5,745      $ 1,109      $ 1,051  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

    

As of April 30, 2020

 
     Actual     As
Adjusted(1)
 
(In thousands)       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 99,038     $                

Total assets

     261,089    

Total liabilities

     92,807    

Accumulated deficit

     (125,580  

Total stockholders’ equity

     163,898    

 

(1) 

The as adjusted column in the balance sheet data table above gives effect to the sale and issuance by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease the amount of our as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $         assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The following table reconciles Non-GAAP Operating Loss to Loss from Operations, the most directly comparable financial measure, calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Three Months
Ended April 30,
 
     2018     2019     2020     2019     2020  
Non-GAAP financial measure (in thousands)                               

GAAP Loss from Operations

   $ (18,775   $ (23,216   $ (28,170   $ (3,492   $ (4,271

Adjustments

          

Amortization of Intangible Assets

                 1,748             796  

Stock-based Compensation Expense

     3,826       4,095       5,745       1,109       1,051  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Adjustments

     3,826       4,095       7,493       1,109       1,847  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Operating Loss(1)

   $ (14,949   $ (19,121   $ (20,677   $ (2,383   $ (2,424
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

See “Selected consolidated financial data—Non-GAAP financial measure” for additional information.



 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict our future operating results, and we may not achieve our expected operating results in the future.

As a result of our limited operating history, our ability to forecast our future operating results, including revenues, cash flows and profitability, is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. We have encountered and will encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in the technology industry, such as the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties are incorrect or change due to changes in our markets, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results may differ materially from our expectations and our business may suffer.

We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We began operations in late 2011 and have experienced net losses since inception. We generated a net loss attributable to nCino of $27.6 million and $4.8 million in fiscal 2020 and the three months ended April 30, 2020, respectively, and as of April 30, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $125.6 million. We will need to generate and sustain increased revenue levels in future periods in order to become profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase our level of profitability. We intend to continue to expend significant resources to support further growth and extend the functionality of the nCino Bank Operating System, expand our sales and product development headcount, increase our marketing activities and grow our international operations. We will also face increased costs associated with growth, the expansion of our customer base and the costs of being a public company. Our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenues enough to offset our increased operating expenses. We expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in product development, and we cannot predict whether or when we will achieve or sustain profitability. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the value of our business and common stock may significantly decrease.

If we are unable to attract new customers or continue to broaden our existing customers’ use of our solution, our revenue growth will be adversely affected.

To increase our revenues, we will need to continue to attract new customers and succeed in having our current customers expand the use of our solution across their institution. For example, our revenue growth strategy includes increased penetration of markets outside the United States as well as selling our retail applications to existing and new customers, and failure in either respect would adversely affect our revenue growth. In addition, for us to maintain or improve our results of operations, it is important that our customers renew their subscriptions with us on the same or more favorable terms to us when their existing subscription term

 

14


Table of Contents

expires. Our revenue growth rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including customer spending levels, customer dissatisfaction with our solution, decreases in the number of users at our customers, changes in the type and size of our customers, pricing changes, competitive conditions, the loss of our customers to other companies and general economic conditions. Our customers may also require fewer subscriptions for our solution as its use may enable them to operate more efficiently over time. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our current customers will renew or expand their use of our solution. If we are unable to sign new customers or retain or attract new business from current customers, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If the market for cloud-based banking technology develops more slowly than we expect or changes in a way that we fail to anticipate, our sales would suffer and our results of operations would be adversely affected.

Use of, and reliance on, cloud-based banking technology is still at an early stage and we do not know whether financial institutions will continue to adopt cloud-based banking technology such as the nCino Bank Operating System in the future, or whether the market will change in ways we do not anticipate. Many financial institutions have invested substantial personnel and financial resources in legacy software, and these institutions may be reluctant, unwilling or unable to convert from their existing systems to our solution. Furthermore, these financial institutions may be reluctant, unwilling or unable to use cloud-based banking technology due to various concerns such as the security of their data and reliability of the delivery model. These concerns or other considerations may cause financial institutions to choose not to adopt cloud-based banking technology such as ours or to adopt them more slowly than we anticipate, either of which would adversely affect us. Our future success also depends on our ability to sell additional applications and functionality, such as nIQ, to our current and prospective customers. As we create new applications and enhance our existing solution, these applications and enhancements may not be attractive to customers. In addition, promoting and selling new and enhanced functionality may require increasingly costly sales and marketing efforts, and if customers choose not to adopt this functionality our business and results of operations could suffer. If financial institutions are unwilling or unable to transition from their legacy systems, or if the demand for our solution does not meet our expectations, our results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.

We may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate in the future.

Our revenues increased from $58.1 million for fiscal 2018 to $91.5 million for fiscal 2019 to $138.2 million for fiscal 2020, and from $29.8 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 to $44.7 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020. We may not be able to sustain revenue growth consistent with our recent history, if at all. Our revenue growth in recent periods may not be indicative of our future performance. Furthermore, to the extent we grow in future periods, maintaining consistent rates of revenue growth may be difficult. Our revenue growth may also slow or even reverse in future periods due to a number of factors, which may include slowing demand for our solution, increasing competition, decreasing growth of our overall market, the impact of COVID-19, our inability to attract and retain a sufficient number of financial institution customers, concerns over data security, our failure, for any reason, to capitalize on growth opportunities or general economic conditions. If we are unable to maintain consistent revenue growth, the price of our common stock could be volatile and it may be difficult for us to achieve and maintain profitability.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly results of operations, including the levels of our revenues, gross margin, profitability, cash flow and deferred revenue, may vary significantly in the future and, accordingly, period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. Thus, the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, and may not fully or accurately reflect the underlying performance of our business. For example, while subscriptions with our customers include multi-year non-cancellable terms, in a limited number of contracts, customers have an option to buy out of the contract for a specified termination fee.

 

15


Table of Contents

If such customers exercise this buy-out option, or if we negotiate an early termination of a contract at a customer’s request, any termination fee would be recognized in full at the time of termination, which would favorably affect subscription revenues in that period and unfavorably affect subscription revenues in subsequent periods. Fluctuation in quarterly results may negatively impact the value of our common stock. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results include, without limitation, those listed below:

 

   

our ability to retain current customers or attract new customers;

 

   

the activation, delay in activation or cancelation of large blocks of users by customers;

 

   

the timing of recognition of professional services revenues;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

   

acquisitions of our customers, to the extent the acquirer elects not to continue using our solution or reduces subscriptions to it;

 

   

customer renewal rates;

 

   

increases or decreases in the number of users licensed or pricing changes upon renewals of customer contracts;

 

   

network outages or security breaches;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions (particularly those affecting financial institutions);

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

   

seasonal variations in sales of our solution, which have historically been highest in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year;

 

   

the timing and success of new product introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic partners; and

 

   

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies.

We may not accurately predict the long-term rate of customer subscription renewals or adoption of our solution, or any resulting impact on our revenues or operating results.

Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solution after the expiration of the initial or current subscription term, and our customers, if they choose to renew at all, may renew for fewer users or on less favorable pricing terms. Since the average initial term of our customer agreements is three to five years, and we only began selling our solution in 2012, we have limited historical data with respect to rates of customer subscription renewals and cannot be certain of anticipated renewal rates. Our renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction with our pricing or our solution or their ability to continue their operations or spending levels. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions for our solution on similar pricing terms, our revenues may decline and our business could suffer.

Additionally, as the markets for the nCino Bank Operating System develop, we may be unable to attract new customers based on the same subscription model that we have used historically. Moreover, large or

 

16


Table of Contents

influential financial institution customers may demand more favorable pricing or other contract terms from us. As a result, we may in the future be required to change our pricing model, reduce our prices or accept other unfavorable contract terms, any of which could adversely affect our revenues, gross margin, profitability, financial position and/or cash flow.

A breach of our security measures or those we rely on could result in unauthorized access to customer or their clients’ data, which may materially and adversely impact our reputation, business and results of operations.

Certain elements of our solution, particularly our analytics applications, process and store personally identifiable information (“PII”) such as banking and personal information of our customers’ clients, and we may also have access to PII during various stages of the implementation process or during the course of providing customer support. Furthermore, as we develop additional functionality, we may gain greater access to PII. We maintain policies, procedures and technological safeguards designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of this information and our information technology systems. However, we cannot entirely eliminate the risk of improper or unauthorized access to or disclosure of PII or other security events that impact the integrity or availability of PII or our systems and operations, or the related costs we may incur to mitigate the consequences from such events. Further, the nCino Bank Operating System is a flexible and complex software solution and there is a risk that configurations of, or defects in, the solution or errors in implementation could create vulnerabilities to security breaches. There may be unlawful attempts to disrupt or gain access to our information technology systems or the PII or other data of our customers or their clients that may disrupt our or our customers’ operations. In addition, because we leverage third-party providers, including cloud, software, data center and other critical technology vendors to deliver our solution to our customers and their clients, we rely heavily on the data security technology practices and policies adopted by these third-party providers. A vulnerability in a third-party provider’s software or systems, a failure of our third-party providers’ safeguards, policies or procedures, or a breach of a third-party provider’s software or systems could result in the compromise of the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our systems or the data housed in our solution.

Cyberattacks and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase and evolve, and cloud-based providers of products and services have been and are expected to continue to be targeted. In addition to traditional computer “hackers,” malicious code (such as viruses and worms), phishing, employee theft or misuse and denial-of-service attacks, sophisticated criminal networks as well as nation-state and nation-state supported actors now engage in attacks, including advanced persistent threat intrusions. Current or future criminal capabilities, discovery of existing or new vulnerabilities, and attempts to exploit those vulnerabilities or other developments, may compromise or breach our systems or solution. In the event our or our third-party providers’ protection efforts are unsuccessful and our systems or solution are compromised, we could suffer substantial harm. A security breach could result in operational disruptions, loss, compromise or corruption of customer or client data or data we rely on to provide our solution, including our analytics initiatives and offerings that impair our ability to provide our solution and meet our customers’ requirements resulting in decreased revenues and otherwise materially negatively impacting our financial results. Also, our reputation could suffer irreparable harm, causing our current and prospective customers to decline to use our solution in the future. Further, we could be forced to expend significant financial and operational resources in response to a security breach, including repairing system damage, increasing security protection costs by deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, and defending against and resolving legal and regulatory claims, all of which could divert resources and the attention of our management and key personnel away from our business operations.

Federal and state regulations may require us or our customers to notify individuals of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data or information technology systems. Security compromises experienced by others in our industry, our customers or us may lead to public disclosures and widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could erode customer confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively impact our ability to attract new customers, cause existing customers to elect not to renew or expand their use of our solution or subject us to third-party

 

17


Table of Contents

lawsuits, regulatory fines or other actions or liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In addition, some of our customers contractually require notification of data security compromises and include representations and warranties in their contracts with us that our solution complies with certain legal and technical standards related to data security and privacy and meets certain service levels. In certain of our contracts, a data security compromise or operational disruption impacting us or one of our critical vendors, or system unavailability or damage due to other circumstances, may constitute a material breach and give rise to a customer’s right to terminate their contract with us. In these circumstances, it may be difficult or impossible to cure such a breach in order to prevent customers from potentially terminating their contracts with us. Furthermore, although our customer contracts typically include limitations on our potential liability, there can be no assurance that such limitations of liability would be adequate. We also cannot be sure that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions will be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more claims, or that our insurers will not deny or attempt to deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more claims against us, the inadequacy or denial of coverage under our insurance policies, litigation to pursue claims under our policies or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or coinsurance requirements, could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Fundamental elements of the nCino Bank Operating System are built on the Salesforce Platform and we rely on our agreement with Salesforce to provide our solution to our customers.

Fundamental elements of the nCino Bank Operating System, including our client onboarding, loan origination and deposit account opening applications, are built on the Salesforce Platform and we rely on our agreement with Salesforce to use the Salesforce Platform in conjunction with our solution, including for hosting infrastructure and data center operations. Any termination of our relationship with Salesforce would result in a materially adverse impact on our business model.

Our agreement with Salesforce (the “Salesforce Agreement”) expires on June 19, 2027, unless earlier terminated by either party in the event of the other party’s material breach, bankruptcy, change in control in favor of a direct competitor, or intellectual property infringement, and automatically renews for additional one-year periods thereafter unless notice of non-renewal is provided. If we are unable to renew our agreement with Salesforce, there would be, absent a termination for cause, a wind-down period during which existing customers would be able to continue using the nCino Bank Operating System in conjunction with the Salesforce Platform, but we would be unable to provide our solution to new customers and could be limited in our ability to allow current customers to add additional users. In addition, if we are unable to renew our agreement with Salesforce, our customers would need to obtain a separate subscription from Salesforce in order to access the nCino Bank Operating System. This could cause a significant delay in the time required to enter into agreements with customers, place us and our customers at a disadvantage in negotiating with Salesforce, and lead customers not to renew or enter into agreements with us. We also cannot assure you that the pricing or other terms in any renewal with Salesforce would be favorable to us, and if not, our business and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, Salesforce has the right to terminate its agreement with us in certain circumstances, including in the event of a material breach of the agreement by us. If Salesforce terminates our agreement for cause, it would not be required to provide the wind-down period described above. We are also required to indemnify Salesforce for claims made against Salesforce by a third party alleging that the nCino Bank Operating System infringes the intellectual property rights of such third party.

An expiration or termination of our agreement with Salesforce would cause us to incur significant time and expense to acquire rights to, or develop, a replacement solution and we may not be successful in these efforts, which could cause the nCino Bank Operating System to become obsolete. Even if we were to successfully acquire or develop a replacement solution, some customers may decide not to adopt the solution and

 

18


Table of Contents

may, as a result, decide to use a different product. If we were unsuccessful in acquiring or developing a replacement solution or acquire or develop a replacement solution that our customers do not adopt, our business, results of operations and brand would be materially and adversely affected.

Furthermore, there are no exclusivity arrangements in place with Salesforce that would prevent them from developing their own offerings that compete directly with ours, acquiring a company with offerings similar to ours, or investing greater resources in our competitors. While we believe our relationship with Salesforce is strong, Salesforce competing with us could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Privacy and data security concerns, data collection and transfer restrictions and related domestic or foreign regulations may limit the use and adoption of the nCino Bank Operating System and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Personal privacy, information security, and data protection are significant issues in the United States, the European Union (“EU”) and a number of other jurisdictions where we offer the nCino Bank Operating System. The regulatory framework governing the collection, processing, storage and use of certain information, particularly financial and other PII, is rapidly evolving. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with applicable privacy, security or data protection laws, regulations or industry standards may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We expect that there will continue to be new proposed and adopted laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, the EU and other jurisdictions in which we operate. For example, California enacted the CCPA which went into effect in January 2020 and, among other things, requires companies covered by the legislation to provide new disclosures to California consumers and afford such consumers new rights of access and deletion for personal information, as well as the right to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA was enacted in June 2018, amended in September 2018 and amended again in September 2019. Draft regulations were issued in October 2019 and it is possible that another referendum will be on the California ballot in November 2020 to further change the law for 2021. It remains unclear what, if any, modifications will be made to the CCPA or how those modifications will be interpreted or enforced. The CCPA or similar legislation may require us to modify our practices and policies and incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply or respond to further changes to laws or regulations. Similarly, the European Commission adopted the GDPR, which became fully effective on May 25, 2018, and imposes similarly complex and stringent data protection requirements with regard to the processing of EU PII. Violations of the GDPR carry penalties of up to 4% of gross annual turnover. Additional GDPR interpretations and guidance have been and may continue to be issued that may require us to modify our practices and policies and incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply or to adjust to changes in the law or EU member state implementing legislation.

We cannot yet fully determine the impact these or future laws, rules and regulations may have on our business or operations. Any such laws, rules and regulations may be inconsistent among different jurisdictions, subject to differing interpretations or may conflict with our current or future practices. Additionally, we may be bound by contractual requirements applicable to our collection, use, processing and disclosure of various types of information including financial and PII, and may be bound by, or voluntarily comply with, self-regulatory or other industry standards relating to these matters that may further change as laws, rules and regulations evolve.

Any failure or perceived failure by us, or any third parties with which we do business, to comply with these laws, rules and regulations, or with other obligations to which we or such third parties are or may become subject, may result in actions or other claims against us by governmental entities or private actors, the expenditure of substantial costs, time and other resources or the incurrence of fines, penalties or other liabilities. In addition, any such action, particularly to the extent we were found to be guilty of violations or otherwise liable for damages, would damage our reputation and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

19


Table of Contents

Uncertain or weakened economic conditions, including as a result of COVID-19, may adversely affect our industry, business and results of operations.

Our overall performance depends on economic conditions, which may be challenging at various times in the future. Financial developments seemingly unrelated to us or our industry may adversely affect us. Domestic and international economies have from time-to-time been impacted by falling demand for a variety of goods and services, tariffs and other trade issues, threatened sovereign defaults and ratings downgrades, restricted credit, threats to major multinational companies, poor liquidity, reduced corporate profitability, volatility in credit, equity and foreign exchange markets, bankruptcies and overall uncertainty. For example, COVID-19 has created and may continue to create significant uncertainty in global financial markets and the long-term economic impact of COVID-19 is highly uncertain. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of the current or any future potential economic slowdown in the United States or globally. These conditions affect the rate of technology spending generally and could adversely affect our customers’ ability or willingness to purchase the nCino Bank Operating System, delay prospective customers’ purchasing decisions, reduce the value or duration of their subscriptions or affect renewal rates, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Because we recognize subscription revenues over the term of the contract, downturns or upturns in our business may not be reflected in our results of operations until future periods.

We generally recognize subscription revenues ratably over the terms of our customer contracts, which typically range from three to five years. Most of the subscription revenues we report each quarter are derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscriptions activated in previous quarters. Consequently, a reduction in activated subscriptions in any single quarter may only have a small impact on our revenues for that quarter. However, such a decline will negatively affect our revenues in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales or market acceptance of our solution may not be reflected in our results of operations until future periods.

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain it as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be adversely affected.

We believe our corporate culture is one of our fundamental strengths, as we believe it enables us to attract and retain top talent and deliver superior results for our customers. As we grow and transition from a private company to a public company, we may find it difficult to preserve our corporate culture, which could reduce our ability to innovate and operate effectively. In turn, the failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to attract, recruit, integrate and retain employees, continue to perform at current levels and effectively execute our business strategy.

We derive all of our revenues from customers in the financial services industry, and any downturn or consolidation or decrease in technology spend in the financial services industry could adversely affect our business.

All of our revenues are derived from financial institutions whose industry has experienced significant pressure in recent years due to economic uncertainty, low interest rates, liquidity concerns and increased regulation. In the past, financial institutions have experienced consolidation, distress and failure. It is possible these conditions may reoccur. If any of our customers merge with or are acquired by other entities, such as financial institutions that have internally developed banking technology solutions or that are not our customers or use our solution less, we may lose business. Additionally, changes in management of our customers could result in delays or cancelations of the implementation of our solution. It is also possible that the larger financial institutions that result from business combinations could have greater leverage in negotiating price or other terms with us or could decide to replace some or all of the elements of our solution. Our business may also be materially and adversely affected by weak economic conditions in the financial services industry. Any downturn in the financial services industry may cause our customers to reduce their spending on technology or cloud-based

 

20


Table of Contents

banking technology or to seek to terminate or renegotiate their contracts with us. Moreover, even if the overall economy is robust, economic fluctuations caused by things such as the U.S. Federal Reserve lowering interest rates may cause potential new customers and existing customers to become less profitable and therefore forego or delay purchasing our solution or reduce the amount of spend with us, which would materially and adversely affect our business.

The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive and highly fragmented, and pricing pressure, new technologies or other competitive dynamics could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We currently compete with providers of technology and services in the financial services industry, primarily point solution vendors that focus on building functionality that competes with specific components of the nCino Bank Operating System. From time to time, we also compete with systems internally developed by financial institutions. Many of our competitors have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have, may devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their systems than we can, have more extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships than we have and have longer operating histories and greater name recognition than we do.

We may also face competition from new companies entering our markets, which may include large established businesses that decide to develop, market or resell cloud-based banking technology, acquire one of our competitors or form a strategic alliance with one of our competitors or with Salesforce. In addition, new companies entering our markets may choose to offer cloud-based banking applications at little or no additional cost to the customer by bundling them with their existing applications, including adjacent banking technologies. Competition from these new entrants may make attracting new customers and retaining our current customers more difficult, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

If we are unable to compete in this environment, sales and renewals of the nCino Bank Operating System could decline and adversely affect our business and results of operations. With the introduction of new technologies and potential new entrants into the cloud-based banking technology market, we expect competition to intensify in the future, which could harm our ability to increase sales and achieve profitability.

We depend on data centers operated by or on behalf of Salesforce and other third parties, and any disruption in the operation of these facilities could adversely affect our business and subject us to liability.

The nCino Bank Operating System is primarily hosted in data centers operated by or on behalf of Salesforce and other third parties and we do not control the operation of these data centers. Problems associated with these data centers could adversely affect the experience of our customers. Any disruptions or other operational performance problems with these data centers could result in material interruptions in our services, adversely affect our reputation and results of operations and subject us to liability.

We may encounter implementation challenges, including in situations in which we rely on SIs, which would materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may face unexpected challenges related to the complexity of our customers’ implementation and configuration requirements. Implementation of our solution may be delayed or expenses may increase when customers have unexpected data, software or technology challenges, or unanticipated business requirements, which could adversely affect our relationship with customers and our operating results. In general, the revenues related to implementation and other professional services we provide are recognized on a proportional performance basis, and delays and difficulties in these engagements could result in losses on these contracts. In addition, our customers often require complex acceptance testing related to the implementation of our solution. We also leverage the services of SIs, including Accenture, Deloitte, PwC and West Monroe Partners, among others, to implement and configure the nCino Bank Operating System for our larger financial institution customers, and we are increasingly using other SIs for smaller engagements as we continue to scale our business.

 

21


Table of Contents

While SIs generally contract directly with our customers, any failure or delay by the SIs we work with in providing adequate service and support would likely adversely affect our brand and reputation. For implementations we conduct ourselves, project delays may result in recognizing revenues later than expected. Further, because we do not fully control our customers’ implementation schedules, if our customers do not allocate the internal resources necessary to meet implementation timelines or if there are unanticipated implementation delays or difficulties, our ability to take customers live and the overall customer experience could be adversely affected. We rely on existing customers to act as references for prospective customers, and difficulties in implementation and configuration could therefore adversely affect our ability to attract new customers. Any difficulties or delays in implementation processes could cause customers to delay or forego future purchases of our solution.

We have experienced rapid growth, and if we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service and customer satisfaction or adequately address competitive challenges, any of which may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Since our inception, our business has grown rapidly, which has resulted in a large increase in our employee headcount, expansion of our infrastructure, enhancement of our internal systems and other significant changes and additional complexities. Our revenues increased from $58.1 million for fiscal 2018 to $91.5 million for fiscal 2019 to $138.2 million for fiscal 2020, and from $29.8 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 to $44.7 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020. Our total number of employees increased from 436 as of January 31, 2018 to 934 as of April 30, 2020. Managing and sustaining a growing workforce and customer base geographically-dispersed in the United States and internationally will require substantial management effort, infrastructure and operational capabilities. To support our growth, we must continue to improve our management resources and our operational and financial controls and systems, and these improvements may increase our expenses more than anticipated and result in a more complex business. We will also have to expand and enhance the capabilities of our sales, relationship management, implementation, customer service, research and development, and other personnel to support our growth and continue to achieve high levels of customer service and satisfaction. Our success will depend on our ability to plan for and manage this growth effectively. If we fail to anticipate and manage our growth or are unable to continue to provide high levels of customer service, our reputation, as well as our business and results of operations, could be materially and adversely affected.

Defects, errors or other performance problems in the nCino Bank Operating System could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, impair our ability to sell our solution and subject us to substantial liability.

The nCino Bank Operating System is complex and may contain defects or errors when implemented or when new functionality is released. Despite extensive testing, from time to time we have discovered and may in the future discover defects or errors in our solution. Any performance problems or defects in our solution may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Defects, errors or other performance problems or disruptions in service to provide bug fixes or upgrades, whether in connection with day-to-day operations or otherwise, could be costly for us, damage our customers’ businesses and harm our reputation. In addition, if we have any such errors, defects or other performance problems, our customers could seek to terminate their contracts, elect not to renew their subscriptions, delay or withhold payment or make claims against us. Any of these actions could result in liability, lost business, increased insurance costs, difficulty in collecting accounts receivable, costly litigation or adverse publicity. Errors, defects or other problems could also result in reduced sales or a loss of, or delay in, the market acceptance of our solution.

 

22


Table of Contents

If we fail to accurately anticipate and respond to rapid changes in the industry in which we operate, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired and our competitive position could be harmed.

The financial services industry is subject to rapid change and the introduction of new technologies to meet the needs of this industry will continue to have a significant effect on competitive conditions in our market. If we are unable to successfully expand our product offerings beyond our current solution, our customers could migrate to competitors who may offer a broader or more attractive range of products and services. For example, we recently launched our nIQ capabilities and we may fail to achieve market acceptance of this offering. Unexpected delays in releasing new or enhanced versions of our solution, or errors following their release, could result in loss of sales, delay in market acceptance, or customer claims against us, any of which could adversely affect our business. The success of any new solution depends on several factors, including timely completion, adequate quality testing and market acceptance. We may not be able to enhance aspects of our solution successfully or introduce and gain market acceptance of new applications or improvements in a timely manner, or at all. Additionally, we must continually modify and enhance our solution to keep pace with changes in software applications, database technology, and evolving technical standards and interfaces. Uncertainties related to our ability to introduce and improve functionality, announcements or introductions of a new or updated solution or modifications by our competitors could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We leverage third-party software, content and services for use with our solution. Performance issues, errors and defects, or failure to successfully integrate or license necessary third-party software, content or services, could cause delays, errors, or failures of our solution, increases in our expenses and reductions in our sales, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We use software and content licensed from, and services provided by, a variety of third parties in connection with the operation of our solution. Any performance issues, errors, bugs, or defects in third-party software, content or services could result in errors or a failure of our solution, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. In the future, we might need to license other software, content or services to enhance our solution and meet evolving customer demands and requirements. Any limitations in our ability to use third-party software, content or services could significantly increase our expenses and otherwise result in delays, a reduction in functionality, or errors or failures of our solution until equivalent technology or content is either developed by us or, if available, identified, obtained through purchase or license, and integrated into our solution. In addition, third-party licenses may expose us to increased risks, including risks associated with the integration of new technology, the diversion of resources from the development of our own proprietary technology, and our inability to generate revenues from new technology sufficient to offset associated acquisition and maintenance costs, all of which may increase our expenses and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may acquire or invest in companies, or pursue business partnerships, which may divert our management’s attention or result in dilution to our stockholders, and we may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions, investments or partnerships.

From time to time, we consider potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses, technologies, services, solutions and other assets. For example, in fiscal 2020, we acquired Visible Equity and FinSuite. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our solution, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, discount pricing or investments in other companies. Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. In addition, nCino has limited experience in acquiring other businesses. If an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial position may suffer. We may not be able to find and identify desirable acquisition targets, we may incorrectly estimate the value of an acquisition target, and we may not be successful

 

23


Table of Contents

in entering into an agreement with any particular target. If we are successful in acquiring additional businesses, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

 

   

our inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services;

 

   

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

 

   

incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

 

   

difficulty integrating the technology, accounting systems, operations, control environments and personnel of the acquired business and integrating the acquired business or its employees into our culture;

 

   

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy solutions and infrastructure of the acquired business;

 

   

difficulty converting the customers of the acquired business to our solution and contract terms, including disparities in licensing terms;

 

   

additional costs for the support or professional services model of the acquired company;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention and other resources;

 

   

adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and customers;

 

   

the issuance of additional equity securities that could dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders;

 

   

incurrence of debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;

 

   

incurrence of substantial liabilities;

 

   

difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired business; and

 

   

adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation or deferred compensation charges.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Because three of our stockholders collectively hold a substantial majority of our total outstanding common stock, the influence of our public stockholders over significant corporate actions will be limited.

Following this offering, entities affiliated with Insight Partners (“Insight Partners”), Salesforce and Wellington Management (“Wellington”) will hold      %,     % and     % of our total outstanding common stock respectively, or     %,     % and     % respectively, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. As a result, Insight Partners by itself, and to a lesser degree, Salesforce and Wellington, will have the ability to influence the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, the approval of mergers or other changes of corporate control, any of which may be in opposition to the best interests of our other stockholders and may adversely impact our results of operations and the value of our common stock. Further, although we have what we consider to be a deep commercial

 

24


Table of Contents

relationship with Salesforce, it has the right to, and has no duty to abstain from exercising its right to, engage or invest in the same or similar business as us, and do business with any of our customers and any other party with which we do business. Conflicts of interest could arise between us and Salesforce, and any conflict of interest may be resolved in a manner that does not favor us.

Our customers are highly regulated and subject to a number of challenges and risks. Our failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to us as a technology provider to financial institutions could adversely affect our business and results of operations, increase costs and impose constraints on the way we conduct our business.

Our customers and prospective customers are highly regulated and are generally required to comply with stringent regulations in connection with performing business functions that the nCino Bank Operating System addresses. As a provider of technology to financial institutions, we may be examined on a periodic basis by various regulatory agencies and may be required to review certain of our suppliers and partners. In addition, while much of our operations are not directly subject to the same regulations applicable to financial institutions, we are generally obligated to our customers to provide software solutions and maintain internal systems and processes that comply with certain federal and state regulations applicable to them. For example, as a result of obligations under some of our customer contracts, we are required to comply with certain provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act related to the privacy of consumer information and may be subject to other privacy and data security laws because of the solution we provide to financial institutions. Matters subject to review and examination by federal and state financial institution regulatory agencies and external auditors include our internal information technology controls in connection with our performance of data processing services, the agreements giving rise to those processing activities, and the design of our solution. Any inability to satisfy these examinations and maintain compliance with applicable regulations could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, including attracting and maintaining customers. If we have to make changes to our internal processes and solution as result of these regulations, we could be required to invest substantial additional time and funds and divert time and resources from other corporate purposes to remedy any identified deficiency.

The evolving, complex and often unpredictable regulatory environment in which our customers operate could result in our failure to provide a compliant solution, which could result in customers not purchasing our solution or terminating their contracts with us or the imposition of fines or other liabilities for which we may be responsible. In addition, federal, state and/or foreign agencies may attempt to further regulate our activities in the future which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may fail to successfully expand internationally. In addition, sales to customers outside the United States or with international operations expose us to risks inherent in international sales, which may include a marked increase in expenses.

In fiscal 2020, sales to customers outside the United States accounted for 8.0% of our total revenues. A key element of our growth strategy is to further expand our international operations and worldwide customer base. We have begun expending significant resources to build out our sales and professional services organizations outside of the United States and we may not realize a suitable return on this investment in the near future, if at all. We have limited operating experience in international markets, and we cannot assure you that our international expansion efforts will be successful. Our experience in the United States may not be relevant to our ability to expand in any international market.

Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. Export control regulations in the United States may increasingly be implicated in our operations as we expand internationally. These regulations may limit the export of our solution and provision of our solution outside of the United States, or may require export authorizations, including by license, a license exception or other appropriate government authorizations, including annual or semi-annual reporting and the filing of an encryption registration. Changes in

 

25


Table of Contents

export or import laws, or corresponding sanctions, may delay the introduction and sale of our solution in international markets, or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solution to certain countries, regions, governments, persons or entities altogether, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are also subject to various domestic and international anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, as well as other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their employees and intermediaries from authorizing, offering or providing improper payments or benefits to officials and other recipients for improper purposes. Although we take precautions to prevent violations of these laws, our exposure for violating these laws increases as our international presence expands and as we increase sales and operations in foreign jurisdictions.

In addition, we face risks in doing business internationally that could adversely affect our business, including:

 

   

unanticipated costs;

 

   

the need to localize and adapt our solution for specific countries;

 

   

complying with varying and sometimes conflicting data privacy laws and regulations;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, including employment laws and regulations;

 

   

unstable regional, economic or political conditions, including that arise from Brexit in the UK;

 

   

different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and collections issues;

 

   

new and different sources of competition;

 

   

weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the United States and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the United States;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

 

   

compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, and anti-bribery laws and regulations;

 

   

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of funds; and

 

   

adverse tax consequences.

Our international contracts often provide for payment denominated in local currencies, and the majority of our local costs are denominated in local currencies. Therefore, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may impact our results of operations when translated into U.S. dollars. We do not currently engage in currency hedging activities to limit the risk of exchange rate fluctuations.

 

26


Table of Contents

The failure to attract and retain additional qualified personnel could prevent us from executing our business strategy.

We must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. In particular, we are dependent upon the services of our senior leadership team, and the loss of any member of this team could adversely affect our business. Competition for executive officers, software developers, sales personnel and other key employees in our industry is intense. In particular, we compete with many other companies for software developers with high levels of experience in designing, developing and managing cloud-based software, as well as for skilled sales and operations professionals. Our principal operations are in Wilmington, North Carolina, where the pool of potential employees with the skills we need is more limited than it may be in larger markets, and we are sometimes required to induce prospective employees to relocate. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we do. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our growth prospects could be severely harmed. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the actual and potential value of the equity awards they receive as part of their overall compensation. Thus, if the perceived value or future value of our stock declines, our ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees may be adversely affected.

Failure to effectively expand our sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base.

Increasing our customer base and expanding customer adoption within and across business lines will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to effectively expand our sales and marketing operations and activities. From February 1, 2019 to April 30, 2020, our sales and marketing teams increased from 140 to 234 employees. We plan to continue to expand our direct sales force both domestically and internationally for the foreseeable future. We believe that there is significant competition for experienced sales professionals with the sales skills and technical knowledge that we require. Newly hired employees require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity and they may not become as productive as quickly as we expect, if at all. Further, we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we do business. Our business will be adversely affected if our sales expansion efforts do not generate a significant increase in revenues.

If we fail to provide effective customer training on the nCino Bank Operating System and high-quality customer support, our business and reputation would suffer.

Effective customer training on the nCino Bank Operating System and high-quality, ongoing customer support are critical to the successful marketing, sale and adoption of our solution and for the renewal of existing customer contracts. As we grow our customer base, we will need to further invest in and expand our customer support and training organization, which could strain our team and infrastructure and reduce profit margins. If we do not help our customers adopt our solution, quickly resolve any post-implementation matters, and provide effective ongoing customer support and training, our ability to expand sales to existing and future customers and our reputation would be adversely affected.

If we are unable to effectively integrate our solution with other systems used by our customers, or if there are performance issues with such third-party systems, our solution will not operate effectively and our business and reputation will be adversely affected.

The nCino Bank Operating System integrates with other third-party systems used by our customers, including core processing systems. We do not have formal arrangements with many of these third-party providers regarding our access to their application program interfaces to enable these customer integrations. If we are unable to effectively integrate with third-party systems, our customers’ operations may be disrupted, which may result in disputes with customers, negatively impact customer satisfaction and harm our business. If the software of such third-party providers has performance or other problems, such issues may reflect poorly on us and the adoption and renewal of our solution, and our business and reputation may be harmed.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our sales cycle can be unpredictable, time-consuming and costly.

Our sales process involves educating prospective customers and existing customers about the benefits and technical capabilities of our solution. Prospective customers often undertake a prolonged evaluation process, which typically involves not only our solution, but also those of our competitors. Our sales cycles are typically lengthy, generally ranging from six to nine months for smaller financial institutions and twelve to eighteen months or more for larger financial institutions. We may spend substantial time, effort and money on our sales and marketing efforts without any assurance that our efforts will produce any sales. Events affecting our customers’ businesses may occur during the sales cycle that could affect the size or timing of a purchase, contributing to more unpredictability in our business and results of operations. As a result of these factors, we may face greater costs, longer sales cycles and less predictability in the future.

Failure to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our future success and competitive position depend in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technologies. To safeguard these rights, we rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws and contractual protections in the United States and other jurisdictions, all of which provide only limited protection and may not now or in the future provide us with a competitive advantage.

As of April 30, 2020, we had twelve issued patents and one patent application pending relating to the nCino Bank Operating System in the United States. We cannot assure you that any patents will issue from any patent applications, that patents that may be issued from such applications will give us the protection we seek or that any such patents will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented. Any patents that may issue in the future from our pending or future patent applications may not provide sufficiently broad protection and may not be enforceable in actions against alleged infringers. We have registered the “nCino” name and logo in the United States and certain other countries and we have registrations and/or pending applications for additional marks including the “Bank Operating System” and “nIQ” in the United States and certain other countries. However, we cannot assure you that any future trademark registrations will be issued for pending or future applications or that any registered trademarks will be enforceable or provide adequate protection of our proprietary rights. We also license software from third parties for integration into our solution, including open source software and other software available on commercially reasonable terms. We cannot assure you that such third parties will maintain such software or continue to make it available. We also rely on confidentiality agreements, consulting agreements, work-for-hire agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and others.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and trade secrets, unauthorized parties may attempt to misappropriate, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain and use them. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets, in which case we would not be able to assert trade secret rights, or develop similar technologies and processes. Further, the contractual provisions that we enter into may not prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary technology or intellectual property rights and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary technology or intellectual property rights. Moreover, policing unauthorized use of our technologies, trade secrets and intellectual property is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States and where mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be weak. We may be unable to determine the extent of any unauthorized use or infringement of our solution, technologies or intellectual property rights.

 

28


Table of Contents

We use “open source” software in our solution, which may restrict how we use or distribute our solutions, require that we release the source code of certain software subject to open source licenses or subject us to litigation or other actions that could adversely affect our business.

We currently use in our solution, and may use in the future, software that is licensed under “open source,” “free” or other similar license, where the licensed software is made available to the general public on an “as-is” basis under the terms of a specific non-negotiable license. Some open source software licenses require that software subject to the license be made available to the public and that any modifications or derivative works based on the open source code be licensed in source code form under the same open source licenses. Although we monitor our use of open source software, we cannot assure you that all open source software is reviewed prior to use in our solution, that our programmers have not incorporated open source software into our solution, or that they will not do so in the future.

In addition, our solution may incorporate third-party software under commercial licenses. We cannot be certain whether such third-party software incorporates open source software without our knowledge. In the past, companies that incorporate open source software into their products have faced claims alleging noncompliance with open source license terms or infringement or misappropriation of proprietary software. Therefore, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms or infringement or misappropriation of proprietary software. Because few courts have interpreted open source licenses, the manner in which these licenses may be interpreted and enforced is subject to some uncertainty. There is a risk that open source software licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market or provide our solution. As a result of using open source software subject to such licenses, we could be required to release proprietary source code, pay damages, re-engineer our solution, limit or discontinue sales or take other remedial action, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Assertions by third parties of infringement or other violations by us of their intellectual property rights, whether or not correct, could result in significant costs and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Patent and other intellectual property disputes are common in our industry. We may be subject to claims in the future alleging that we have misappropriated, misused, or infringed other parties’ intellectual property rights. Some companies, including certain of our competitors, own a larger number of patents, copyrights and trademarks than we do, which they may use to assert claims against us. This disparity may also increase the risk that third parties may sue us for patent infringement and may limit our ability to counterclaim for patent infringement or settle through patent cross-licenses. In addition, future assertions of patent rights by third parties, and any resulting litigation, may involve patent holding companies, non-practicing entities or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenues and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence or protection. Our solution utilizes third-party licensed software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these licenses could adversely affect our business. Third parties may also assert claims of intellectual property rights infringement against our customers, whom we are typically required to indemnify. As competition increases, claims of infringement, misappropriation and other violations of intellectual property rights may increase. Any claim of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights by a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, could distract our management from our business and could deter customers or potential customers from purchasing our solution.

There can be no assurance that we will successfully defend third-party intellectual property claims. An adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to:

 

   

pay substantial damages, including treble damages, if we are found to have willfully infringed a third party’s patents or copyrights;

 

29


Table of Contents
   

cease developing or selling any elements of our solution that rely on technology that is alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others;

 

   

enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies or intellectual property rights;

 

   

expend additional development resources to attempt to redesign our solution or otherwise develop non-infringing technology, which may not be successful; and

 

   

indemnify our customers and other third parties.

Any license we may enter into as a result of litigation may be non-exclusive, and therefore our competitors may have access to the same technology licensed to us. Any of the foregoing events could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Any future litigation against us could damage our reputation and be costly and time-consuming to defend.

We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our customers in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by current or former employees. Litigation might result in reputational damage and substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might adversely impact our business, overall financial condition and results of operations. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. Moreover, any negative impact to our reputation will not be adequately covered by any insurance recovery. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our results of operations and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the value of our common stock. While we currently are not aware of any material pending or threatened litigation against us, we can make no assurances the same will continue to be true in the future.

Our ability to raise capital in a timely manner if needed in the future may be limited, or such capital may be unavailable on acceptable terms, if at all. Our failure to raise capital if needed could adversely affect our business and results of operations, and any debt or equity issued to raise additional capital may reduce the value of our common stock.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through equity financings and receipts generated from customers. We cannot be certain when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fund our ongoing operations or the growth of our business. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business and may require additional funds. Moreover, we do not expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. If we incur debt, the lenders would have rights senior to holders of common stock to make claims on our assets, the terms of any debt could restrict our operations and we may be unable to service or repay the debt. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in a future offering will depend on numerous considerations, including factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the impact any future incurrence of debt or issuance of equity securities will have on us. Any future incurrence of debt or issuance of equity securities could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

 

30


Table of Contents

The market data and forecasts included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you that our business will grow at similar rates, or at all.

The third-party market data and forecasts included in this prospectus, as well as our internal estimates and research, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate, although we have no reason to believe such information is not correct and we are in any case responsible for the contents of this prospectus. If the forecasts of market growth, anticipated spending or predictions regarding market size prove to be inaccurate, our business and growth prospects could be adversely affected. Even if all or some of the forecasted growth occurs, our business may not grow at a similar rate, or at all. Our future growth is subject to many factors, including our ability to successfully implement our business strategy, which itself is subject to many risks and uncertainties. The reports described in this prospectus speak as of their respective publication dates and the opinions expressed in such reports are subject to change. Accordingly, investors in our common stock are urged not to put undue reliance on such forecasts and market data.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

We have incurred substantial net operating losses (“NOLs”), during our history. Unused NOLs may carry forward to offset future taxable income if we achieve profitability in the future, unless such NOLs expire under applicable tax laws. However, under the rules of Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change taxable income or taxes may be limited. The applicable rules generally operate by focusing on changes in ownership among stockholders considered by the rules as owning, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the stock of a company, as well as changes in ownership arising from new issuances of stock by the company. The rules of Section 382 are regularly being evaluated to determine any potential limitations. If we experience one or more ownership changes as a result of this offering or future transactions in our stock, then we may be limited in our ability to use our NOL carryforwards to offset our future taxable income, if any. In addition, recently enacted tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act imposes certain limitations on the deduction of NOLs generated in tax years that began on or after January 1, 2018, including a limitation on use of NOLs to offset 80% of taxable income and the disallowance of NOL carryback. Although NOLs generated in tax years before 2018 may still be used to offset future income without regard to the 80% limitation, they have the potential to expire if we do not achieve profitability in the future.

Amendments to existing tax laws, rules or regulations or enactment of new unfavorable tax laws, rules or regulations could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act made a number of significant changes to the current U.S. federal income tax rules, including reducing the generally applicable corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, imposing additional limitations on the deductibility of interest, placing limits on the utilization of NOLs and making substantial changes to the international tax rules. Many of the provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act still require guidance through the issuance and/or finalization of regulations by the U.S. Treasury Department in order to fully assess their effect, and there may be substantial delays before such regulations are promulgated and/or finalized, increasing the uncertainty as to the ultimate effect of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on us and our stockholders. There also may be technical corrections legislation or other legislative changes proposed with respect to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the effect of which cannot be predicted and may be adverse to us or our stockholders.

 

31


Table of Contents

Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may significantly disrupt our business, and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our employee base, operating facilities and infrastructure are centralized in Wilmington, North Carolina. Any of our facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including hurricanes, tornadoes, wildfires, floods, earthquakes, nuclear disasters, acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, infectious disease outbreaks or pandemic events, including the COVID-19 pandemic, power outages and other infrastructure failures, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. Our facilities would likely be costly to repair or replace, and any such efforts would likely require substantial time. Any disruptions in our operations could adversely affect our business and results of operations and harm our reputation. Moreover, although we have disaster recovery plans, they may prove inadequate. We may not carry sufficient business insurance to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, the facilities of our third-party providers, including Salesforce, may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or otherwise materially and adversely affect our business. Additionally, to the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this ‘‘Risk Factors’’ section, such as our ability to achieve profitability in the future, our ability to attract new customers or continue to broaden our existing customers’ use of our solution and the impact of any decrease in technology spend by customers and potential customers in the financial services industry where we derive all of our revenues.

Risks Relating to Our Initial Public Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline steeply or suddenly regardless of our operating performance and we may not be able to meet investor or analyst expectations. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price and may lose all or part of your investment.

The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us, and will vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot assure you that the market price following this offering will equal or exceed prices in privately negotiated transactions of our shares that have occurred from time to time before this offering. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

variations between our actual operating results and the expectations of securities analysts, investors and the financial community;

 

   

any forward-looking financial or operating information we may provide to the public or securities analysts, any changes in this information or our failure to meet expectations based on this information;

 

   

actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow us or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

additional shares of our common stock being sold into the market by us or our existing stockholders, or the anticipation of such sales, including if existing stockholders sell shares into the market when applicable “lock-up” periods end;

 

   

hedging activities by market participants;

 

32


Table of Contents
   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of companies in our industry, including our competitors;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

   

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

 

   

developments in new legislation and pending lawsuits or regulatory actions, including interim or final rulings by judicial or regulatory bodies; and

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from COVID-19, political conditions, election cycles, war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

In addition, extreme price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets have affected and continue to affect many technology companies’ stock prices. Stock prices often fluctuate in ways unrelated or disproportionate to a company’s operating performance. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and seriously harm our business.

Moreover, because of these fluctuations, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenues or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue or earnings forecasts that we may provide.

An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NCNO.” However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the likelihood that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be maintained, the liquidity of any trading market, your ability to sell your shares of our common stock when desired or the prices that you may obtain for your shares.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

If our existing stockholders, including employees who obtain equity, sell or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based on 81,583,127 shares outstanding as of April 30, 2020, upon the completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately after the offering. Each of our directors, executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding equity securities are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to sell or transfer their shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus,

 

33


Table of Contents

subject to certain exceptions. However, BofA Securities, Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc. (collectively, the “Representatives”) may, in their sole discretion, waive the contractual lock-up before the lock-up agreements expire. After the lock-up agreements expire, all 81,583,127 shares outstanding as of April 30, 2020 will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which 55,726,842 shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and various vesting agreements. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration or earlier release of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements or, the perception that such sales may occur, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

In addition, 7,744,722 shares of common stock were subject to outstanding stock options and 972,494 RSUs were outstanding as of April 30, 2020. No stock options and 1,068,429 RSUs were granted subsequent to April 30, 2020. These shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 of the Securities Act. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all the shares of common stock subject to stock options and restricted stock units outstanding and reserved for issuance under our stock plans. That registration statement will become effective immediately on filing, and shares covered by that registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described above. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The assumed initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock of $1.02 per share as of April 30, 2020. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities, goodwill, intangible assets and redeemable non-controlling interest. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $             per share, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the development of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

We have broad discretion in how we may use the net proceeds from this offering, and we may not use them effectively.

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, facilitate access to the public equity markets, increase our visibility in the marketplace and obtain additional capital to support further growth in our business. Our management will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds we receive from this offering. We may use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or

 

34


Table of Contents

commitments to enter into any acquisitions at this time. We may also spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. If our management fails to use these funds effectively, our business could be seriously harmed.

If securities or industry analysts either do not publish research about us or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the trading price or trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced in part by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If one or more analysts initiate research with an unfavorable rating or downgrade our common stock, provide a more favorable recommendation about our competitors or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the trading price or trading volume of our common stock to decline.

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including:

 

   

not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and annual report on Form 10-K; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if our total annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during any three-year period, or if we are a large accelerated filer and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of any second quarter before that time. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on any of the exemptions afforded emerging growth companies. If some investors find our common stock less attractive because we rely on any of these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, “emerging growth companies” can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we (1) are no longer an emerging growth company or (2) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

 

35


Table of Contents

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis, beginning with our 2022 fiscal year. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will be required to disclose significant changes made in our internal control procedures on a quarterly basis.

Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.

During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition and operating results. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

Future securities issuances could result in significant dilution to our stockholders and impair the market price of our common stock.

Future issuances of shares of our common stock, or the perception that these sales may occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and result in dilution to existing holders of our common stock. Also, to the extent outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised or options, restricted stock units or other stock-based awards are issued or become vested, there will be further dilution. The amount of dilution could be substantial depending upon the size of the issuances or exercises. Furthermore, we may issue additional equity securities that could have rights senior to those of our common stock. As a result, purchasers of our common stock in this offering bear the risk that future issuances of debt or equity securities may reduce the value of our common stock and further dilute their ownership interest.

Operating as a public company will require us to incur substantial costs and will require substantial management attention.

As a public company, we will incur substantial legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC. The rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Global Select Market will also apply to us following this offering. As

 

36


Table of Contents

part of the new requirements, we will need to establish and maintain effective disclosure and financial controls and make changes to our corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming.

We expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from other business matters to devote substantial time to the reporting and other requirements of being a public company. In particular, we expect to incur significant expense and devote substantial management effort to complying with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge.

We also expect that being a public company and complying with applicable rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Given recent developments in the market for such coverage, we expect to incur substantially higher costs to obtain and maintain the same or similar coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors.

Delaware law and provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions include the following:

 

   

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

   

permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly-created directorships;

 

   

provide that directors may only be removed for cause;

 

   

require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

   

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

 

   

prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws;

 

   

restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware; and

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could

 

37


Table of Contents

limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. For information regarding these and other provisions, see section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf under Delaware law, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (4) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or (5) any other action asserting an “internal corporate claim,” as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL, shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) in all cases subject to the court having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. These exclusive-forum provisions do not apply to claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

To the extent that any such claims may be based upon federal law claims, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, contains a federal forum provision which provides that unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. This exclusive-forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find the exclusive-forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could harm our results of operations.

 

38


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:

 

   

our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenues, cost of revenues, operating expenses, and our ability to achieve and maintain future profitability;

 

   

our ability to execute strategies, plans, objectives and goals;

 

   

our ability to compete with existing and new competitors in existing and new markets and offerings;

 

   

our ability to develop and protect our brand;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage privacy, information and data security;

 

   

costs associated with research and development and building out our sales team;

 

   

increases in spending by financial institutions in cloud-based technology;

 

   

our ability to add customers;

 

   

our ability to expand internationally and associated costs;

 

   

our ability to comply with laws and regulations;

 

   

our expectations and management of future growth based on subscription revenues over terms of contracts;

 

   

our expectations concerning relationships with our customers, partners and other third parties;

 

   

the impact of COVID-19 on our industry, business and results of operations;

 

39


Table of Contents
   

economic and industry trends; projected growth or trend analysis;

 

   

our relationship with Salesforce and our SIs;

 

   

seasonal sales fluctuations;

 

   

our ability to add capacity and automation to our operations;

 

   

the increased expenses associated with being a public company; and

 

   

our anticipated uses of net proceeds from this offering.

In addition, statements such as “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus and, although we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted a thorough inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein until after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.

 

40


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, and discussion of our general expectations, market position and market opportunity. Although we are responsible for the disclosure contained in this prospectus, this information is based on various sources, including reports and publications from Accenture, Ernst & Young, Gartner, IDC, McKinsey & Company, PricewaterhouseCoopers and other industry publications, surveys and forecasts, and assumptions we have made that are based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our solution. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates.

The reports and publications appearing in this prospectus include:

 

   

Accenture, 2018 North America Banking Operations Survey, March 2018.

 

   

Accenture, Redefine Banking with Artificial Intelligence, January 2018.

 

   

Celent and NEX, Cloud in Capital Markets: Getting Ahead of Tomorrow, March 2018.

 

   

Ernst & Young LLC, Global Banking Outlook 2018: Pivoting Toward an Innovation-Led Strategy, May 2018.

 

   

Gartner, Forecast: Enterprise IT Spending by Vertical Industry Market, Worldwide, 2017-2023, 3Q19 Update, Neha Gupta, et al., October 2019.

 

   

Grata Inc., nCino Global Banking Market Study Summary Report, October 2019.

 

   

IDC, Worldwide Semi Annual Public Cloud Services Spending Guide, 2018H2, June 2019.

 

   

McKinsey & Company, Inc., Bots, Algorithms, and the Future of the Finance Function, January 2018.

 

   

McKinsey & Company, Inc., McKinsey on Payments—Special Edition on Advanced Analytics in Banking, August 2018.

 

   

PricewaterhouseCoopers, Consumer Digital Banking Survey, June 2019.

 

   

Thomson Reuters, Cost of Compliance 2019: 10 Years of Regulatory Change, June 2019.

Industry data and other third-party information have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but we have not independently verified any third-party information. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.

The Gartner Report(s) described herein, (the “Gartner Report(s)”) represent(s) research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice. The banking market falls within the banking and securities market in Gartner’s industry data set. Calculations on Gartner industry data were performed by nCino.

 

41


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the              shares of common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $        , based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional common stock in this offering, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $    , based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of our common stock would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by $        , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although a decrease in proceeds may accelerate the time when we need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, facilitate access to the public equity markets, increase our visibility in the marketplace and obtain additional capital to support further growth in our business. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures such as additional office facilities. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, invest in or obtain rights to complementary technologies, products, services or businesses. There are no such transactions or agreements at this time.

Because we expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we intend to invest the net proceeds that are not used as described above in capital-preservation investments, including short-term interest-bearing investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit or U.S. government backed securities.

 

42


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be limited by any future debt instruments or preferred securities.

 

43


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of April 30, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis giving effect to the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our non-voting common stock into 5,931,319 shares of our voting common stock upon the filing and effectiveness of an amendment to our certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis giving effect to the pro forma adjustment noted above and the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and our issuance, and the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    

As of April 30, 2020

 
    

Actual

   

Pro Forma

   

Pro  Forma
As
Adjusted(1)

 
(In thousands)       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 99,038     $ 99,038     $                

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Voting common stock, $0.0005 par value; 99,708,247 shares authorized; 75,651,808 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 81,583,127 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     38       41    

Non-voting common stock, $0.0005 par value; 10,291,753 shares authorized; 5,931,319 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     3       —      

Additional paid-in capital

     289,624       289,624    

Other comprehensive loss

     (187     (187  

Accumulated deficit

     (125,580     (125,580  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     163,898       163,898    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 262,936     $ 262,936     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share of our common stock would increase or decrease the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $         assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

44


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on              shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2020 and excludes:

 

   

7,744,722 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of April 30, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.39 per share under our existing equity plans;

 

   

972,494 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of RSU awards as of April 30, 2020;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Incentive Plan; and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

45


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

Our net tangible book value as of April 30, 2020 was $83.0 million, or $1.02 per share. After giving effect to the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of              would have been $        , or $         per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Net tangible book value per share as of April 30, 2020

   $                   

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to our existing stockholders

     

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

      $    

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of our common stock would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         per share and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $         per share, in each case assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by approximately $     per share, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of common stock remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, the net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $         per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table summarizes, as of April 30, 2020, on an as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid to us by existing stockholders and (2) to be paid by new investors acquiring our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

 

    

Shares Purchased

   

Total Consideration

   

Average Price
Per Share

 
    

Number

    

Percent

   

Amount

    

Percent

 

Existing investors

     81,583,127                       $ 240,421,487                       $ 2.95  

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $          100  

 

46


Table of Contents

The table above assumed no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to              shares, or     % of the total number of shares outstanding following the completion of this offering.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of our common stock would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on              shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2020 and excludes:

 

   

7,744,722 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of April 30, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.39 per share under our existing equity plans;

 

   

972,494 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of RSU awards as of April 30, 2020;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Incentive Plan; and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, restricted stock units vest, or new equity grants are issued under our stock-based compensation plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

47


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 are each derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of April 30, 2020, are each derived from our unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of April 30, 2019 is derived from our unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim financial statements on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read this selected consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

 

   

Fiscal Year Ended January 31,

   

Three Months Ended
April 30,

 
    2018     2019     2020     2019     2020  
($ In thousands, except share and per share amounts)                        

Revenues:

         

Subscription revenues

  $ 38,048     $ 64,458     $ 103,265     $ 21,032     $ 34,831  

Professional services revenues

    20,094       27,076       34,915       8,804       9,881  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    58,142       91,534       138,180       29,836       44,712  

Cost of revenues(1):

         

Cost of subscription revenue

    12,581       19,995       31,062       6,502       10,099  

Cost of professional services revenue

    17,890       26,456       33,008       7,536       8,767  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    30,471       46,451       64,070       14,038       18,866  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    27,671       45,083       74,110       15,798       25,846  

Operating expenses(1):

         

Sales and marketing

    20,954       31,278       44,440       8,015       12,226  

Research and development

    16,559       22,230       35,304       7,366       10,965  

General and administrative

    8,933       14,791       22,536       3,909       6,926  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    46,446       68,299       102,280       19,290       30,117  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (18,775     (23,216     (28,170     (3,492     (4,271

Non-operating income (expense):

         

Interest income

    260       1,193       988       318       156  

Other

    (24     (89     33       (109     (520
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

    (18,539     (22,112     (27,149     (3,283     (4,635

Income tax expense

    50       194       586       136       197  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (18,589     (22,306     (27,735     (3,419     (4,832

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

    —         —         (141     —         (176

Adjustment attributable to non-controlling interest

    —         —         —         —         113  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

  $ (18,589   $ (22,306   $ (27,594   $ (3,419   $ (4,769
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to nCino, Inc.:

         

Basic and diluted

  $ (0.27   $ (0.30   $ (0.35   $ (0.05   $ (0.06
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

         

Basic and diluted

    68,290,570       74,593,709       78,316,794       75,986,517       81,560,762  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    

Fiscal Year Ended January 31,

    

Three Months
Ended April 30,

 
     2018      2019      2020      2019      2020  
(In thousands)                            

Cost of revenues

   $ 1,357      $ 1,487      $ 1,517      $ 389      $ 327  

Sales and marketing

     940        1,078        1,260        292        315  

Research and development

     1,070        1,056        1,245        306        309  

General and administrative

     459        474        1,723        122        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 3,826      $ 4,095      $ 5,745      $ 1,109      $ 1,051  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     As of January 31,    

Three Months Ended April 30,

 
(In thousands)    2018     2019     2020     2019     2020  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 80,676     $ 74,347     $ 91,184     $ 78,991     $ 99,038  

Total assets

     112,967       119,966       250,151       131,410       261,089  

Total liabilities

     34,953       53,930       78,522       55,932       92,807  

Accumulated deficit

     (82,446     (104,752     (120,924     (96,749     (125,580

Total liabilities, redeemable non-controlling interest and stockholders’ equity

     112,967       119,966       250,151       131,410       261,089  

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

In addition to providing financial measurements based on generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP), we provide an additional financial metric that is not prepared in accordance with GAAP (non-GAAP). Management uses this non-GAAP financial measure, in addition to GAAP financial measures, to understand and compare operating results across accounting periods, for financial and operational decision making, for planning and forecasting purposes, and to evaluate our financial performance. We believe that this non-GAAP financial measure helps us to identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that we exclude in the calculations of the non-GAAP financial measure.

Accordingly, we believe that this financial measure reflects our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful comparisons and analysis of trends in the business and provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects. Although the calculation of non-GAAP financial measures may vary from company to company, our detailed presentation may facilitate analysis and comparison of our operating results by management and investors with other peer companies, many of which use a similar non-GAAP financial measure to supplement their GAAP results in their public disclosures. This non-GAAP financial measure is Non-GAAP Operating Loss, as discussed below.

Non-GAAP Operating Loss. Non-GAAP Operating Loss is defined as loss from operations as reported in our consolidated statements of operations excluding the impact of amortization of intangible assets and stock-based compensation expense. Non-GAAP Operating Loss is widely used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate the profitability of companies. Non-GAAP Operating Loss eliminates potential differences in performance caused by variations in the extent to which intangible assets are identifiable (affecting relative amortization expense).

This non-GAAP financial measure does not replace the presentation of our GAAP financial results and should only be used as a supplement to, not as a substitute for, our financial results presented in accordance with

 

49


Table of Contents

GAAP. There are limitations in the use of non-GAAP measures because they do not include all the expenses that must be included under GAAP and because they involve the exercise of judgment concerning exclusions of items from the comparable non-GAAP financial measure. In addition, other companies may use other measures to evaluate their performance, or may calculate non-GAAP measures differently, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison.

The following table reconciles Non-GAAP Operating Loss to Loss from Operations, the most directly comparable financial measure, calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Three Months Ended April 30,  
(in thousands)    2018     2019     2020     2019     2020  

GAAP Loss from Operations

   $ (18,775 )    $ (23,216   $ (28,170   $ (3,492   $ (4,271

Adjustments

          

Amortization of Intangible Assets

     —         —         1,748       —         796  

Stock-based Compensation Expense

     3,826       4,095       5,745       1,109       1,051  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Adjustments

             3,826             4,095           7,493       1,109       1,847  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Operating Loss

   $ (14,949 )    $ (19,121   $ (20,677   $ (2,383   $ (2,424
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future. Our fiscal year ends on January 31 of each year and references in this prospectus to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends. References in this prospectus to “fiscal 2018,” “fiscal 2019,” and “fiscal 2020” refer to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018, January 31, 2019 and January 31, 2020, respectively.

Overview

nCino is a leading global provider of cloud-based software for financial institutions. We empower banks and credit unions with the technology they need to meet ever-changing client expectations and regulatory requirements, gain increased visibility into their operations and performance, replace legacy systems, and operate digitally and more competitively. Our solution, the nCino Bank Operating System, digitizes, automates and streamlines inefficient and complex processes and workflow, and utilizes data analytics and AI/ML to enable financial institutions to more effectively onboard new clients, make loans and manage the entire loan life cycle, open deposit and other accounts and manage regulatory compliance. We serve financial institution customers of all sizes and complexities, including global financial institutions, enterprise banks, regional banks, community banks, credit unions and new market entrants, such as challenger banks. Our customers deploy and utilize our digital platform, which can be accessed anytime, anywhere and from any internet-enabled device, for mission critical functions across their organizations.

Built as a single, multi-tenant SaaS platform, the nCino Bank Operating System transforms the way financial institutions operate, go to market and interact with their clients, while delivering measurable return on investment by enabling them to:

 

   

digitally serve their clients across commercial, small business and retail lines of business,

 

   

improve financial results,

 

   

operate more efficiently,

 

   

manage risk and compliance more effectively, and

 

   

establish a data, audit and business intelligence hub.

We were founded in a bank with the goal of improving that institution’s operations and client service. Realizing the problems we were addressing were endemic to virtually all banks and credit unions, we were spun out as a separate company in late 2011 with the vision of providing a comprehensive solution to onboard clients, originate any type of loan and open any type of account on a single cloud-based platform. We initially focused the nCino Bank Operating System on transforming commercial and small business lending for community and regional banks. We introduced our solution to enterprise banks in the United States in 2014, and then internationally in 2017, and have subsequently expanded across North America, Europe and APAC. In fiscal 2020, we acquired Visible Equity and FinSuite and combined the acquired technology with certain of our internally-developed technology to launch nIQ. nIQ helps our customers improve operational and financial performance by using AI/ML to increase efficiency through automation and analytics to gain greater insights into their operations and client interactions.

 

51


Table of Contents

We offer our solution on a SaaS basis under multi-year contracts and recognize subscription revenues ratably over the term of the contract. Our customers may initially purchase our solution for client onboarding, loan origination and/or deposit account opening for a single line of business or geography. Once this initial solution is in production, we seek to deploy additional applications and expand within and across additional lines of business or geographies. The expansion from our original focus on commercial and small business loan origination to retail loan origination, client onboarding, deposit account opening and, most recently, analytics and AI/ML applications, has enhanced our ability to increase adoption of our solution by our customers. For fiscal 2020, we had a subscription revenue retention rate of 147%. See “—Factors Affecting Our Operating Results—Subscription Revenue Retention Rate” for additional information on subscription revenue retention rates.

We sell our solution directly through our business development managers, account executives, field sales engineers and customer success managers. Our sales efforts in the United States are organized around financial institutions based on size, whereas internationally we focus our sales efforts by geography. To drive growth and serve customers in the EMEA region, we continue to expand headcount in our UK office. In fiscal 2020, we opened an office in Tokyo through our joint venture, nCino K.K., giving us another base of operations in APAC in addition to our Australian offices. As of April 30, 2020, we had 140 sales and sales support personnel in the United States, and 54 sales and support personnel in offices outside the United States.

To help customers go live with our solution and achieve success, we offer professional services including configuration and implementation, training and advisory services. For larger financial institutions, we generally work with SIs such as Accenture, Deloitte, PwC and West Monroe Partners for the delivery of professional services, while we have historically performed professional services for smaller financial institutions ourselves. We expect larger financial institutions to make up a greater proportion of our sales and to increasingly outsource professional services for smaller banks and credit unions to SIs. As a result, we expect the mix of our total revenues to be more heavily weighted toward subscription revenues.

To support our growth and capitalize on what we believe is a compelling market opportunity, we have significantly increased our operating expenses across all aspects of our business. In research and development, we have focused on product improvements and the development of new functionality, while simultaneously leveraging the Salesforce Platform such that our development is heavily focused on vertical-specific solutions for financial institutions. Similarly, to grow our customer base, we have invested heavily in sales and marketing both in the United States and internationally. We are also in the process of increasing our general and administrative spending to support our growing operations and prepare for operating as a public company.

Our total revenues were $138.2 million, $91.5 million, and $58.1 million for fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, representing a 54.2% compound annual growth rate. Our subscription revenues in fiscal 2020 were $103.3 million or 74.7% of total revenues, up from $64.5 million or 70.4% of total revenues in fiscal 2019 and $38.0 million or 65.4% of total revenues in fiscal 2018, representing a 64.7% compound annual growth rate. Due to our continuing investment in growth, we recorded net losses attributable to nCino in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 of $27.6 million, $22.3 million and $18.6 million, respectively. For the three months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, our total revenues were $44.7 million and $29.8 million, respectively, representing a 49.9% annual growth rate, and our subscription revenues were $34.8 million and $21.0 million, respectively, representing a 65.6% annual growth rate. We had net losses attributable to nCino of $4.8 million and $3.4 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Factors Affecting Our Operating Results

Market Adoption of Our Solution. Our future growth depends on our ability to expand our reach to new financial institution customers and increase adoption with existing customers as they broaden their use of the nCino Bank Operating System within and across lines of business. Our success in growing our customer base and expanding adoption of our solution by existing customers requires a focused direct sales engagement and the ability to convince key decision makers at financial institutions to replace legacy third-party point solutions or

 

52


Table of Contents

internally developed software with the nCino Bank Operating System. In addition, growing our customer base will require us to increasingly penetrate markets outside the United States, which accounted for 9.5% of our total revenues for the three months ended April 30, 2020. For new customers, our sales cycles are typically lengthy, generally ranging from six to nine months for smaller financial institutions to 12 to 18 months or more for larger financial institutions. Reaching and converting potential customers requires that we continue to invest in the growth and success of our sales force both in the United States and internationally. In addition, key to landing new customers is our ability to successfully take our existing customers live and help them achieve measurable returns on their investment, thereby turning them into referenceable accounts. If we are unable to successfully address the foregoing challenges, our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability will be adversely affected, which may in turn reduce the value of your investment.

Mix of Subscription and Professional Services Revenues. The initial deployment of the nCino Bank Operating System by our customers requires a period of implementation and configuration services that can range from as little as three months for community banks to over 18 months for global financial institutions. As a result, during the initial go-live period for a customer, professional services revenues make up a substantial portion of our revenues from that customer, whereas over time revenues from established customers are more heavily weighted to subscriptions. While professional services revenues will fluctuate as a percentage of total revenues in the future and tend to be higher in periods of faster growth, over time we expect to see subscription revenues make up an increasing proportion of our total revenues as our overall business grows.

Subscription Revenue Retention Rate. We believe that our ability to retain and grow subscription revenues from our existing customers over time strengthens the stability and predictability of our revenue base and is reflective of both the adoption curve of customers and the value we deliver to them. We assess our performance in this area using a metric we refer to as subscription revenue retention rate. We calculate our subscription revenue retention rate as total subscription revenues in a fiscal year from customers who purchased any of our solutions as of January 31 of the prior fiscal year, expressed as a percentage of total subscription revenues for the prior fiscal year. Our subscription revenue retention rate provides insight into the impact on current year subscription revenues of:

 

   

the number and timing of new customers and phased activation of seats purchased by them in prior years, which activation schedules can span several fiscal years for larger contracts;

 

   

expanding adoption of our solutions by our existing customers during the current year, excluding any revenues derived from businesses acquired during such year; and

 

   

customer attrition.

For fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, we had subscription revenue retention rates of 147%, 163% and 188%, respectively. The most significant driver of changes in our subscription revenue retention rate each year has historically been the number of new customers in prior years and the associated phased activation schedules for such customers. As our installed base and associated subscription revenues have expanded in recent years, we have seen moderation of our subscription revenue retention rate, and we expect further moderation to the extent we continue to experience rapid growth. In addition, because larger financial institutions tend to make more sizable purchases with longer activation schedules, we expect variability in our subscription revenue retention rates based on the timing and extent of our continued penetration of this portion of our market. Our use of subscription revenue retention rate has limitations as an analytical tool, and investors should not consider it in isolation. Other companies in our or adjacent markets may calculate subscription revenue retention rates or similar metrics differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Long-term ACV Expansion. A key element of our growth strategy is to expand our deployed footprint with a customer after initial adoption. Our customers typically purchase our solution for a defined line of business or to support a specific use case and, once deployed, we seek to convince the customer to adopt our solution within and across additional lines of business. To date, we have been successful in executing our land

 

53


Table of Contents

and expand strategy as a result of our solution’s ability to streamline workflow, generate meaningful insights for operational improvement and help drive improved bottom line results. Due to our rapid growth, many of our customers have not yet come up for renewal, so our historical net retention rates may not be predictive of future results. If our customers do not continue to see the ability of our solution to generate return on investment relative to other available solutions or at all, net retention rates will suffer and our operating results will be adversely affected.

We believe our ACV-based net retention of customers over the long term illustrates our success in executing our land and expand strategy, as it demonstrates growing adoption by existing customers, including price increases but net of attrition. To measure net retention, we categorize customers by the year in which they first contracted for our solution, which we call an annual cohort. For each annual cohort, we measure the total ACV for our most recently completed fiscal year and divide it by the total ACV for such cohort at the end of the initial cohort year. We refer to the resulting quotient as “ACV-based net retention.” In any given period, ACV for a customer represents the annualized subscription fees from the fully activated subscription contracts in effect for such customers at the end of the applicable period.

The graphic below illustrates our ACV-based net retention for customers initially signed since fiscal 2013. Each individual cohort is not necessarily predictive of other or future cohorts.

 

 

LOGO

COVID-19 Effects on Demand for Our Solution. To help our customers service demand for Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans under the CARES Act beginning in April 2020, we adapted our Small Business Administration loan solution to the requirements of the PPP and rapidly introduced it to the market. Using our PPP solution, since the inception of PPP funding, our financial institution customers have processed hundreds of thousands of applications and have provided more than $50 billion in funding for their small business clients.

In light of the extraordinary nature of this market demand, we offered our PPP solution on one- or two-year terms as well as on a multi-year basis co-terminus with existing contracts. Seats for our PPP solution were activated immediately, which caused subscription revenues from these seats to be recognized sooner than is typical with the phased seat activations usually offered to customers. We believe that the emergency purchases of our PPP solution may have had the effect of pulling forward demand that might have otherwise materialized as new business later in the fiscal year and that, coupled with the disruptive effect of COVID-19 on the economy more generally, may have the effect of reducing new business later in fiscal 2021 and moderating revenue growth

 

54


Table of Contents

rates in fiscal 2022. In addition, our subscription revenue retention rates may be adversely affected upon the expiration of access and use rights to our PPP solution to the extent such rights are not re-purposed for other applications.

Continued Investment in Innovation and Growth. We have made substantial investments in product development, sales and marketing and strategic acquisitions since our inception to achieve a leadership position in our market and grow our revenues and customer base. We intend to continue to increase our investment in product development in the coming years to maintain and build on this advantage. We also intend to invest heavily in sales and marketing both in the United States and internationally to further grow our business, and we are in the process of increasing our general and administrative spending to support our growing operations and prepare for operating as a public company. As such, to capitalize on the market opportunity we see ahead of us, we expect to continue to optimize our operating plans for revenue growth, and as a result continue experiencing operating losses, for the foreseeable future.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenues

We derive our revenues from subscription and professional services fees.

Subscription Revenues. Our subscription revenues consist principally of fees from customers for accessing the nCino Bank Operating System and maintenance and support services that we offer under non-cancellable multi-year contracts, which typically range from three to five years. Specifically, we offer:

 

   

Client onboarding, loan origination and deposit account opening applications targeted at a financial institution’s commercial, small business and retail lines of business, for which we generally charge on a per seat basis.

 

   

nIQ, first introduced in fiscal 2020, for which we generally charge based on the asset size of the customer or on a usage basis. Prior to our acquisitions of Visible Equity and FinSuite, they generally licensed their products under annual contracts that could be cancelled on 30-days’ notice. We will continue to support these customers under their legacy contracts until such contracts are renewed, cancelled or expire.

 

   

Maintenance and support services as well as internal-use or “sandbox” development licenses, for which we charge as a percentage of the related subscription fees.

Our subscription revenues are generally recognized ratably over the term of the contract beginning upon activation. For new customers, we may activate a portion of seats at inception of the agreement, with the balance activated at contractually specified points in time thereafter, to pattern our invoicing after the customer’s expected rate of implementation and adoption. Subscription fees are generally charged annually in advance. Where seats are activated in stages, we charge subscription fees from the date of activation through the anniversary of the initial activation date, and annually thereafter. Maintenance and support fees, as well as development licenses, are provided over the same periods as the related subscriptions, so fees are invoiced and revenues are recognized over the same periods. Subscription fees invoiced are recorded as deferred revenue pending recognition as revenues. In certain cases, we are authorized to resell access to Salesforce’s CRM solution along with the nCino Bank Operating System. When we resell such access, we charge a higher subscription price and remit a higher subscription fee to Salesforce for these subscriptions.

Professional Services Revenues. Professional services revenues consist of fees for implementation and configuration assistance, training and advisory services. For enterprise and larger regional financial institutions, we generally work with SIs to provide the majority of implementation services, for which these SIs bill our

 

55


Table of Contents

customers directly. We have historically delivered professional services ourselves for community banks and smaller credit unions. Revenues for implementation, training and advisory services are recognized on a proportional performance basis, based on labor hours incurred relative to total budgeted hours. To date, our losses on professional services contracts have not been material. During the initial go-live period for a customer, professional services revenues make up a substantial portion of our revenues from that customer, whereas over time, revenues from established customers are more heavily weighted to subscriptions. While professional services revenues will fluctuate as a percentage of total revenues in the future and tend to be higher in periods of faster growth, over time we expect to see subscription revenues make up an increasing proportion of our total revenues.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

Cost of Subscription Revenues. Cost of subscription revenues primarily consists of fees paid to Salesforce for access to the Salesforce Platform, including Salesforce’s hosting infrastructure and data center operations. When we resell access to Salesforce’s CRM solution, cost of subscription revenues also includes the subscription fees we remit to Salesforce for providing such access. In addition, cost of subscription revenues includes personnel-related costs associated with delivering maintenance and support services, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, travel and related costs and allocated overhead. Our subscription gross margin will vary from period to period as a function of the utilization of support personnel and the extent to which we recognize subscription revenues from the resale of Salesforce’s CRM solution.

Cost of Professional Services Revenues. Cost of professional services revenues consists primarily of personnel-related costs associated with delivery of these services, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, travel and related costs and allocated overhead. The cost of providing professional services is significantly higher as a percentage of the related revenues than for our subscription services due to direct labor costs. The cost of professional services revenues has increased in absolute dollars as we have added

new customer subscriptions that require professional services and built-out our international professional services capabilities. Realized, effective billing and utilization rates drive fluctuations in our professional services gross margin on a period-to-period basis.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our sales and marketing employees, including salaries, sales commissions and incentives, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, travel and related costs. Beginning with fiscal 2020 and the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, we capitalize incremental costs incurred to obtain contracts, primarily consisting of sales commissions, and subsequently amortize these costs over the expected period of benefit, which we have determined to be approximately 4 years. Prior to fiscal 2020, these costs were expensed as incurred. Because of this change in accounting, sales and marketing expenses beginning in fiscal 2020 are not directly comparable to prior periods. Sales and marketing expenses also include outside consulting fees, marketing programs, including lead generation, costs of our annual user conference, advertising, trade shows, other event expenses and allocated overhead. We expect sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase as we expand our direct sales teams in the United States and internationally to address our market opportunity.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation associated with our engineering, product and quality assurance personnel, as well as allocated overhead. Research and development expenses also include the cost of third-party contractors. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We expect research and development costs to continue to increase as we develop new functionality and make improvements to the nCino Bank Operating System.

 

56


Table of Contents

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation associated with our executive, finance, legal, human resources, information technology, compliance and other administrative personnel. General and administrative expenses also include accounting, auditing and legal professional services fees, travel and other corporate-related expenses and allocated overhead. We expect that general and administrative expenses will continue to increase as we scale our business and as we incur costs associated with being a publicly-traded company, including legal, audit and consulting fees.

Stock-Based Compensation

In addition to stock-based compensation associated with stock options, which is recorded in our historical cost of revenues and operating expenses, we have unrecorded stock-based compensation expenses associated with RSUs that we expect to begin recognizing as cost of revenues and operating expenses beginning in the period in which we complete this offering. Our RSUs generally require both a time-based and liquidity-based vesting condition to be satisfied before these units settle. The liquidity-based condition is satisfied upon a sale of the company or completion of an initial public offering. As of April 30, 2020, all stock-based compensation expenses related to RSUs remained unrecognized because the liquidity vesting condition was not probable of being satisfied. In the quarter in which we complete this offering, the liquidity condition will have been satisfied and we will recognize stock-based compensation in connection with RSUs for which we would have accrued expense ratably in the current and prior quarters but for the failure of the liquidity vesting condition to have been met. As of April 30, 2020, 972,494 RSUs were outstanding. If the liquidity-based vesting condition had been satisfied on April 30, 2020, we would have recorded $7.4 million of stock-based compensation expenses related to the RSUs, and we would recognize additional unamortized stock-based compensation expenses of $12.7 million over a weighted-average remaining requisite service period of 1.65 years thereafter as the time-based condition for outstanding RSUs is met.

 

57


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with the financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following table presents our selected consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal 2018, 2019 and 2020 and three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020 in both dollars and as a percentage of total revenues, except as noted.

 

   

Fiscal Year Ended January 31,

   

Three Months Ended April 30,

 
    2018     2019     2020     2019     2020  
($ In thousands, except share and per share
amounts)
                       

Revenues:

         

Subscription revenues

  $ 38,048     $ 64,458     $ 103,265     $ 21,032     $ 34,831  

Professional services revenues

    20,094       27,076       34,915       8,804       9,881  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    58,142       91,534       138,180       29,836       44,712  

Cost of revenues(1):

         

Cost of subscription revenue

    12,581       19,995       31,062       6,502       10,099  

Cost of professional services revenue

    17,890       26,456       33,008       7,536       8,767  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    30,471       46,451       64,070       14,038       18,866  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    27,671       45,083       74,110       15,798       25,846  

Operating expenses(1):

         

Sales and marketing

    20,954       31,278       44,440       8,015       12,226  

Research and development

    16,559       22,230       35,304       7,366       10,965  

General and administrative

    8,933       14,791       22,536       3,909       6,926  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    46,446       68,299       102,280       19,290       30,117  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (18,775     (23,216     (28,170     (3,492     (4,271

Non-operating income (expense):

         

Interest income

    260       1,193       988       318       156  

Other

    (24     (89     33       (109     (520
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

    (18,539     (22,112     (27,149     (3,283     (4,635

Income tax expense

    50       194       586       136       197  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (18,589     (22,306     (27,735     (3,419     (4,832

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

    —         —         (141     —         (176

Adjustment attributable to non-controlling interest

    —         —         —         —         113  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

  $ (18,589   $ (22,306   $ (27,594   $ (3,419   $ (4,769
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to nCino, Inc.:

         

Basic and diluted

  $ (0.27   $ (0.30   $ (0.35   $ (0.05   $ (0.06
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

         

Basic and diluted

    68,290,570       74,593,709       78,316,794       75,986,517       81,560,762  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Three Months Ended
April 30,
 
         2018               2019             2020             2019             2020      
                       (unaudited)  

Revenues:

          

Subscription revenues

     65.4     70.4     74.7     70.5     77.9

Professional services revenues

     34.6       29.6       25.3       29.5       22.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100.0       100.0       100.0       100     100

Cost of Revenues (percentage shown in comparison to related revenues):

          

Cost of subscription revenues

     33.1       31.0       30.1       30.9       29.0  

Cost of professional services revenues

     89.0       97.7       94.5       85.6       88.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     52.4       50.7       46.4       47.1       42.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     47.6       49.3       53.6       52.9       57.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     36.0       34.2       32.2       26.9       27.3  

Research and development

     28.5       24.3       25.5       24.7       24.5  

General and administrative

     15.4       16.2       16.3       13.1       15.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     79.9       74.7       74.0       64.7       67.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (32.3     (25.4     (20.4     (11.8     (9.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating Income (Expense)

          

Interest income

     0.4       1.3       0.7       1.1       0.3  

Other

     —         (0.1     —         (0.4     (1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

     (31.9     (24.2     (19.7     (11.1     (10.4

Income tax expense

     0.1       0.2       0.4       0.5       0.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (32.0 )%      (24.4 )%      (20.1 )%      (11.6 )%      (10.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Three Months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019

Revenues

 

     Three Months Ended April 30,  
($ in thousands)    2019     2020  

Revenues:

          

Subscription revenues

   $ 21,032        70.5   $ 34,831        77.9

Professional services revenues

     8,804        29.5       9,881        22.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 29,836        100.0   $ 44,712        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subscription Revenues

Subscription revenues increased $13.8 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended April 30, 2019, primarily due to new customer additions, including customers added as a result of our acquisitions of Visible Equity and FinSuite, as well as expansion from existing customers within and across lines of business and price increases. Of the increase, 63.7% was attributable to increased revenues from existing customers as additional seats were activated in accordance with contractual terms and customers expanded their adoption of our solution, 18.7% was attributable to revenues from Visible Equity and FinSuite and 17.6% was attributable to revenues from new nCino Bank Operating System customers. Subscription revenues were 77.9% of total revenues for the three months ended April 30, 2020 compared to 70.5% of total revenues for the three months ended April 30, 2019, reflecting the growth in our installed base.

 

59


Table of Contents

Professional Services Revenues

Professional services revenues increased $1.1 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended April 30, 2019, primarily due to the addition of new customers as well as expanded adoption by existing customers within and across lines of business where implementation, configuration and training services were required.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

     Three Months Ended April 30,  
($ in thousands)    2019     2020  

Cost of Revenues (percentage shown in comparison to related revenues):

          

Cost of subscription revenues

   $ 6,502        30.9   $ 10,099        29.0

Cost of professional services revenues

     7,536        85.6       8,767        88.7  
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 14,038        47.1     $ 18,866        42.2  
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 15,798        52.9     $ 25,846        57.8  
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Cost of Subscription Revenues

Cost of subscription revenues increased $3.6 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended April 30, 2019, generating a gross margin for subscription revenues of 71.0% compared to a gross margin of 69.1% for the three months ended April 30, 2019. Costs related to Salesforce user fees increased $2.5 million as we continued to add new customers and sold additional functionality to existing customers, and personnel costs increased $0.5 million as we added new employees. Allocated overhead costs for the three months ended April 30, 2020 increased $0.4 million compared to the three months ended April 30, 2019 due to headcount growth in our global customer support organization. Other costs of subscription revenues increased $0.2 million due to data services purchased for resale. We expect the cost of subscription revenues will continue to increase in absolute dollars as the number of users of the nCino Bank Operating System grows.

Cost of Professional Services Revenues

Cost of professional services revenues increased $1.2 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended April 30, 2019, generating a gross margin for professional services of 11.3% compared to a gross margin of 14.4% for the three months ended April 30, 2019. For the 2020 period, personnel costs increased $1.6 million for the professional services team compared to the prior year period due to increased headcount and allocated overhead costs increased $0.1 million compared to the prior year period due to growth supporting our continued business expansion. These increases were partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease in reimbursable, and a $0.1 million decrease in non-reimbursable, travel and related expenses for the professional service organization due to COVID-19-related travel restrictions. The decrease in our professional services gross margin for the three months ended April 30, 2020 was due to the mix of solutions being implemented. We expect the cost of professional services revenues to increase in absolute dollars in the near term as we add new customer subscriptions that require professional services. For the balance of fiscal 2021, we expect reduced professional services gross margins as utilization is adversely affected by travel restrictions and work-from-home restrictions resulting from COVID-19.

 

60


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended April 30,  
($ in thousands)    2019     2020  

Operating Expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

   $ 8,015       26.9   $ 12,226       27.3

Research and development

     7,366       24.7       10,965       24.5  

General and administrative

     3,909       13.1       6,926       15.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     19,290       64.7       30,117       67.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $ (3,492     (11.8 )%    $ (4,271     (9.5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses increased $4.2 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended April 30, 2019, primarily due to an increase of $3.0 million in personnel costs resulting from an increase in headcount on the sales and marketing teams and a $0.4 million increase in marketing costs, including direct costs of conference attendance and sponsorships. Our sales and marketing headcount grew from 149 at April 30, 2019 to 234 at April 30, 2020. The increase in sales and marketing expenses also included a $0.9 million increase in allocated overhead costs and a $0.3 million increase in outside consulting fees due to growth supporting our continued business expansion. The increase in sales and marketing expenses for the three months ended April 30, 2020 was partially offset by a decrease of $0.4 million in sales-related travel costs due to COVID-19-related travel restrictions. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we invest in expanding our customer base and user adoption.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased $3.6 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended April 30, 2019, primarily due to an increase of $3.5 million in personnel costs resulting from continued growth in headcount and a $0.4 million increase in allocated overhead costs due to growth supporting our continued business expansion, partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in the use of third-party contractors. Our research and development headcount grew from 180 at April 30, 2019 to 295 at April 30, 2020. We expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars due to higher headcount as we develop new applications and further enhance the nCino Bank Operating System.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased $3.0 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended April 30, 2019, primarily due to an increase of $1.6 million in personnel costs resulting from continued growth in headcount as we continue to scale our business. Our general and administrative headcount grew from 69 at April 30, 2019 to 109 at April 30, 2020. Third party professional fees increased $0.8 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended April 30, 2019, including $0.4 million of transaction-related costs incurred related to this offering. Allocated overhead and other general and administrative costs increased $0.7 million, which consisted primarily of charitable contributions and bad debt expense. The increase in general and administrative expenses for the three months ended April 30, 2020 was partially offset by a decrease of $0.1 million in travel costs due to COVID-19-related travel restrictions. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the near term, primarily due to higher headcount to support our continued growth and additional expenses for our transition to, and continuing costs of, being a public company.

 

61


Table of Contents

Effects of COVID-19

COVID-19 began affecting our business in the three months ended April 30, 2020. To date, we have not experienced a material increase in customers’ delaying purchase decisions or cancellations nor have we had a material impact from vendors and third-party service providers we rely on. Beginning in mid-March 2020, we implemented a company-wide work-from-home requirement for all of our employees and suspended all work-related travel. In addition, we shifted our conferences and other marketing events to virtual-only for the foreseeable future. To the extent COVID-19 has measurably affected our historical financial results, we have noted such effects in the discussion above. We are aware that there are effects of the COVID-19 pandemic in terms of efficiency, productivity, workforce retention and other matters that are not directly measurable. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments unknown and unpredictable at this time, including the duration, severity and spread of the pandemic, the effects of the pandemic on financial institutions generally as well as on our customers, their clients and on our business partners in particular, restrictions on travel and other actions that may be taken by governmental authorities and other factors. For further information, please see, “—Factors Affecting Our Operating Results—COVID-19 Effects on Demand for Our Solutions” and “Risk Factors—Uncertain or weakened economic conditions, including as a result of the recent coronavirus outbreak, may adversely affect our industry, business and results of operations.”

Comparison of the Fiscal Years ended January 31, 2020 and 2019

Revenues

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
($ in thousands)    2019     2020  

Revenues:

          

Subscription revenues

   $ 64,458        70.4   $ 103,265        74.7

Professional services revenues

     27,076        29.6       34,915        25.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 91,534        100.0   $ 138,180        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subscription Revenues

Subscription revenues increased $38.8 million for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019, primarily due to new customer additions, including customers added as a result of our acquisitions of Visible Equity and FinSuite, as well as expansion from existing customers within and across lines of business and price increases. Of the increase, 61.7% was attributable to increased revenues from existing customers as additional seats were activated in accordance with contractual terms and customers expanded their adoption of our solution, 15.4% was attributable to revenues from Visible Equity and FinSuite, and 22.9% was attributable to revenues from new nCino Bank Operating System customers. Subscription revenues were 74.7% of total revenues for fiscal 2020, compared to 70.4% of total revenues for fiscal 2019, reflecting the growth in our installed base.

Professional Services Revenues

Professional services revenues increased $7.8 million for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019, primarily due to the addition of new customers, as well as expanded adoption by existing customers within and across lines of business where implementation, configuration and training services were required. For fiscal 2020, $2.9 million of professional services revenues was reimbursable travel and expense related to professional services projects at customer locations compared to $2.5 million for fiscal 2019.

 

62


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
($ in thousands)    2019     2020  

Cost of Revenues (percentage shown in comparison to related revenues):

          

Cost of subscription revenues

   $ 19,995        31.0   $ 31,062        30.1

Cost of professional services revenues

     26,456        97.7       33,008        94.5  
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 46,451        50.7     $ 64,070        46.4  
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 45,083        49.3   $ 74,110        53.6
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Cost of Subscription Revenues

Cost of subscription revenues increased $11.1 million for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019, generating a gross margin for subscription revenues of 69.9% compared to a gross margin of 69.0% for fiscal 2019. Costs related to Salesforce user fees increased $7.5 million as we continued to add new customers and sold additional functionality to existing customers, and personnel costs increased $1.9 million as we added new employees. Allocated overhead costs for fiscal 2020 increased $1.0 million compared to fiscal 2019 due to headcount growth in our global customer support organization. Other costs of subscription revenues increased $0.7 million due to third-party data integration and nIQ hosting expenses.

Cost of Professional Services Revenues

Cost of professional services revenues increased $6.6 million for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019, generating a gross margin for professional services of 5.5% compared to a gross margin of 2.3% for fiscal 2019. Personnel costs for fiscal 2020 increased $5.1 million for the professional services team compared to fiscal 2019 primarily due to increased headcount. Reimbursable travel and expenses related to professional services projects at customer locations for fiscal 2020 increased $0.4 million compared to fiscal 2019. Allocated overhead costs for fiscal 2020 increased $0.9 million and travel related expenses increased $0.3 million compared to fiscal 2019 due to growth supporting our continued business expansion. The increase in cost of professional services revenues was partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in other services. The increase in our professional services gross margin in fiscal 2020 was primarily due to higher utilization and effective billing rates in our maturing international professional services practice.

Operating Expenses

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
($ in thousands)    2019     2020  

Operating Expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

   $ 31,278        34.2   $ 44,440        32.2

Research and development

     22,230        24.3       35,304        25.5  

General and administrative

     14,791        16.2       22,536        16.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     68,299        74.7       102,280        74.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $ (23,216      (25.4 )%    $ (28,170      (20.4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses increased $13.2 million for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019, primarily due to an increase of $8.4 million in personnel costs resulting from an increase in headcount on the sales and marketing teams and a $1.7 million increase in marketing costs, including direct costs of conference attendance

 

63


Table of Contents

and sponsorships, and a $1.0 million increase in sales-related travel costs. Our sales and marketing headcount grew from 140 at January 31, 2019 to 221 at January 31, 2020. The increase in sales and marketing expenses also included a $2.4 million increase in allocated overhead costs due to growth supporting our continued business expansion. The increase in sales and marketing expenses in fiscal 2020 was partially offset by a net reduction of $2.4 million in incremental costs incurred to obtain contracts, primarily consisting of sales commissions, as we began capitalizing and amortizing such expenses in fiscal 2020, and by a $0.3 million reduction in the use of third-party consultants.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased $13.1 million for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019, primarily due to an increase of $10.5 million in personnel costs, resulting from continued increases in headcount, both organically and from acquisitions, a $0.6 million increase in the use of third-party contractors as we continued to invest in the nCino Bank Operating System, a $0.2 million increase in travel and meeting expenses, and a $1.8 million increase in allocated overhead costs due to growth supporting our continued business expansion. Our research and development headcount grew from 153 at January 31, 2019 to 265 at January 31, 2020.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased $7.7 million for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019, primarily due to an increase of $4.4 million in personnel costs, due to increases in headcount as we continue to scale our business. Our general and administrative headcount grew from 63 at January 31, 2019 to 102 at January 31, 2020. Third party professional fees increased $3.7 million from fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2020, including $2.4 million of transaction-related costs incurred related to acquisitions and this offering. Travel and meeting expenses increased $0.4 million due to headcount growth and strategic initiatives. Allocated overhead and other general and administrative costs decreased $0.8 million, which consisted primarily of a $1.5 million decrease in tax related fees and assessments primarily due to revisions in prior year sales and use tax estimates, partially offset by higher insurance and occupancy costs.

Comparison of the Fiscal Years Ended January 31, 2019 and 2018

Revenues

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
($ in thousands)    2018      2019  

Revenues:

           

Subscription revenues

   $ 38,048        65.4    $ 64,458        70.4

Professional services revenues

     20,094        34.6        27,076        29.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 58,142        100.0    $ 91,534        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subscription Revenues

Subscription revenues increased $26.4 million for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, primarily due to new customer additions, as well as expansion from existing customers within and across lines of business and price increases. Of the increase, 78.1% was attributable to increased revenues from existing customers as additional seats were activated in accordance with contractual terms and customers expanded their adoption of our solution, and 21.9% was attributable to revenues from new nCino Bank Operating System customers. Subscription revenues were 70.4% of total revenues for fiscal 2019, compared to 65.4% of total revenues for fiscal 2018, reflecting the growth in our installed base and increasing sales to larger financial institutions where SIs provide a substantial portion of professional services.

 

64


Table of Contents

Professional Services Revenues

Professional services revenues increased $7.0 million for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, primarily due to the addition of new customers, as well as expanded adoption by existing customers within and across lines of business where implementation, configuration and training services were required. For fiscal 2019, $2.5 million of professional services revenues was reimbursable travel and expense related to professional services projects at our customer locations compared to $1.8 million for fiscal 2018.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2018     2019  
($ in thousands)          

 

          

 

 

Cost of revenues:

          

Cost of subscription revenues

   $ 12,581        33.1   $ 19,995        31.0

Cost of professional services revenues

     17,890        89.0       26,456        97.7  
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 30,471        52.4     $ 46,451        50.7  
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 27,671        47.6     $ 45,083        49.3  
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Cost of Subscription Revenues

Cost of subscription revenues increased $7.4 million for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, generating a gross margin for subscription revenues of 69.0% compared to a gross margin of 66.9% for fiscal 2018. Costs related to Salesforce user fees increased $5.8 million as we continued to add new customers and sold additional functionality to existing customers, and personnel costs increased $1.2 million as we added new employees. Allocated overhead costs for fiscal 2019 increased $0.2 million and travel related expenses increased $0.1 million due to growth supporting our continued business expansion compared to fiscal 2018.

Cost of Professional Services Revenues

Cost of professional services revenues increased $8.6 million for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, generating a gross margin for professional services of 2.3% compared to a gross margin of 11.0% for fiscal 2018. Personnel costs for fiscal 2019 increased $6.9 million for the professional services team compared to fiscal 2018 primarily due to increased headcount. Reimbursable travel and expenses related to professional services projects at customer locations for fiscal 2019 increased $0.7 million compared to fiscal 2018. Allocated overhead costs for fiscal 2019 increased $1.0 million compared to fiscal 2018 due to growth supporting our continued business expansion. The decrease in our professional services gross margin in fiscal 2019 was primarily driven by investments in our international professional services operations as we expanded our international presence.

Operating Expenses

 

    Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
    2018     2019  
($ in thousands)                          

Operating expenses (as a percentage of total revenues):

         

Sales and marketing

  $ 20,954        36.0   $ 31,278        34.2

Research and development

    16,559        28.5       22,230        24.3  

General and administrative

    8,933        15.4       14,791        16.2  
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  $ 46,446        79.9   $ 68,299        74.7
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses increased $10.3 million for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, primarily due to an increase of $6.3 million in personnel costs resulting from an increase in headcount on the sales and marketing teams, a $1.7 million increase in sales-related travel costs, a $0.8 million increase in the use of third-party service providers to support our expanding sales and a $0.7 million increase in marketing costs, including direct costs of conference attendance and sponsorships. Our sales and marketing headcount grew from 110 at January 31, 2018 to 140 at January 31, 2019. The increase in sales and marketing expenses also included a $0.8 million increase in allocated overhead costs due to growth supporting our continued business expansion.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased $5.7 million for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, primarily due to an increase of $4.3 million in personnel costs, resulting from continued increases in headcount, a $0.5 million increase in the use of third-party contractors as we continued to invest in the nCino Bank Operating System, and a $0.9 million increase in allocated overhead costs due to growth supporting our continued business expansion. Our research and development headcount grew from 111 at January 31, 2018 to 153 at January 31, 2019.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased $5.9 million for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, primarily due to an increase of $3.2 million in personnel costs, due to increases in headcount as we continue to scale our business, a $0.4 million increase in fees for professional services and a $0.1 million increase in travel and meeting expenses. Our general and administrative headcount grew from 45 at January 31, 2018 to 63 at January 31, 2019. Allocated overhead and other general and administrative costs increased $2.2 million, which consisted primarily of a $1.1 million increase in tax related fees and assessments, primarily due to an increase in estimated sales tax liability and an increase in insurance and occupancy costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of April 30, 2020, we had $99.0 million in cash and cash equivalents, and an accumulated deficit of $125.6 million. Our net losses have been driven by our investments in developing the nCino Bank Operating System, expanding our sales and marketing organization and scaling our finance and administrative functions to support our rapid growth. We expect to continue to incur operating losses for the foreseeable future.

To date, we have funded our capital needs through issuances of common stock and collections from our customers. Through April 30, 2020, we have raised $240.4 million in capital from common stock issuances. We generally bill and collect from our customers annually in advance. Our billings are subject to seasonality, with billings in the first and fourth quarters of our fiscal year substantially higher than in the second and third quarters. Because we recognize revenue ratably, our deferred revenue balance mirrors the seasonality of our billing. In addition, our advanced billing and collection coupled with our recent growth has resulted in our cash used in operating activities generally being less than our net operating losses in recent periods.

We believe that current cash and cash equivalents (not including the net proceeds from this offering) will be sufficient to fund our operations and capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts to enhance the nCino Bank Operating System and introduce new applications, market acceptance of our solution, the continued expansion of our sales and marketing activities, investments in office facilities and other capital expenditure requirements and any potential future acquisitions. We may from time-to-time seek to raise additional capital to support our growth. Any equity financing we may

 

66


Table of Contents

undertake could be dilutive to our existing stockholders, and any debt financing we may undertake could require debt service and financial and operational covenants that could adversely affect our business. There is no assurance we would be able to obtain future financing on acceptable terms or at all.

nCino K.K.

In fiscal 2020, we established nCino K.K., a Japanese company in which we own a controlling interest, for purposes of facilitating our entry into the Japanese market. We have consolidated the results of operations and financial condition of nCino K.K. since its inception. Pursuant to an agreement with the holders of the non-controlling interest in nCino K.K., beginning in 2027 we may redeem the non-controlling interest, or be required to redeem such interest by the holders thereof, based on a prescribed formula derived from the relative revenues of nCino K.K. and the Company. The balance of the redeemable non-controlling interest is reported on our balance sheet below total liabilities but above stockholders’ equity at the greater of the initial carrying amount adjusted for the redeemable non-controlling interest’s share of earnings or losses and other comprehensive income or loss, or its estimated redemption value. As of January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020, the redeemable non-controlling interest of non-controlling interests in nCino K.K. was $4.4 million.

Cash Flows

Summary Cash Flow information for fiscal 2018, 2019 and 2020 are set forth below.

 

     January 31,     Three Months Ended
April 30,
 
(In thousands)    2018     2019     2020     2019     2020  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (15,958   $ (4,589   $ (8,998   $ 4,869     $ 8,429  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,837     (7,965     (58,027     (552     (1,075

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     70,137       6,260       84,091       272       (111

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

The $8.4 million provided by operating activities in the three months ended April 30, 2020 reflects our net loss of $4.8 million, offset by $4.3 million in non-cash charges and $8.9 million generated by changes in working capital accounts. Cash generated by working capital accounts was principally a function of a $18.6 million increase in our deferred revenue, as we expanded our customer base and renewed existing customers, and a $0.2 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets. The cash generated by working capital accounts was partially offset by a $4.4 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities, an increase of $3.1 million in accounts receivable due to the timing of collections from customers, and payments of $2.4 million of capitalized costs to obtain revenue contracts, which consisted primarily of sales commissions.

The $4.9 million provided by operating activities in the three months ended April 30, 2019 reflects our net loss of $3.4 million, offset by $2.4 million in non-cash charges and $5.9 million generated by changes in working capital accounts. Cash generated by working capital accounts was principally a function of a $9.6 million increase in our deferred revenue, as we expanded our customer base and renewed existing customers, and a $0.7 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets. The cash generated by working capital accounts was partially offset by a $3.9 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and an increase of $1.1 million in accounts receivable due to the timing of collections from our customers.

The $9.0 million we used in operating activities in fiscal 2020 was driven by our net loss of $27.7 million, partially offset by $13.7 million in non-cash charges and $5.1 million generated by changes in working capital accounts. Cash generated by working capital accounts was principally a function of a $22.0 million increase in our deferred revenue, as we expanded our customer base and renewed existing customers, and a $3.5 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities. The cash

 

67


Table of Contents

generated by working capital accounts was partially offset by an increase of $14.2 million in accounts receivable due to the timing of collections from customers, payments of $5.6 million of capitalized costs to obtain revenue contracts, which consist primarily of sales commissions, and a $1.6 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

The $4.6 million we used in operating activities in fiscal 2019 was driven by our net loss of $22.3 million, partially offset by $5.7 million in non-cash charges and $12.1 million generated by changes in working capital accounts. Cash generated by working capital accounts was principally a function of a $13.5 million increase in our deferred revenue, as we expanded our customer base and renewed existing customers, and a $4.7 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses. The cash generated by working capital accounts was partially offset by an increase of $5.7 million in accounts receivable due to the timing of collections from customers and a $1.2 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

The $16.0 million we used in operating activities in fiscal 2018 was driven by our net loss of $18.6 million and $1.8 million used in working capital accounts, partially offset by $4.5 million in non-cash charges. Cash used in working capital was principally a function of a $12.4 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of collections from customers, partially offset by a $10.8 million increase in deferred revenue, as we expanded our customer base and renewed existing customers.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

In fiscal 2020, we used $52.3 million in investing activities to acquire Visible Equity and FinSuite for their product offerings, domain expertise, analytics and data recognition capabilities.

We used $5.8 million, $8.0 million and $2.8 million in investing activities in fiscal 2020, 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively, and $1.1 million and $0.6 million in investing activities in the three months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, for the purchase of property and equipment and leasehold improvements to support the expansion of our business.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

The $0.1 million used in financing activities in the three months ended April 30, 2020 was comprised of payments of $0.2 million in deferred costs associated with this offering partially offset by payments of $0.1 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options. The $0.3 million provided by financing activities in the three months ended April 30, 2019 was comprised of proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

The $84.1 million provided by financing activities in fiscal 2020 was comprised principally of $79.9 million in proceeds from equity financings, net of issuance costs, as well as $4.5 million in proceeds from the non-controlling interest for our Japan joint venture and $1.0 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options. The cash provided by financing activities was partially offset by payments of $1.4 million in deferred costs associated with this offering. The $6.3 million provided by financing activities in fiscal 2019 was comprised of proceeds from the exercise of stock options. The $70.1 million provided by financing activities in fiscal 2018 was comprised principally of $69.2 million in proceeds from equity financings, net of issuance costs, as well as $0.9 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

 

68


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases related to our facilities and equipment and a minimum purchase commitment to a related party. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of January 31, 2020.

 

     Payment due by period (in thousands)  
(In thousands)   

Less than

1 year

    

1 to 3
years

    

3 to 5
years

    

More than 5
years

    

Total

 

Operating lease obligations

   $ 6,068      $ 8,338      $ 4,521      $ 3,798      $ 22,725  

Purchase commitments

     200        —          —          —          200  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,268      $ 8,338      $ 4,521      $ 3,798      $ 22,925  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. The table does not include obligations under agreements that we can cancel without a significant penalty.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

At April 30, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $99.0 million, which consisted primarily of bank deposits and money market funds. Interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. However, our historical interest income has not fluctuated significantly. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not have had a material impact on our financial results included in this prospectus. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar and the functional currency of each of our subsidiaries is its local currency. The assets and liabilities of each of our subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at each balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rate for the relevant period. Equity transactions are translated using historical exchange rates. Decreases in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies may negatively affect revenues and other operating results as expressed in U.S. dollars. Foreign currency translation adjustments are accounted for as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders’ equity. Gains or losses due to transactions in foreign currencies are included in “Non-operating income (expense), Other” in our consolidated statements of operations. Furthermore, our customers outside of the United States typically pay us in local currency. We have not engaged in hedging of foreign currency transactions to date, although we may choose to do so in the future. We do not believe that an immediate 10% increase or decrease in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies would have a material effect on operating results or financial condition.

 

69


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We believe that the following accounting policies involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of our operations. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of our other significant accounting policies. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in those financial statements and accompanying notes. Although we believe that the estimates we use are reasonable, due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those estimates, actual results reported in future periods could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Effective February 1, 2019, we adopted the requirement of Accounting Standards Update, or ASU No. 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”) utilizing the modified retrospective method of transition. Prior period information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods. The new revenue standard was applied to contracts that were not completed as of the adoption date, consistent with transition guidance. For further information regarding the effects of the adoption of Topic 606 on revenue recognition, please refer to Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derive our revenues from subscriptions and professional services. We recognize revenues when a contract exists between the Company and a customer and upon transfer of control of promised products or services to such customer in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those products or services. We enter into contracts that can include various combinations of subscriptions and professional services, which may be capable of being distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations, or in the case of offerings such as subscriptions, services and support, accounted for as a single performance obligation. Revenues are recognized net of allowances and any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities.

We determine revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

   

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;

 

   

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

 

   

Determination of the transaction price;

 

   

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

   

Recognition of revenues when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation

Subscription Revenues

Subscription revenues primarily consist of fees for providing customers access to our cloud applications, with routine customer support and maintenance related to email and phone support, bug fixes, and unspecified software updates and upgrades released when and if available during the maintenance term. Revenues are generally recognized on a ratable basis over the contract term beginning on the date that our service is made available to the customer, which we believe best reflects the manner in which our customers utilize our subscription offerings. Arrangements with customers do not provide the customer with the right to take possession of the software supporting the cloud-based application service at any time and, as a result, are

 

70


Table of Contents

accounted for as a service contract. Generally, our subscription contracts are three years or longer in length, billed annually in advance, are non-cancelable and do not contain refund-type provisions. Any subscription arrangements that are cancelable generally have penalty clauses.

Professional Services Revenues

Professional services revenues primarily consist of fees for deployment, configuration and optimization services, as well as training. The majority of our professional services contracts are billed on a fixed price basis, and revenues are recognized over time based on a proportional performance methodology which utilizes input methods. A portion of our professional services contracts are billed on a time and materials basis and revenues are recognized over time as the services are performed.

Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations

Most of our contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, we account for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price (“SSP”) basis. We determine SSP by considering its overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include our discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, the customer demographic, the geographic area where services are sold, price lists, our go-to-market strategy, historical sales and contract prices. As our go-to-market strategies evolve, we may modify its pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes to SSP.

Given the variability of pricing, we use a range of SSP. We determine the SSP range using information that may include market conditions or other observable inputs. We typically have more than one SSP for individual products and services due to the stratification of products and services by customer size.

In accordance with ASU 2014-09, each quarter we disclose remaining performance obligations (RPOs) in the footnotes to our financial statements. RPOs represent contracted revenues that have not yet been recognized, including deferred revenue and unbilled amounts that we expect will be recognized as revenues in future periods. Our reported RPO balance is influenced by several factors, including the timing of renewals, average contract terms and foreign currency exchange rates. Because we often enter into large, multi-year contracts and the timing of renewal of these contracts varies by customer, our reported RPOs may fluctuate significantly from period to period, and we do not believe this measure is a useful gauge of our future performance. For these reasons, we do not use RPOs as a tool for managing our business.

Income Taxes

Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other current assets or other accrued liabilities, as appropriate, in our consolidated balance sheets and reflect our estimate of income taxes to be paid or received.

Deferred income taxes represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or refunded and are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. We recognize deferred tax assets for temporary deductible differences and deferred tax liabilities for temporary taxable differences.

A valuation allowance is provided against a deferred tax asset when we determine that it is more likely than not that all, or a portion of, the balance will not be realized. This requires management to utilize significant judgement and the use of estimates. Any realization of the Company’s deferred tax assets is based upon the evaluation of four sources of taxable income, the future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, taxable income in prior carryback years

 

71


Table of Contents

and tax-planning strategies. At January 31, 2020, we determined that it is more likely than not that the majority of our deferred tax assets will not be realized and as such, recorded a valuation allowance of $36.4 million against our deferred tax assets of $39.7 million as of that date.

The Company is subject to income tax in the United States, multiple state and local jurisdictions and various foreign countries. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction may be interpreted differently in certain situations, which could result in differing financial results. The Company is required to exercise judgement regarding the application of these tax laws and regulations. Through this judgement process, the Company will evaluate and recognize any tax liabilities related to any income tax uncertainties. Due to the complexity of any uncertainty, the ultimate resolution may result in a remittance that is different from the current estimate of any tax liabilities.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Options

Stock-based compensation expense related to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. We establish fair value as the measurement objective in accounting for share-based payment transactions and recognize expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of four years. Stock-based compensation is recognized net of estimated forfeiture activity. The estimated forfeiture rate applied is based on historical forfeiture rates. The fair value of each award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires significant judgement. The determination of the grant date fair value of stock-based awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as other subjective assumptions including the expected term of the awards, the expected volatility over the expected term of the awards, expected dividend yield and risk-free interest rates. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock. As our stock is not publicly traded, we estimate the fair value of common stock based on contemporaneous valuations and other factors deemed relevant by management.

 

   

Expected Term. The expected term of employee stock options reflects the period for which the Company believes the option will remain outstanding. To determine the expected term, we generally apply the simplified approach in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award.

 

   

Expected Volatility. As we do not have trading history for our common stock, the selected volatility used is representative of expected future volatility. We base expected future volatility on the historical and implied volatility of comparable publicly traded companies over a similar expected term.

 

   

Expected Dividend Yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rates. We base the risk-free interest rate on the rate for a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issue with a term that closely approximates the expected life of the option grant at the date nearest the option grant date.

 

72


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during fiscal 2018, 2019 and 2020:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
    2018   2019   2020

Expected life (in years from vesting)

  6.08 — 6.25   6.25   6.10 — 6.25

Expected volatility

  42% — 44%   40% — 41%   40%

Expected dividends

  0.00%   0.00%   0.00%

Risk-free rate

  2.07% — 2.27%   2.71% — 3.06%   1.63% — 2.59%

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our option awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture rate is revised. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation expense on a prospective basis. If any assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs are subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions. RSUs are generally earned over a service period of four years, expire seven years from the grant date and will only vest upon an initial public offering or change in control. The compensation expense related to these awards is based on the grant date fair value of the RSUs and is recognized on a ratable basis over the applicable service period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted as of the date of this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period to enable us to comply with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (1) are no longer an emerging growth company or (2) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

 

73


Table of Contents

Letter from Pierre Naudé

Dear Members of the nCino Community and Potential Investors,

Thank you for your interest in nCino. As we embark upon our IPO, I wanted to share my thoughts to give you additional insight into who we are, how we got here, and why we are so excited for the future.

Our Roots

As a young man growing up in South Africa, I started out as a software developer and business analyst, helping to program and connect some of the earliest ATMs. When I was 29 years old, I left South Africa with my wife and our 8-month-old daughter to pursue the American dream and my passion for financial technology. Decades later, I became introduced to the cloud through a group of like-minded people from Live Oak Bank. Together, we recognized the cloud as the future of the financial services industry, which was largely still operating in the same way it had been for decades – with stacks of paper, endless spreadsheets, disconnected point solutions and manual processes. In late 2011, we started nCino (a play on the Spanish word for “Live Oak”) in Wilmington, North Carolina – our beloved city at the beach – with the mission of transforming the entire financial services industry. At that time, many people dismissed us as a small, unknown company (I believe the term heard most often was “garage operation”) from a small, unknown southern city. But we had big dreams, a bold vision and a laser-like focus on achieving our goals. At nCino, we always say, “‘We can, IF’ but we never say, ‘We cannot because.’”

Supporting Our Customers & Communities through COVID

I have never been more proud of the nCino team than this year as we have worked to support our customers through the COVID-19 pandemic. These institutions are the financial lifeblood to their local communities and through COVID-19, have been a critical part of keeping funding flowing to small businesses and individuals at a time when many physical locations were shuttered. From the moment companies moved to work from home, nCino was there. Our cloud-based platform empowered our customers to quickly and safely move their employees to work from home with no disruption to their operations. We further enabled our customers’ most critical business processes during this time by enabling them to underwrite government stimulus loans to their clients that had been impacted by the pandemic helping sustain these businesses during this challenging time.

When the U.S. government passed the CARES Act in late March, we were able to rapidly enhance and deploy our Small Business Administration Solution to address the requirements of the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP), from application to funding to forgiveness. As a result, by using this solution, our financial institution customers were able to process hundreds of thousands of PPP applications and provide more than $50 billion in funding for their small business clients at a time when they needed it most.

Our Culture, Our People, Our Passion

nCino was built on a foundation of culture – a culture where every single employee is valued, empowered and respected. These are the foundational principles on which we started nCino over eight-and-a-half years ago, and they have fostered a culture that is a differentiator for us in the market.

Today, we employ over 900 talented and passionate professionals from a diverse range of backgrounds around the globe. This team embraces our company culture, our core values, and our ”We can, IF” attitude, which is evidenced through the many accolades we have received, including being named to The Forbes Cloud 100 in 2018 and 2019; being named the No. 1 “Best Place to Work in Financial Technology” by American Banker in 2019; and being named one of the UK’s Best Workplaces in 2020 according to Great Place to Work. But to me, these awards pale in comparison to the sense of pride I feel when I see our employees at nCino accomplish amazing things.

 

74


Table of Contents

Our Future

I am extremely proud of our company, our people, our culture, our innovative platform and solutions, and how we are helping over 1,100 financial institutions transform the way they work, operate, and serve their clients.

But our story is just beginning. At nCino, we are proud of what we have achieved, excited about what lies ahead, and strongly believe the best is yet to come.

I invite you to join us.

Regards,

LOGO

Pierre Naudé

Co-Founder, President and CEO

 

75


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

Our mission is to transform financial services through innovation, reputation and speed.

Overview

nCino is a leading global provider of cloud-based software for financial institutions. We empower banks and credit unions with the technology they need to meet ever-changing client expectations and regulatory requirements, gain increased visibility into their operations and performance, replace legacy systems, and operate digitally and more competitively. Our solution, the nCino Bank Operating System, digitizes, automates and streamlines inefficient and complex processes and workflow and utilizes data analytics and AI/ML to enable financial institutions to more effectively onboard new clients, make loans and manage the entire loan life cycle, open deposit and other accounts and manage regulatory compliance. We serve financial institution customers of all sizes and complexities, including global financial institutions, enterprise banks, regional banks, community banks, credit unions and new market entrants, such as challenger banks. Our customers deploy and utilize our digital platform, which can be accessed anytime, anywhere and from any internet-enabled device, for mission critical functions across their organizations.

Built as a single, multi-tenant SaaS platform, the nCino Bank Operating System transforms the way financial institutions operate, go to market and interact with their clients, while delivering measurable return on investment by enabling them to:

 

   

digitally serve their clients across commercial, small business and retail lines of business,

 

   

improve financial results,

 

   

operate more efficiently,

 

   

manage risk and compliance more effectively, and

 

   

establish a data, audit and business intelligence hub.

We were founded in a bank with the goal of improving that institution’s operations and client service. Realizing the problems we were addressing were endemic to virtually all banks and credit unions, we were spun out as a separate company in late 2011 with the vision of providing a comprehensive solution to onboard clients, originate any type of loan and open any type of account on a single cloud-based platform. We initially focused the nCino Bank Operating System on transforming commercial and small business lending for community and regional banks. We introduced our solution to enterprise banks in the United States in 2014, and then internationally in 2017, and have subsequently expanded across North America, Europe and APAC. Throughout this market expansion, we broadened our solution by adding functionality for retail lending, client onboarding, deposit account opening, analytics and AI/ML. Our holistic solution enables us to provide a single digital banking platform for financial institutions of all sizes on a global basis. We work with some of the world’s leading SIs to help implement our solution, which has increased our capacity to deliver and deploy the nCino Bank Operating System and enabled us to scale more quickly.

As a native cloud platform that utilizes a single code base regardless of the size and complexity of the financial institution, the nCino Bank Operating System is highly scalable and configurable for the specific needs of each of our customers. Once implemented, our solution becomes deeply embedded in our customers’ business processes, enabling mission critical workflow across the financial institution on a single platform and allowing our customers to serve their clients without locality or access constraints. The nCino Bank Operating System

 

76


Table of Contents

connects the front, middle and back office employees of a financial institution with clients and third parties across lines of business. We deliver data analytics and AI/ML capabilities through our nIQ application suite to provide our customers with automation and insights into their operations, such as tools for analyzing, measuring and managing credit risk, as well as to improve their ability to comply with regulatory requirements. Fundamental elements of the nCino Bank Operating System are built on the Salesforce platform, which allows us to focus our product development efforts on building deep vertical functionality specifically for banks and credit unions while leveraging the Salesforce Platform’s global infrastructure, reliability and scalability.

We offer the nCino Bank Operating System on a subscription basis pursuant to non-cancellable multi-year contracts that typically range from three to five years, and we employ a “land and expand” business model. Our initial deployment with a customer generally focuses on implementing a client onboarding, loan origination and/or deposit account opening application in a specific line of business within the financial institution, such as commercial, small business or retail. The nCino Bank Operating System is designed to scale with our customers and once our solution is deployed, we seek to have our customers expand adoption within and across lines of business. The nCino Bank Operating System leverages common data sets and functionality across applications, which optimizes and accelerates the deployment of our solution throughout a financial institution.

The nCino Bank Operating System serves a large addressable market opportunity globally as financial institutions make significant investments in IT applications and infrastructure, with demand for cloud-based solutions in banking continuing to grow. According to Gartner, banking had the highest global enterprise IT spending of all industries with approximately $376 billion spent in 2018. Based on our internal analysis and experience, we estimate the current serviceable market for the nCino Bank Operating System to be greater than $10 billion.

Our business has achieved rapid growth since its inception. We plan to continue investing in expanding the breadth and depth of the nCino Bank Operating System and expanding internationally. We believe our product development and global expansion initiatives will continue to drive revenue and customer growth. Our total revenues were $138.2 million, $91.5 million and $58.1 million for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, representing a 54.2% compound annual growth rate. We also had recurring, subscription-based revenues of $103.3 million, $64.5 million and $38.0 million for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, representing a 64.7% compound annual growth rate. For fiscal 2020, we had a subscription revenue retention rate of 147%. Net losses attributable to nCino for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $27.6 million, $22.3 million and $18.6 million, respectively. For the three months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, our total revenues were $44.7 million and $29.8 million, respectively, representing a 49.9% annual growth rate, and our subscription revenues were $34.8 million and $21.0 million, respectively, representing a 65.6% annual growth rate, and we had net losses attributable to nCino of $4.8 million and $3.4 million for the three months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Industry Background

With more than 28,000 financial institutions worldwide, banking is one of the largest and most complex industries in the global economy and is characterized by intense competition between incumbent financial institutions, as well as with new challenger banks and non-bank lenders. This competitive environment, combined with high levels of regulatory oversight and persistently low interest rates over the last several years, can make executing and delivering favorable financial results difficult for financial institutions. Furthermore, technologies like social media, mobile and online commerce are challenging financial institutions to engage with clients and employees more efficiently, intelligently and transparently through new channels. In response to these challenges, many financial institutions have embarked on digital transformations, investing in technology to make their operations more client focused, automated and agile. The most forward-thinking financial institutions are going a step further by adopting modern predictive analytics and AI/ML to become more truly data-driven organizations.

 

77


Table of Contents

Financial Institution Clients Increasingly Demand a Seamless, Modern and Transparent Experience

Evolving client expectations are driving the need for change across financial services. Today, a typical client expects to interact with a financial institution in a myriad of ways, from visiting a branch to logging in remotely from a variety of devices. These clients increasingly value a consistent and seamless experience across these diverse channels. According to a 2019 PwC survey, there has been a 21% increase since 2015 in consumers who use financial institutions that place more importance on experiential factors than interest rates. Additionally, this survey notes that 35% of clients choose their financial institution based on ease of use and client service. Financial institutions, which have historically required clients to adapt to the institution’s operating structure, must increasingly adapt their operating structures to the needs of their clients. This transformation requires a flexible, scalable, agile and secure technology platform. According to a 2018 Accenture survey, 74% of bank operation leaders say that client experience is their top strategic priority, yet 69% believe they are not optimizing their data and capabilities to improve the client journey, with legacy environments most frequently cited as the greatest barrier to change.

Digital Transformation is Driving Financial Institution Technology Spend Even Higher

Financial institutions spend more on technology than any other industry and digital transformation is expected to accelerate this trend. According to a 2018 EY survey, 85% of banks are currently undertaking digital transformations to modernize their businesses and 60% of banks plan to increase their technology budgets by at least 10% over the next 12 months. While cloud computing is a key enabler of digital transformation, financial institutions have historically been slow to adopt cloud computing out of concerns over stability, security and control. As a result, financial institutions are generally in the early stages of their transition to the cloud, and accessing a highly reliable and secure platform for 24/7/365 “anywhere” operations is becoming increasingly important. In the 2018 EY survey, 60% to 80% of global banks said they planned to increase investment in cloud technology over the next three years. Additionally, according to a 2018 Celent report, financial services firms are expected to progressively abandon private data centers and triple the amount of data they upload to the cloud over the next three years.

Financial Institutions Face Increased Regulatory Scrutiny

Financial institutions are facing ever increasing regulatory requirements. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Basel capital requirement standards and the CECL accounting standard have imposed stringent regulations pertaining to capital and leverage ratios and how financial institutions are required to estimate allowances for credit losses. Additionally, increased privacy regulations, such as the European Union’s GDPR and California’s CCPA, have imposed tougher data protection requirements. According to a Thomson Reuters report, compliance costs for financial institutions have increased 13% year-over-year since 2017 and the cost of non-compliance can be material. The overhang of this and other regulation is driving increased demand for technology solutions to help financial institutions standardize processes, enhance visibility, ease the burden of regulatory exams and ultimately reduce compliance costs.

The Shift to Automation and Data-Driven Banking

To accelerate digital transformation, financial institutions are focusing their technology investments on automation, actionable intelligence, predictive analytics and AI/ML.

 

   

Automation. Financial institutions are marrying digital technologies and data to modernize and automate what were traditionally manual processes. The automation opportunity is an institution-wide mandate where dynamic data models are increasingly being used to monitor business processes and automate tasks and decisions to drive organizational efficiency, scalability and speed.

 

   

Actionable Intelligence. Actionable intelligence technology offers the ability to synthesize disparate data sets into unified reportable information and provides a recommended course of action to make more informed real-time decisions.

 

78


Table of Contents
   

Predictive Analytics. Predictive analytics use cases in financial services include predicting fraud, modeling risk, personalizing marketing, predicting client lifetime value, segmenting clients, enabling recommendation engines, predicting loan defaults and improving client support. The financial and operational benefits of these use cases can be substantial. For example, a 2018 McKinsey report estimated that successful implementations of “next-product-to-buy” recommendation engines within the financial services industry have resulted in an increase of more than 50% in the number of leads offered per client and as many as 6 out of 10 clients purchasing a new product in response to a sales call.

 

   

AI/ML. Artificial intelligence makes it possible for machines to perform human-like tasks and analyses. Machine learning is an application of artificial intelligence that allows systems to automatically learn and improve their algorithms without being explicitly programmed. AI/ML can be used to continually improve operating results by, for example, modeling credit exposure and estimating the impact of a downturn on a financial institution’s portfolios. Other AI/ML use cases in financial services include streamlining credit decisions, preventing fraud and providing personalized services. According to a 2018 Accenture report, AI/ML will allow banks to save 20% to 25% across IT operations, infrastructure, maintenance and operations.

Market Opportunity

The digital transformation imperative for financial institutions creates a compelling opportunity for nCino. Financial institutions have been investing significantly in IT applications and infrastructure. Gartner estimates that software global enterprise IT spending within the banking market was approximately $63 billion in 2018, of which approximately $18 billion, or 29%, was for vertical specific software. In addition, demand for cloud-based solutions in banking continues to grow. According to IDC, SaaS revenues from banking is projected to grow from $13 billion in 2018 to $29 billion in 2023, representing a compound annual growth rate of 17%.

We currently estimate the serviceable market for the nCino Bank Operating System to be greater than $10 billion. This analysis is based on a 2019 study conducted on our behalf by Grata Inc., a third-party market research firm that employed metrics regarding the number of full time employees at financial institutions across banking functions in positions for which the solution we offer is applicable and in geographical markets where we either had a current presence or may enter in the future. The number of such full time employees as estimated by Grata were then multiplied by the “fully-loaded annual price per user” we offered, which itself was determined by using our historical actual ACV for the applicable contracted solutions, divided by the quantities of users sold under such contracts.

Benefits of the nCino Bank Operating System

The nCino Bank Operating System is a single, multi-tenant cloud platform that digitizes client onboarding, loan origination and deposit account opening across commercial, small business and retail lines of business. Our solution streamlines employee, client and third-party interactions and drives increased profitability, efficiency, transparency and regulatory compliance across a financial institution. The nCino Bank Operating System was designed by bankers who understand how financial institutions operate and delivers a significant and measurable return on investment by enabling them to:

 

   

Digitally Serve Their Clients Across Commercial, Small Business and Retail Lines of Business. The nCino Bank Operating System delivers a seamless experience across devices, channels and products, enabling a unified digital relationship between a financial institution, its employees, clients and third parties, such as appraisers, lawyers and regulators. This empowers financial institution employees to be more efficient and effective, and enhance relationships with their clients. Additionally, because nCino is cloud native, these employees are able to work from the office or remotely 24/7/365.

 

79


Table of Contents
   

Improve Financial Results. Our customers leverage nCino’s capabilities to drive revenue growth by digitally expanding their brand presence and reach, increasing access and convenience for their employees and clients, delivering new products to grow client wallet share, and improving client satisfaction and retention. Our SaaS platform can reduce total cost of ownership by eliminating redundant legacy systems and simplifying our customers’ internal information technology landscape. The nCino Bank Operating System increases transparency at all organizational levels across lines of business, enabling our customers to measure their operations and performance more effectively.

 

   

Operate More Efficiently. Utilizing the nCino Bank Operating System’s automation, workflow and digitization capabilities allows financial institutions and their employees to focus on value-add work, reduce time spent on clearing exceptions, reduce duplicative data entry and data rekeying, help eliminate manual processes, decrease the use of paper files and accelerate document collection.

 

   

Manage Risk and Compliance More Effectively. The nCino Bank Operating System helps financial institutions reduce regulatory, credit and operational risk through workflow and automation, data reporting, standardized risk rating calculations and financial modeling. For example, the content management, automated workflow and digital audit trail and snapshot functionality within the nCino Bank Operating System helps our customers more effectively and efficiently prepare for regulatory examinations.

 

   

Establish a Data, Audit and Business Intelligence Hub. With an open API technology framework and integrations with third-party data sources, financial institutions can use the nCino Bank Operating System to augment their client and operational data and create a paperless centralized data hub that enhances data-driven decision-making. This centralized hub enables data to be more easily accessed, modeled and analyzed to help deliver greater operational, portfolio and financial intelligence, a more complete client view, improved compliance monitoring and metrics, as well as the opportunity to more successfully leverage AI/ML.

 

80


Table of Contents

How Our Solution Works

The nCino Bank Operating System connects financial institution employees, clients and third parties on a single, cloud-based platform, eliminating silos and bringing new levels of coordination and transparency to the institution. By utilizing a single platform across business lines, processes and channels, banks and credit unions are able to leverage the same data and information across their entire organization. This unified platform provides all of the functionality necessary to complete mission-critical workflow, enabling client onboarding, loan origination, deposit account opening, analytics and compliance.

 

LOGO

 

81


Table of Contents

nCino Applications

Client Onboarding. Built into the nCino Bank Operating System is client onboarding functionality that supports the front, middle and back office onboarding process, allowing financial institutions to effectively evaluate the risk of doing business with a client while providing clients an efficient and personalized user experience. Clients are able to upload documents directly into the nCino Bank Operating System, complete identity verification and provide information about themselves and their business, providing transparency to the financial institution that enables regulatory compliance, such as Know-Your-Customer (“KYC”). With enhanced onboarding reporting tools, banks and credit unions can generate customized reports and use real-time analytics and data from government watchlists and other third-party systems to achieve a holistic client view, enabling our customers to provide more value-added services and custom-tailored offerings.

Loan Origination. The loan origination functionality embedded within the nCino Bank Operating System combines an innovative and intuitive framework with automated workflow, checklists, document management, analytics and real-time reporting to provide a complete, end-to-end loan origination system from application, to underwriting, to adjudication, to document preparation, to closing. In one view, all stakeholders have visibility into where the loan process stands and what data is needed to complete the process. Post-closing, the nCino Bank Operating System provides a view into loan performance and tools for portfolio management, providing financial institution employees the ability to utilize information to maximize efficiency. Each stakeholder in the loan process works from a single digital loan file allowing clients to apply for loans and upload documents, third parties, such as appraisers, lawyers and regulators, to access and review loan files, and employees to seamlessly manage the entire loan process efficiently and compliantly.

Our loan origination functionality supports a wide range of lending products across commercial, small business and retail lines of business. The nCino Bank Operating System can facilitate the origination of an institution’s most complex commercial lending products, including syndicated loans, commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans and construction loans, while also supporting the depth required for specific products such as agriculture lending, asset based lending, SBA loans and leasing. Our solution also supports the speed and convenience required for small business and consumer loans across products, such as home equity lines of credit, home equity term loans, uncollateralized lines of credit, automobile loans and credit cards, while providing the tools needed to address regulatory compliance, including fair lending and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act.

Deposit Account Opening. The nCino Bank Operating System’s deposit account opening application optimizes the process for opening checking, savings, debit/ATM cards, money market, certificates of deposit and retirement accounts. Financial institutions can utilize the intuitive, scalable and flexible workflow to open retail, commercial or small business accounts efficiently while maintaining individual account processes and requirements. Seamlessly embedded within the account opening experience, the nCino Bank Operating System provides the new client onboarding capability to collect KYC related information to meet compliance standards. The deposit account opening application allows clients to open a deposit account digitally, across any device, in a branch, or through a call center, with speed and flexibility.

nCino Platform

The client onboarding, loan origination and deposit account opening applications are built on the nCino platform, which contains common data sets and functionality including:

 

   

Business process automation that provides workflow to define, streamline and connect the business processes associated with a financial institution’s front, middle and back office operations. Within the nCino platform, framework components use workflow to initiate and complete tasks in an efficient, reliable and effective manner which includes the ability to support complex processes and calculations across client onboarding, loan origination and deposit account opening, such as underwriting and automated decisioning.

 

82


Table of Contents
   

Compliance and risk management tools that provide financial institutions with audit, analytics and snapshot capabilities to more effectively manage internal regulation and risk, the examination process and overall compliance standards. The nCino Bank Operating System helps establish baseline performance metrics and sets standards and goals to achieve regulatory requirements and institution specific risk thresholds including with respect to CECL, Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (“ALLL”) and fair lending. Because the nCino platform is highly configurable, it can adjust as regulations and the institution risk requirements evolve.

 

   

An intelligent enterprise content management system that includes a standardized filing system across applications, providing instant and ongoing access to digital documentation and checklists to help ensure that compliance and credit requirements are met. For example, client documents are associated with a unique identifier eliminating the need for repeat document collection and duplicative data input.

 

   

A 360-degree client view and reporting capabilities that provide financial institutions the ability to break down internal business line silos and have visibility into the entire client banking relationship, making it easy to connect individuals and businesses to their accounts and products. The reporting capabilities in the nCino platform provide a view into a financial institution’s portfolio and pipeline to more effectively manage and measure operational performance and forecasting. Reports can be set to instantly display everything from loan, deposit and branch information to relationship data offering banks and credit unions greater transparency into their operations.

nCino IQ (nIQ)

nIQ uses AI/ML to increase efficiency through automation and provides insights through analytics across interactions and into portfolio management. As part of the nCino Bank Operating System, nIQ works across a financial institution’s front, middle and back office to empower bank and credit union employees to respond to client needs more quickly and remain compliant by providing increased visibility and actionable insights. Leveraging optical character recognition technology, financial institutions can utilize nIQ to automate data extraction, such as extracting data from scanned tax returns and financial statements, providing new levels of automation in underwriting and greatly reducing loan origination timeframes. Financial institutions can also leverage predictive analytics to measure performance and monitor risk across the organization, including assessing the credit risk and cash flows of loans and supporting automated loan decisioning. nIQ provides information when it’s needed, at the point of interaction, allowing bank and credit union employees to focus on their client’s needs with increased levels of personalized, predictive data.

Open APIs

By leveraging open APIs and productized integrations, the nCino Bank Operating System creates an open ecosystem that brings together disparate data sources and systems, acting as a data hub that integrates with core systems, credit reporting agencies and other third-party applications to centralize a financial institution’s data creating an actionable single data platform and warehouse.

Our Competitive Advantages

We believe our position as a leading global provider of cloud banking software for financial institutions is built on a foundation of the following strengths:

 

   

Built by Bankers for Bankers. Our company was started by banking professionals who recognized the need for a single cloud platform to address the endemic challenges faced by financial institutions. This heritage is the foundation of our deep banking domain expertise, which differentiates us and continues to drive our strategy to design software that addresses the unique challenges of our financial institution customers globally.

 

83


Table of Contents
   

Cloud Banking Technology Pioneer and Market Leader. The nCino Bank Operating System was developed from inception as a native cloud application and we believe our over eight year track record of technology innovation in digitally transforming financial institutions distinguishes us in the market. As a first mover in this sector, we have developed trusted relationships and a reputation for successfully implementing our solution with financial institutions of all sizes in multiple geographies.

 

   

Single SaaS Platform. We deliver a single SaaS platform that spans business lines and replaces point and other legacy technology solutions for client onboarding, loan origination and deposit account opening. This approach allows financial institutions to leverage common data sets and workflow across lines of business, providing a consistent and engaging digital experience for their employees and clients and a more comprehensive view of client relationships.

 

   

Measurable Return on Investment. The nCino Bank Operating System provides quantifiable results for our customers, including increased client growth and retention, loan volume and efficiency and reduced loan closing times, policy exceptions and operating costs. We enable our customers to digitally serve their clients across products and channels, providing increased client engagement, enhanced communication and increased opportunities to grow wallet share. Our solution allows our customers to operate more efficiently by increasing employee accountability and productivity and shortening the time it takes to onboard a client, make a loan and open an account. Our solution empowers our customers with data driven, real-time insights into their business performance, enabling them to better measure and manage their operations.

 

   

Empowering the Intelligent Enterprise. Through our nIQ applications, we leverage analytics and AI/ML to help financial institutions become more predictive, personalized and proactive. nIQ automates data extraction and analysis, allowing our customers to focus on more value-add activities, and employs predictive analytics to, for example, assist in understanding risk and fair lending compliance. nIQ drives personalized experiences by embedding actionable information throughout the nCino Bank Operating System, which enables our customers to make more informed decisions in real time at the point of production.

 

   

Award-Winning Culture. We are in the business of fundamentally changing the way financial institutions operate. To transform an industry, we believe it is essential to have a company culture that not only empowers its employees to challenge the status quo, but also emboldens them to drive change and have a passion for customer success. For these reasons, we have built nCino with a cultural foundation based on our six core values: Bring Your A-Game, Do the Right Thing, Respect Each Other, Make Someone’s Day, Have Fun and Be a Winner! We believe our culture is the foundation for the successful execution of our strategy and, as a result, is a critical strength of our organization. In recognition of our continued focus on employee engagement, satisfaction and culture, we have received numerous awards, including being named the 2019 #1 Best Place to Work in Financial Technology by American Banker.

How nCino Will Grow

We intend to continue growing our business by executing on the following strategies:

 

   

Expand Within and Across our Existing Customers. We believe there is a significant opportunity to further expand within our existing customer base both vertically within business lines and horizontally across business lines. As an example, we formally launched our solution in retail lending in May 2018 and we now have 33 customers contracted to use both our commercial and retail loan origination applications. Our revenues from existing customers continue to grow as additional users are added, creating strong customer cohort dynamics.

 

84


Table of Contents
   

Expand our Customer Base. We believe the global market for cloud banking is large and underserved. With banks and credit unions needing to replace legacy point products with more efficient technology and banking services continuing to shift to digital, we believe there is a significant opportunity to deliver our solution and expand our customer base to financial institutions of all sizes and complexity around the world. Currently deployed in 10 countries, we have made significant investments to expand our presence in EMEA and APAC, and our solution can currently support over 120 languages and over 140 currencies. We promote sales in North America out of our offices in the United States and Canada, in APAC out of our offices in Australia and Japan, and in EMEA out of our office in the UK.

 

   

Continue Strengthening and Extending our Product Functionality. We plan to extend the depth and breadth of the nCino Bank Operating System’s client onboarding, loan origination and deposit account opening functionality across lines of business, while further enhancing its international capabilities. Additionally, we plan to continue to develop our portfolio analytics and credit modeling capabilities as well as our AI/ML capabilities through automation, predictive analytics, digital assistant services and data source integration. These innovations will further reduce the human resources required for routine but time-consuming tasks, allowing our customers to spend more time on value creating activities. By continuing to expand the functionality of the nCino Bank Operating System, we can further help our customers improve financial results, operate more efficiently, manage risk and compliance more effectively, and establish a data, audit and business intelligence hub.

 

   

Foster and Grow our SI and Technology Ecosystem. We have developed strong relationships with a number of leading SIs, including Accenture, Deloitte, PwC and West Monroe Partners, that increase our capacity to onboard new customers and implement the nCino Bank Operating System, extend our global reach and drive increased market awareness of our company and solution. To date, over 1,500 SI consultants have completed our training program to implement the nCino Bank Operating System. Through the open architecture of the nCino Bank Operating System, an increasing number of third-party technology partners, including Docusign, Equifax, Experian, TransUnion, IDology, LexisNexis, OneSpan and The Risk Management Association, are integrated with our solution.

 

   

Selectively Pursue Strategic Transactions. In addition to developing our solution organically, we may selectively pursue acquisitions, joint ventures or other strategic transactions. We expect these transactions to focus on innovation to help strengthen and expand the functionality and features of the nCino Bank Operating System and/or expand our global presence. For example, in fiscal 2020 we acquired Visible Equity and FinSuite as part of our strategy to build out our nIQ capabilities and we established our nCino K.K. joint venture to facilitate our entry into the Japanese market.

Our Customers

nCino has a diverse customer base ranging from global financial institutions, such as Bank of America, Barclays, Santander Bank and TD Bank, to enterprise banks, such as KeyBank, Allied Irish Bank, Truist Bank and US Bank, to regional and community banks, as such ConnectOne Bank, IBERIANBANK, Pacific Western Bank and Coastal States Bank, to credit unions, such as Corning Credit Union, Navy Federal Credit Union, SAFE Credit Union and Wright-Patt Credit Union, to new market entrants, such as challenger banks like B-North, DBT Företagslån, Recognise Financial and Secure Trust Bank. These companies represent a cross-section of global financial institutions, enterprise banks, regional and community banks, credit unions and challenger banks, and each of these customers represent a substantial level of ACV in its respective category. We ended fiscal 2020 with over 290 financial institutions that utilized the nCino Bank Operating System for client onboarding, loan origination and/or deposit account opening, of which 161 each generated more than $100,000 in annual subscription revenues in fiscal 2020. In addition, we have over 890 financial institutions that use the portfolio

 

85


Table of Contents

analytics solution we acquired with the Visible Equity acquisition in fiscal 2020, which is now part of nIQ. In total, we had over 1,180 financial institution customers as of January 31, 2020. No single customer represented more than 10% of total revenues in fiscal 2020.

Customer Case Studies

TD Bank (Global Enterprise Bank)

TD Bank, America’s Most Convenient Bank, is one of the 10 largest banks in the U.S. with $320 billion in assets as of December 31, 2019. Headquartered in Cherry Hill, New Jersey, TD Bank became an nCino customer in 2016. TD Bank was in need of an end-to-end solution that would modernize its technical framework, facilitate collaboration and information sharing across Corporate and Specialty Banking, Commercial Banking and Small Business Banking, and significantly reduce manual processes and lending decision times. The nCino Bank Operating System enabled TD Bank to streamline corporate, commercial and small business lending by consolidating the client relationship, underwriting and credit administration functions onto one platform.

 

   

Improved communication and data transfer across business units, allowing TD Bank to better serve its clients.

 

   

With the implementation of nCino, TD retired multiple legacy applications, checklist documents and spreadsheets.

“TD Bank’s investment into the nCino platform ultimately will enable us to provide a seamless experience to our clients and an improved employee experience—both critical to the success of the organization. Through nCino, TD Bank is consolidating numerous legacy systems into one top-tier, foundational platform that allows for better communication, credit administration and processes, and through data, advanced visibility into the lifecycle of relationships and future opportunities.” —Chris Giamo, Head of Commercial Banking

Santander UK (Global Enterprise Bank)

A wholly owned subsidiary of Banco Santander, Santander UK is one of the largest retail and commercial banks based in the UK with assets of more than £281 billion as of December 31, 2019 and approximately 23,500 employees. Santander UK became an nCino customer in 2018 as part of a multi-year transformation program to replace outdated legacy systems and increase speed and efficiency across their front, middle and back office operations. nCino provides Santander UK employees with a holistic view of the client, allowing staff to be better-informed and deliver an improved client experience. This experience will continue to improve as the bank rolls out additional phases of the nCino project through 2020, including implementing nCino’s Customer Portal features.

 

   

By leveraging the nCino Bank Operating System’s loan origination functionality for both commercial and small and medium sized business banking, Santander UK has been able to replace 13 disparate legacy systems in favor of a single loan origination platform.

 

   

The use of nCino has helped the bank to streamline processes, increase transparency in lending workflows, and decrease lead cycle and credit decision times.

“Santander UK has embarked on a transformation project to deliver a cutting-edge experience for our clients and nCino is a critical part of our strategy. With the nCino Bank Operating System in place, we no longer rely on siloed legacy systems that require rekeying information and result in prolonged turnaround times. Instead, we have a modern, flexible and scalable technology solution that allows us to offer our clients a faster, more efficient and more transparent onboarding and lending experience.” —Chris Fallis, Chief Operating Officer, Corporate & Commercial Banking

 

86


Table of Contents

ConnectOne Bank (Regional/Community Bank)

With headquarters based in Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, ConnectOne Bank, with an asset size of approximately $6 billion as of December 31, 2019, serves the highly competitive New York City metro market with branches throughout New York and New Jersey. ConnectOne became an nCino customer in 2017. ConnectOne challenged itself to find a single platform solution that could digitize and automate workflows across multiple lines of business, enable the bank to digitally maintain all of its clients’ information in one place, and provide real-time visibility into their loan portfolio and pipeline. nCino provides ConnectOne a single cloud-based platform for their commercial and retail lending operations that enables speed throughout the organization, eliminates bottlenecks, scales across multiple lines of business and helps enable future growth through an improved customer experience.

 

   

Since going live with the nCino Bank Operating System, ConnectOne has experienced major improvements in workflow, client experience and operational efficiency.

 

   

nCino helps ConnectOne attract and retain talent by providing state-of-the-art cloud technology for its employees to utilize.

“At ConnectOne, we’ve built our success through our sense of urgency and culture of efficiency. The nCino platform allows us to scale this culture by providing a fully digitized end to end experience. With nCino, it takes maybe a minute to put a lead’s information into the system and start the process. It’s a game changer. We were already processing loans pretty quickly, but with nCino it is cutting time from the process.”—Frank Sorrentino, CEO and Chairman

Wright-Patt Credit Union (Credit Union)

Ohio based Wright-Patt Credit Union (“WPCU”), is one of the 50 largest credit unions in the U.S. with 400,000 members, 31 branches and $5.0 billion in assets as of December 31, 2019. WPCU became an nCino customer in 2015 when they were looking to digitize their commercial lending process to focus on growth and serving business clients. By selecting the nCino Bank Operating System, WPCU saw the vision for a single platform across the institution. Being a cloud system, nCino was seamlessly deployed and operational in the commercial lending organization within six months. WPCU has also implemented the nCino Bank Operating System treasury management application and is currently kicking off projects for online application and small business to further leverage the single platform across the credit union.

 

   

WPCU used to spend 22 minutes preparing paperwork for signing by the client and have now cut that time by 50% with the digital process.

 

   

Lenders have also seen significant time savings. Previously, WPCU’s lenders spent on average 54 minutes conducting a loan closing, which now takes minimal effort on their part.

“In the last two years, we have increased our capacity of lending per borrower from $5 million to $15 million. We’ve had a shift in what we can process on a monthly basis. We were processing 30—40 loans a month. Now, for several months running, we’ve had 100 loans in production in a month. Our volume and production is through the roof from a dollar standpoint, with the same core team. That’s from all of the efficiency gains we’ve had through the nCino Bank Operating System.”—Benjamin Miller, Commercial Portfolio Analyst

B-North (Challenger Bank)

UK-based challenger B-North is based in Manchester, England, and was founded by financial industry veterans with decades of experience working at institutions including HSBC, Santander UK and Metro Bank. B-North was started with the goal of disrupting the £150 billion UK lending market for small and medium

 

87


Table of Contents

businesses (“SMEs”). As a brand-new bank, B-North chose the nCino Bank Operating System in early 2019 to deliver a highly efficient and differentiated loan origination experience to its SME clients. Additionally, B-North plans to leverage nCino’s Partner Community functionality to more effectively collaborate and interact with a variety of third parties including brokers, regulators, attorneys and appraisers.

 

   

The nCino Bank Operating System provides a flexible and scalable infrastructure that will allow it to scale and grow its assets and client base, while delivering maximum benefit to its clients.

 

   

With nCino’s Partner Community, B-North can grant specific and limited access to nCino functionality and records for external third parties to connect on a single platform for increased transparency, reduced costs and an overall better banking experience for all involved.

“At B-North, we aim to facilitate SME lending, with market-leading technology and lead times, and to give our customers the best mix of the traditional and the modern. nCino has established itself as the world’s premier cloud-based lending, onboarding and account opening platform. Working with nCino early on in our development allows us to tailor our whole business around delivering an engaging and differentiated client experience, and nCino will be the perfect partner for our success in getting these elements right.”—Jonathan Thompson, Founder and CEO

Our Relationship with Salesforce

From our inception, we built the nCino Bank Operating System on the Salesforce Platform to leverage its global infrastructure, reliability and scalability. Building on the Salesforce Platform has allowed us to benefit from Salesforce’s investment in the continual improvement of the Salesforce Platform. We believe we have a mutually beneficial strategic relationship with Salesforce.

Salesforce Ventures, an affiliate of Salesforce, made investments in our common stock in January 2014, March 2015, July 2017, January 2018 and September 2019. As of April 30, 2020, Salesforce was our second largest stockholder and beneficially owned 10,760,469 shares of our common stock. See “Principal Stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Salesforce” for additional information.

Pursuant to the Salesforce Agreement, when we sell our client onboarding, loan origination and/or deposit account opening applications, we include a subscription to the underlying Salesforce Platform and remit a subscription fee to Salesforce. In exchange, Salesforce provides the hosting infrastructure and data center for these applications, as well as configuration, reporting and other functionality within the Salesforce Platform. In addition, under the Salesforce Agreement, we are an authorized reseller of Salesforce’s CRM functionality to certain financial institutions in the United States. Our original agreement with Salesforce was entered into in December 2011. On June 19, 2020, this agreement was superseded and replaced by the Salesforce Agreement which expires on June 19, 2027 unless earlier terminated by either party in the event of the other party’s material breach, bankruptcy, change in control in favor of a direct competitor, or intellectual property infringement. The Salesforce Agreement automatically renews for additional one-year periods thereafter unless notice of termination is provided. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Salesforce” for additional information.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales team includes business development representatives, account executives, field sales engineers and customer success managers. This team is responsible for outbound lead generation, driving new business and helping to manage account relationships and renewals, further driving adoption of our solution within and across lines of business. These teams maintain close relationships with existing customers and act as an advisor to each financial institution to help identify and understand their unique needs, challenges, goals and opportunities.

 

88


Table of Contents

Our marketing team oversees all aspects of the nCino global brand including public relations, digital marketing, social media, product marketing, graphic design, conferences and events. Our marketing efforts are focused on promoting direct sales, inbound lead generation and brand building. We leverage online and offline marketing channels by sponsoring customer conferences, participating in trade shows, and using webinars, digital marketing and social media.

Customer Success

Once a customer contracts for the nCino Bank Operating System, we either directly or working with SIs, provide configuration and implementation services to assist the customer in the deployment of our solution. Configuration and implementation engagements typically range in duration from three to 18 months, depending on scope. For enterprise financial institutions, we generally work with SIs such as Accenture, Deloitte and PwC. For regional financial institutions, we work with SIs such as West Monroe Partners, and for community banks we work with SIs such as Enforce or we perform configuration and implementation ourselves. Where we work with SIs, we generally field a small team of advisory consultants alongside the SIs to help ensure the success of the engagement.

We support our customers with 24/7 access to engineers and other technical support personnel, outcome based support offerings, release management, managed services and also offer technical support via online chat. To help our customers achieve success with the nCino Bank Operating System, we offer in-depth change management workshops, classroom and virtual end user and administrator training, consultative functionality adoption services and best practices. The nCino Customer Success Management team is the customer’s central touch point, whose primary job is to manage the long-term health and success of each customer.

Over 35,000 of our customers’ employees, representing over 95% of our financial institution customers utilizing our client onboarding, loan origination and/or deposit account opening applications, participate in our online nCino User Community. In this community, users can access over 6,500 product guides and technical documents, engage and share best practices with other users and nCino subject matter experts through over 25 unique user groups, suggest and vote for future product development ideas and access training videos, materials and product certifications.

Research and Development

Our research and development organization is responsible for the design, development and testing of the nCino Bank Operating System. We utilize Agile software development methodologies and industry best practices, such as continuous integration/continuous deployment, automated testing and distributed version control, to develop new functionality and enhance our existing solution. We provide opportunities for innovation through hackathons and new technology pilots, and we encourage customers to participate in our Product Design Programs to provide us with input on our product development roadmap. Our research and development spend was $35.3 million or 25.5% of total revenues in fiscal 2020.

Competition

The primary competition for our solution has historically been point solution vendors and, to a lesser extent, systems internally developed by financial institutions. We believe our ability to provide client onboarding, loan origination, deposit account opening, analytics and AI/ML on a single platform across commercial, small business and retail lines of business, our deep banking domain expertise, our reputation for high-quality professional services and customer support and the culture of our company distinguish us from our competition. We believe our success in growing our business will depend on our ability to demonstrate to financial institutions that our solution provides superior business outcomes to those of third-party vendors or internally developed systems. In this regard, we are likely to be assessed on a number of factors, including:

 

   

breadth and depth of functionality;

 

89


Table of Contents
   

ease of deployment, implementation and use;

 

   

total cost of ownership and return on investment;

 

   

level of customer satisfaction;

 

   

brand awareness and reputation;

 

   

cloud-based technology platform and pricing model;

 

   

quality of implementation and customer support services;

 

   

capability for configurability, integration and scalability;

 

   

domain expertise in banking technology;

 

   

security and reliability;

 

   

ability of our solution to support compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

 

   

ability to innovate and respond to customer needs quickly; and

 

   

ability to integrate with third-party applications and systems.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors but we expect competition to increase as existing competitors evolve their offerings and as new companies enter our market. Our ability to remain competitive will depend on our ongoing efforts in research and development, sales and marketing, professional services, customer support and our business operations generally. For additional information, see the section titled “Risk Factors—The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive and highly fragmented, and pricing pressure, new technologies or other competitive dynamics could adversely affect our business and results of operations.”

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our core technology and innovations. We rely on federal, state, common law and international rights, as well as contractual restrictions, to protect our intellectual property. We control access to our proprietary technology by entering into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with third parties. We seek patent protection for certain of our key innovations, protocols, processes and other inventions. We pursue the registration of our trademarks, service marks and domain names in the United States and in certain other locations. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection and the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain and still evolving. Furthermore, effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our products are available.

As of April 30, 2020, we had 12 issued U.S. patents as well as one patent application pending in the U.S. We file patent applications where we believe there to be a strategic technological or business reason to do so. Although we actively attempt to utilize patents to protect our technologies, we believe that none of our patents, individually or in the aggregate, are material to our business.

 

90


Table of Contents

Employees

As of April 30, 2020, we had 934 employees. Of these employees, 810 are based in the United States and 124 are based internationally. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe our employee relations are good and we have not experienced any work stoppages.

Facilities

Our headquarters are located in Wilmington, North Carolina where we occupy facilities encompassing approximately 147,000 square feet. Our leases range in expiration from November 2023 to July 2028 each with a right of renewal. We also have offices in Salt Lake City, Charlotte, London, Sydney, Melbourne, Toronto and Tokyo. All of our offices are leased and we do not own any real property. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not presently party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

91


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers and directors as of June 1, 2020.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Pierre Naudé

     61      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Sean Desmond

     47      Chief Customer Success Officer

Joshua Glover

     41      Chief Revenue Officer

Greg Orenstein

     50      Chief Corporate Development & Legal Officer and Secretary

Trisha Price

     44      Chief Product Officer

David Rudow

     51      Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
Non-Employee Directors      

Steven Collins(1)(3)

     55      Director

Jon Doyle(3)

     55      Director

Jeffrey Horing

     56      Director

Pam Kilday(1)(2)

     62      Director

Spencer Lake(2)(3)

     60      Director

Jeffrey Lunsford(2)

     54      Director

William Ruh(1)

     59      Director

 

(1) 

Member of our audit committee

(2) 

Member of our compensation committee

(3) 

Member of our nominating and governance committee

The following are brief biographies describing the backgrounds of our executive officers and non-employee directors:

Executive Officers

Pierre Naudé played a key role in the founding of nCino and has served as our Chief Executive Officer, and as a member of our board of directors since nCino began operations. From October 2005 to its acquisition in February 2012, Mr. Naudé served as the Divisional President of S1 Corporation. Mr. Naudé served as Vice President and Managing Partner of Unisys, a global information technology company, from January 2004 to October 2005 and as Managing Partner from January 2000 to December 2003. Mr. Naudé holds a B.S. in Finance and Management from Upper Iowa University. As our President and Chief Executive Officer and one of the founders of the Company, we believe Mr. Naudé is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in all aspects of our business and his ability to provide an insider’s perspective in board discussions about the business and strategic direction of the Company. We believe that his experience gives him unique insights into our opportunities, challenges and operations.

Sean Desmond has served as our Chief Customer Success Officer since July 2013. Prior to joining nCino, Mr. Desmond held various positions from February 1999 to June 2013 at Informatica, an enterprise cloud data management provider, most recently serving as Vice President, Global Delivery from January 2012 to June 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Desmond served as a Business Analyst at Platinum Technologies, a database management software company, from August 1996 to January 1999. Mr. Desmond holds a B.B.A. in Business Administration from James Madison University.

 

92


Table of Contents

Josh Glover has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since February 2019 and previously served as Executive Vice President, Americas from February 2017 to February 2019, Senior Vice President, Community and Regional Financial Institutions from December 2014 to January 2017 and a member of nCino’s professional services organization from November 2012 to December 2014. Prior to joining nCino, Mr. Glover served as a Relationship Manager at Live Oak Bank, a banking and financial services institution, from January 2012 to November 2012. Mr. Glover is a decorated combat veteran who led Marines throughout four combat deployments during a decade of service as a Marine Corps Special Operations and Infantry Officer. Mr. Glover is a graduate of the U.S. Naval Academy and holds an MBA from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business.

Greg Orenstein has served as our Chief Corporate Development & Legal Officer and Secretary since December 2019 and previously served as our Executive Vice President Corporate Development, Chief Legal Officer & Secretary from October 2015 to November 2019. Prior to joining nCino, Mr. Orenstein was Of Counsel at the global law firm of DLA Piper from May 2014 to September 2015, and provided consulting services to various organizations, including nCino, from March 2012 to April 2014. From March 2000 until it was acquired in February 2012, Mr. Orenstein held various positions at S1 Corporation, a publicly traded provider of financial services software, most recently serving as Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary from April 2007 until February 2012. Mr. Orenstein holds a B.A. in Psychology from the University of Maryland and a J.D. from Emory University School of Law.

Trisha Price has served as our Chief Product Officer since August 2019 and previously served as our Executive Vice President, Product Development and Engineering from July 2016 to August 2019 and our Vice President, Product Development and Engineering from April 2016 to June 2016. Ms. Price previously held various positions at Primatics Financial, a financial technology company, serving as Head of Global Sales from December 2015 to April 2016, Vice President, West Coast Sales and Operations from November 2014 to December 2015, Vice President, Products from May 2013 to November 2014 and Director, Product Management from August 2009 to May 2013. Ms. Price also held various positions at Fannie Mae, a U.S. government-sponsored financial services company, serving as Director, Securities Accounting from May 2008 to June 2009 and as Senior Project Manager, Accounting Operations from June 2006 to May 2008. Ms. Price holds a B.S. in Mathematics and Mathematics Education from North Carolina State University and an ALM in Extension Studies; Software Engineering from Harvard University.

David Rudow has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2019. Prior to joining nCino, Mr. Rudow served as Senior Vice President, Finance at CentralSquare Technologies, a software company, from January 2018 to October 2019, where he was responsible for finance, treasury, facilities, M&A integration and analytic reporting. Mr. Rudow was a Senior Equity Analyst at Thrivent Asset Management, an asset management firm, from May 2007 to April 2017. Prior to that, Mr. Rudow held Senior Analyst positions at various investment banking and financial services firms, including Piper Jaffray, J.P. Morgan and Diamondback Capital. Mr. Rudow is also a Certified Public Accountant and previously served as a Senior Tax Associate at global accounting and consulting firms KPMG in 1996 and PricewaterhouseCoopers from 1994 to 1996. Mr. Rudow holds a B.S. in Business Administration and Accounting from the University of Illinois, Chicago and an MBA in Finance and Accounting from the University of Chicago, Booth School of Business.

Non-Employee Directors

Steven Collins has served on our board of directors since December 2019. Mr. Collins serves on the board of Sprout Social, a social media management software solutions company, a position he has held since July 2019. Mr. Collins also serves on the board of a number of private companies. From July 2011 to February 2014, Mr. Collins served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ExactTarget, a provider of digital marketing automation and analytics software and services, which was acquired by Salesforce in 2013. Mr. Collins served as Vice President Finance, Senior Vice President Finance and Accounting, and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Navteq, a geographic information systems provider, which was acquired by Nokia in 2008, from July 2003 to June 2011. Mr. Collins holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Iowa

 

93


Table of Contents

State University and an MBA from the University of Pennsylvania Wharton School of Business. We believe Mr. Collins is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his financial expertise and his experience in the technology industry, including his time spent serving on board of directors of various technology companies.

Jon Doyle has served on our board of directors since December 2019. Mr. Doyle is currently a member of the board of directors of, and is Vice Chairman, Senior Managing Principal and Head of the Financial Services Group at, Piper Sandler following the merger of Piper Jaffray with Sandler O’Neill + Partners in January 2020. From January 2002 to January 2020, Mr. Doyle served as the Senior Managing Principal of Sandler O’Neill + Partners. Previously, Mr. Doyle held various positions in hardware sales and commercial banking. Mr. Doyle holds a B.S. in Finance from the College of William & Mary. We believe Mr. Doyle is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience in the financial services industry.

Jeffrey Horing has served on our board of directors since February 2015. Mr. Horing is a Managing Director of Insight Partners, a private equity and venture capital firm, which he co-founded in 1995. Prior to founding Insight Partners, Mr. Horing held various positions at Warburg Pincus and Goldman Sachs. Mr. Horing serves on the board of Alteryx, Inc., a position he has held since September 2014, as well as the boards of a number of private companies. Mr. Horing is also a member of the University of Pennsylvania’s School of Engineering board of overseers. Mr. Horing holds a B.S. and B.A. from University of Pennsylvania’s Moore School of Engineering and the Wharton School, respectively. He also holds an MBA from the M.I.T. Sloan School of Management. Since 2015, Mr. Horing has served on our board as the designee of Insight Partners pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement we entered into in connection with Insight Partners’ initial investment in us. Insight Partners’ right to name a director to our board will terminate upon completion of this offering. We believe Mr. Horing is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his corporate finance and business expertise gained from his experience in the venture capital industry, including his time spent serving on boards of directors of various technology companies.

Pam Kilday has served on our board of directors since December 2019. Ms. Kilday previously served as Head of Operations of Truist Financial (formerly known as SunTrust Bank), from May 2015 to April 2018. Prior to that, Ms. Kilday served as Wholesale Operations Executive of SunTrust from March 2013 to May 2015 and as Wholesale Relationship Executive of SunTrust from January 2012 to March 2013. Ms. Kilday holds a B.S. in Education from Tennessee Technological University and an M.S. from University of Illinois at Chicago. We believe Ms. Kilday is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on her experience in the financial services industry.

Spencer Lake has served on our board of directors since April 2017. Mr. Lake is currently a Director at Nivaura, a digital capital markets platform, a position he has held since September 2018. Mr. Lake has been a founding partner of Elements Ventures, a UK based financial technology venture capital firm, since May 2017. Mr. Lake also currently serves as a Senior Advisor to the International Capital Market Association, a financial services membership organization, a position he has held since May 2017. Mr. Lake also serves on the board of a number of private companies, including as Vice Chairman of Fenergo, a financial technology company, since July 2016 and Duco, a data quality platform company, since September 2018. Mr. Lake previously held various positions at HSBC, a banking and financial services company, serving as Vice Chairman, Global Banking and Markets and Group General Manager from March 2016 to September 2016, Global Head, Capital Financing from August 2013 to March 2016, Global Co-head, Global Markets from January 2011 to August 2013 and Global Head, Debt Capital Markets and Acquisition Finance from October 2006 to January 2011. Mr. Lake holds a B.B.A. in Finance and Marketing from Suffolk University, as well as an MBA in International Finance from NYU Stern School of Business. We believe Mr. Lake is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his expertise in the financial services and technology industries.

Jeffrey Lunsford has served on our board of directors since inception. Mr. Lunsford is currently Chief Executive Officer and President of Tealium, an enterprise software company that offers a trusted customer data orchestration platform, a position he has held since January 2013. Mr. Lunsford also serves on the boards of a

 

94


Table of Contents

number of private companies. A former naval officer and aviator, Mr. Lunsford holds a B.S. in Information and Computer Sciences from Georgia Institute of Technology. We believe Mr. Lunsford is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience in the technology industry.

William Ruh has served on our board of directors since May 2013. Mr. Ruh is currently President at Cairn Capital Management, a credit asset management firm, a position he has held since October 2016. Mr. Ruh also currently serves as President of Ruh Advisory, a financial services consulting firm, a position he has held since January 2005. Mr. Ruh previously served as Managing Principal of CCM Capital Opportunities Fund, a financial technology company focused on private equity, from November 2013 to December 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Ruh served as Managing Principal of Castle Creek Capital from January 1994 to November 2013, a private equity firm, which he co-founded. Mr. Ruh also serves on the boards of a number of private companies and as the Chairman of the Board of the U.S. Sailing Foundation and as a board member of the U.S. Sailing Association. Mr. Ruh holds a B.S. in Marine Transportation from the State University of New York Maritime College and an MBA from the Duke University Fuqua School of Business. We believe Mr. Ruh is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his expertise in the financial services and technology industries.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Corporate Governance

Classified Board of Directors

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of eight members and be divided into three classes of directors that will serve staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the same class whose term is then expiring. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Pierre Naudé, William Ruh and Pam Kilday, and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Jeffrey Lunsford and Spencer Lake, and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Jeffrey Horing, Steven Collins and Jon Doyle, and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering.

Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market. Under the rules of The Nasdaq Global Select Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of

 

95


Table of Contents

a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period after the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of The Nasdaq Global Select Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Under the rules of The Nasdaq Global Select Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Additionally, compensation committee members must not have a relationship with us that is material to the director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member.

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 as of the completion of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that, with the exception of our Chief Executive Officer, Pierre Naudé, each member of our board of directors is an “independent director” as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of The Nasdaq Global Select Market. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and by us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management, including the beneficial ownership of our common stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Board Leadership Structure

Our corporate governance guidelines provide that the roles of chairperson of the board and chief executive officer may be separated or combined. In the event that the roles are combined, our corporate governance guidelines provide for the naming of a Lead Independent Director. Our board of directors has appointed Jeffrey Lunsford to serve as chairperson of the board.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee prior to the completion of this offering, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter adopted by our board of directors and which will be effective prior to the consummation of this offering. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time. Following the completion of this offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on our website. Reference to our website does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or accessible through our website into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Steven Collins, Pam Kilday and William Ruh, with Steven Collins serving as the chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee is

 

96


Table of Contents

independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has also determined that Steven Collins is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the applicable SEC rules.

Specific responsibilities of our audit committee will include:

 

   

overseeing our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes and our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

evaluating the independent public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;

 

   

engaging and providing for the compensation of the independent public accounting firm;

 

   

pre-approving audit and permitted non-audit and tax services to be provided to us by the independent public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing our financial statements;

 

   

reviewing our critical accounting policies and estimates and internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing procedures for complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, including for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns by our employees, and periodically reviewing such procedures, as well as any significant complaints received, with management;

 

   

discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the reviews of our quarterly financial statements;

 

   

review and approve any transaction between us and any related person (as defined by the Securities Act) in accordance with the Company’s related party transaction approval policy; and

 

   

such other matters that are specifically designated to the audit committee by our board of directors from time to time.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq Global Select Market listing standards.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Pam Kilday, Spencer Lake and Jeffrey Lunsford, with Jeffrey Lunsford serving as the chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee is independent under The Nasdaq Global Select Market listing standards and a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee will include:

 

   

reviewing and recommending policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees, including reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers;

 

   

evaluating the performance of the Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers in light of those goals and objectives;

 

97


Table of Contents
   

setting compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers based on such evaluations;

 

   

administering the issuance of options and other awards under our equity-based incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing and approving, for the Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers, employment agreements, severance agreements, consulting agreements and change in control or termination agreements; and

 

   

such other matters that are specifically designated to the compensation committee by our board of directors from time to time.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq Global Select Market listing standards.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Jon Doyle, Steven Collins and Spencer Lake, with Spencer Lake serving as the chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the applicable Nasdaq Global Select Market listing standards.

Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee will include:

 

   

identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on our board of directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding changes to the size and composition of our board of directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of our board of directors;

 

   

instituting plans or programs for the continuing education of our board of directors and orientation of new directors;

 

   

establishing procedures to exercise oversight of, and oversee the performance evaluation process of, our board of directors and management;

 

   

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

   

overseeing periodic evaluations of the board of directors’ performance, including committees of the board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq Global Select Market listing standards.

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

We have adopted a code of conduct applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of

 

98


Table of Contents

which this prospectus forms a part, our code of conduct will be available on our principal corporate website at www.ncino.com. Information contained on our website or connected thereto does not constitute a part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee is or has been an officer or employee of us or any of our subsidiaries. In addition, none of our executive officers serves or has served as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our compensation committee.

Director Compensation

During fiscal 2020, none of our non-employee directors received retainers or equity awards with respect to service on our board of directors or any of its committees. Spencer Lake receives compensation for consulting services provided to the Company pursuant to a consulting agreement entered into between the Company and Mr. Lake in fiscal 2018. Under the consulting agreement, Mr. Lake receives an annual consulting fee of $30,000. Additionally, Mr. Lake was granted an option to purchase 16,000 shares of our common stock that vests as to 25% of the shares underlying the option on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date, and an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock that vests as to 1,250 shares underlying the option for each $1,000,000 of ACV contracted for the Company outside of the Americas between May 1, 2017 and May 1, 2021.

In connection with this offering, the board of directors engaged Radford, an independent executive compensation consultant that is part of the Rewards Solutions practice at Aon plc, to provide advice on non-employee director compensation. Following a review of market data presented by Radford, in February 2020, the board of directors approved the following non-employee director compensation program:

 

 

Equity Compensation

 

  ¡   

Annual restricted stock unit (“RSU”) award with a grant date fair value of $150,000 granted at each annual meeting of stockholders and vesting on the one-year anniversary of the grant date, subject to the director’s continued service.

 

  ¡   

One-time “initial” RSU award with a grant date fair value of $300,000 granted to new non-employee members of the board of directors and vesting annually over three years, subject to the director’s continued service on the applicable vesting date.

 

 

Cash Compensation

 

  ¡   

Annual Cash Retainer – Chair: $55,000; Member: $30,000

 

  ¡   

Audit Committee – Chair: $20,000; Member: $10,000

 

  ¡   

Compensation Committee – Chair: $12,000; Member: $6,000

 

  ¡   

Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee – Chair: $8,000; Member: $4,000

Pursuant to the non-employee director compensation program described above, on June 8, 2020,

the compensation committee of the board of directors approved equity awards to the non-employee directors as follows: Messrs. Collins and Doyle and Ms. Kilday received initial RSU awards with a grant date fair value equal to $300,000; and each of the Company’s non-employee directors received a pro-rated annual RSU award with a grant date fair value of $50,000, reflecting service from February 2020 to May 2020, and an annual equity award with a grant date fair value of $150,000. The initial RSU award granted to Messrs. Collins and Doyle and Ms. Kilday will vest annually over three years from February 1, 2020, the annual equity grant awarded to each of the non-employee directors will vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date, and the pro-rated equity award granted to each of the non-employee directors will vest upon the occurrence of this offering, in each case, subject to the director’s continued service on the applicable vesting date. The RSUs granted to the non-employee directors on June 8, 2020 are also subject to a liquidity event-based vesting condition, which requires that a liquidity event occur prior to the seventh anniversary of the grant date.

 

99


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2020 Director Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020 regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors. As noted above, the only compensation received by our non-employee directors in fiscal 2020 was the consulting fee paid to Mr. Lake pursuant to the consulting agreement.

 

Name

   Fees
Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)
     Stock
Awards
($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
     Total ($)  

Steven Collins

     —          —          —          —          —    

Jon Doyle

     —          —          —          —          —    

Jeffrey Horing

     —          —          —          —          —    

Pam Kilday

     —          —          —          —          —    

Spencer Lake

     —          —          —          30,000        30,000  

Jeffrey Lunsford

     —          —          —          —          —    

William Ruh

     —          —          —          —          —    

 

(1) 

As of January 31, 2020, Mr. Lake held outstanding options with respect to 66,000 shares of our common stock. As of such date, none of our other non-employee directors held outstanding stock options or any other equity awards with respect to the Company.

(2) 

Consists of consulting fees received by Mr. Lake pursuant to his consulting agreement with the Company.

Limitations on Director and Officer Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective in connection with this offering will contain provisions that will limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will become effective in connection with this offering will require us to indemnify our directors and officers, and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Subject to certain limitations and limited exceptions, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

100


Table of Contents

We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons such as directors, officers and key employees. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breaches of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. The board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through the board of directors as a whole, as well as through its standing committees that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure. Our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, in addition to oversight of the performance of our external audit function. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

 

101


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following is a discussion of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the JOBS Act), we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.

Overview

Our current executive compensation program is intended to align executive compensation with our business objectives and to enable us to attract, retain and reward executive officers who contribute to our long-term success. The compensation paid or awarded to our executive officers is generally based on the assessment of each individual’s performance compared against the business objectives established for the fiscal year as well as our historical compensation practices. New-hire executive officers’ compensation is primarily determined based on the negotiations of the parties as well as our historical compensation practices. For fiscal 2020, the material elements of our executive compensation program were base salary, an annual cash bonus, and restricted stock units ("RSUs").

Following this offering, we expect that our executive compensation program will evolve to reflect our status as a newly publicly-traded company, while still supporting our overall business and compensation objectives. In anticipation of this offering, the board of directors established a compensation committee in December 2019 to oversee our executive compensation program, which had previously been overseen by our board of directors. In addition, in connection with this offering, we have retained Radford, an independent executive compensation consultant that is part of the Rewards Solutions practice at Aon plc, to help advise on our executive compensation program. This section provides a discussion of the compensation paid or awarded to our President & Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers serving as of January 31, 2020, the end of fiscal 2020. We refer to these individuals as our “named executive officers.” For fiscal 2020, our named executive officers were:

 

   

Pierre Naudé, President & Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Josh Glover, Chief Revenue Officer; and

 

   

David Rudow, Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer.

Compensation of Named Executive Officers

Base Salary

Base salaries are intended to provide a level of compensation sufficient to attract and retain an effective management team, when considered in combination with the other components of our executive compensation program. The relative levels of base salary for our named executive officers are designed to reflect each executive officer’s scope of responsibility and accountability to us. Please see the “Salary” column in the Fiscal 2020 Summary Compensation Table for the base salary amounts received by each named executive officer in fiscal 2020.

Annual Cash Bonuses

We provide our senior leadership team with short-term incentive compensation through an annual cash bonus program. Annual bonus compensation holds executives accountable, rewards the executives based on

 

102


Table of Contents

actual business results and helps create a “pay for performance” culture. Our annual cash bonus program provides cash incentive award opportunities based on the achievement of performance goals approved by our board of directors at the beginning of each fiscal year.

The payment of awards under the fiscal 2020 annual cash bonus program applicable to the named executive officers was subject to the attainment of goals relating to net ACV, determined based on bookings from contracts entered into during the fiscal year, and the Company’s total non-GAAP gross margin. Under the fiscal 2020 annual cash bonus program, net ACV was weighted 70%, and non-GAAP gross margin was weighted 30%.

The fiscal 2020 bonus targets for Messrs. Naudé, Glover and Rudow were $206,250, $205,000 and $37,973, respectively, with Mr. Rudow’s bonus target representing a pro-rated target opportunity in light of his October 2019 hire date. Based on our fiscal 2020 performance, the Company awarded payouts under our annual cash bonus program in a total payout of 103.7% of the target bonus opportunity. Please see the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column in the Fiscal 2020 Summary Compensation Table for the amount of the annual bonus paid to each named executive officer with respect to fiscal 2020.

Equity Awards

To further align the interests of our executive officers with the interests of our stockholders and to further focus our executive officers on our long-term performance, we provide equity compensation to our executive officers. In fiscal 2020, the equity component of our executive compensation program was delivered in the form of RSUs, with grants to each of Messrs. Naudé, Glover and Rudow made with respect to 100,000, 50,000 and 100,000 shares of our common stock, respectively. These RSUs vest on the later of the satisfaction of a service-based vesting condition and the occurrence of a liquidity event. The service-based vesting condition is satisfied with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the RSU award on each of the first four anniversaries of the vesting commencement date, subject to the executive officer’s continued employment through the applicable service-based vesting date. In order for the award to vest, a liquidity event must occur prior to the seventh anniversary of the grant date. In addition, on June 8, 2020, each of Messrs. Naudé, Glover and Rudow received an RSU grant with respect to 128,053, 54,375 and 54,375 shares of our common stock, respectively. Similar to the fiscal 2020 RSU grants, these RSUs vest in 25% annual increments over four years, subject to the executive officer’s continued service through the applicable service-based vesting date and the occurrence of a liquidity event. This offering will constitute a liquidity event for both the fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021 RSU awards and, although that vesting condition will have been satisfied, the awards will remain subject to the service-based vesting condition under the terms of the award agreements.

Please see “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2020 Year-End” for a summary of the outstanding equity awards held by each of the named executive officers as of fiscal 2020 year-end.

Fiscal 2020 Summary Compensation Table

The following table shows information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers for services performed in fiscal 2020.

 

Name and Principal Position

  

Fiscal
Year

    

Salary
($)

    

Stock
Awards
($)(1)

    

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)

    

All Other
Compensation
($)(3)

    

Total ($)

 

Pierre Naudé, President & Chief Executive Officer

     2020        412,500        2,175,000        213,881        11,676        2,813,057  

David Rudow, Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer(4)

     2020        75,072        2,175,000        39,378        115,986        2,405,436  

Josh Glover, Chief Revenue Officer

     2020        205,000        1,087,500        212,585        6,887        1,511,972  

 

103


Table of Contents

 

(1) 

The amounts reported represent the grant date fair value of RSUs calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The grant date fair value was calculated based on the fair market value of a share of Company common stock as of the grant date.

(2) 

The amounts reported represent payouts under the Company’s annual cash bonus program based on performance with respect to goals relating to net ACV, determined based on bookings from contracts entered into during the fiscal year, weighted 70%, and the Company’s total non-GAAP gross margin, weighted 30%.

(3) 

The amounts reported in this column consist of (i) a cell phone allowance for each of the named executive officers, (ii) matching contributions under the Company’s 401(k) plan for Messrs. Naudé and Glover, (iii) life insurance premiums paid by the Company for Mr. Naudé and (iv) relocation benefits paid to Mr. Rudow in connection with his commencement of employment with the Company, including related tax-reimbursements of $40,386.

(4) 

Mr. Rudow commenced employment with the Company in October 2019 and, accordingly, the amounts reported for his base salary and non-equity incentive compensation reflect pro-rated compensation for his service from his hire date.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2020 Year-End

The following table presents information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by each of the named executive officers as of January 31, 2020.

 

Name

 

Grant

Date

   

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

   

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)

   

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)

   

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

   

Option
Expiration
Date

   

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number  of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not
Vested
(#)(2)

   

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not Vested
($)(3)

 

Pierre Naudé

    2/1/2017       250,000       500,000       —         4.98       2/1/2027       —         —    
    8/15/2019       —         —         —         —         —         100,000       2,150,000  

David Rudow

    11/1/2019       —         —         —         —         —         100,000       2,150,000  

Josh Glover

    8/1/2015       49,678       —         —         2.45       8/1/2025       —         —    
    2/1/2017       80,134       160,267       —         4.98       2/1/2027       —         —    
    8/15/2019       —         —         —         —         —         50,000       1,075,000  

 

(1)

These options vest in 25% annual increments commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date, subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(2)

These RSUs vest with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the RSU award on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the executive officer’s continued employment through the applicable service-based vesting date and provided that a liquidity event occurs prior to the seventh anniversary of the grant date.

(3)

The Company’s equity is not publicly traded and, therefore, there is no ascertainable public market value for the Company’s common stock as of January 31, 2020. For purposes of this table, the market value at year-end is calculated based on the valuation of fair market value of a share of Company common stock as of February 1, 2020.

 

104


Table of Contents

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Employment Arrangements

During fiscal 2020, each of Mr. Naudé and Mr. Rudow was party to an employment arrangement that included benefits payable upon certain qualifying terminations of employment. As of fiscal 2020 year-end, Mr. Glover was not subject to an employment or severance agreement entitling him to severance benefits upon a termination of employment.

Under the employment agreements in effect during fiscal 2020, in the event the employment of either Mr. Naudé and Mr. Rudow had been terminated due to death or disability, the named executive officer would have been entitled to base salary through the date of termination and a pro-rata annual bonus for the year of termination, determined based on actual performance through the date of termination and budgeted performance thereafter, and pro-rated for the number of days employed by the Company during the year. Subject to the executive’s execution of a release of claims in favor of the Company, in the event of a termination by the Company without cause or by the executive due to good reason, each as defined in the applicable employment agreement, Mr. Naudé and Mr. Rudow would have been entitled to (i) severance payments over a specified severance period equal to the base salary the named executive officer would have received during such severance period, (ii) a pro-rata annual bonus for the year of termination, determined based on actual performance through the date of termination and budgeted performance thereafter, and pro-rated for the number of days employed by the Company during the year and (iii) reimbursements for healthcare continuation coverage during the severance period, subject to earlier termination in the event the executive officer became eligible for health coverage from a subsequent employer or the executive officer’s spouse. The severance period under the employment agreements in effect during fiscal 2020 equaled 12 months for Mr. Naudé and six months for Mr. Rudow.

In connection with this offering, we will enter into new employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, the material terms of which are expected to be as set forth below. The severance terms were determined after a review of market data presented by Radford.

The new employment agreements set forth each named executive officer’s current base salary and annual incentive target opportunity, with base salaries of $430,000, $280,000 and $230,000, and target opportunities as a percentage of base salary of 100%, 50% and 100% for Messrs. Naude, Rudow and Glover, respectively. Under the new employment agreements, in the event of a termination of employment due to the named executive officer’s death or disability, the named executive officer will be entitled to a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination, based on actual performance and pro-rated for the portion of the year the named executive officer was employed. Subject to the named executive officer’s execution of a release of claims in favor of the Company, in the event of a termination by the Company without cause or by the executive due to good reason prior to or more than one year following a change in control, each as defined in the applicable employment agreement, each named executive officer would be entitled to (i) severance payments over a specified severance period equal to the base salary the named executive officer would have received during such severance period, (ii) a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination, based on actual performance and pro-rated for the portion of the year the named executive officer was employed, and (iii) reimbursements for healthcare continuation coverage during the severance period, subject to earlier termination in the event the executive officer becomes eligible for alternative health coverage. The severance period is 12 months for Mr. Naudé and six months for Messrs. Rudow and Glover. If the named executive officer experiences a termination of employment on or during the one-year period following a change in control of the Company, then, in lieu of the benefits set forth above, the executive will receive a severance payment equal to a severance multiple multiplied by the sum of the executive’s annual base salary and target bonus, and the healthcare continuation coverage described above will be extended to up to 18 months for Mr. Naudé and 12 months for Messrs. Rudow and Glover. The severance multiple for a termination of employment within one-year following a change in control of the Company is one and a half for Mr. Naudé and one for Messrs. Rudow and Glover. In addition, under the terms of the employment agreements, if the payments and benefits to a named executive officer under his

 

105


Table of Contents

employment agreement or another plan, arrangement or agreement would subject the named executive officer to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, then such payments will be reduced by the minimum amount necessary to avoid such excise tax, but only if such reduction will result in the named executive officer receiving a higher net after-tax amount. This offering will not constitute a change in control for purposes of the employment agreements with our named executive officers.

In addition, consistent with the terms of certain of the Company’s pre-existing compensation arrangements, in the event that either (i) the named executive officer is employed by the Company as of a change in control of the Company or (ii) the employment of the named executive officer is terminated by the Company without cause or by the executive due to good reason within six months prior to such change in control, any equity awards held by the named executive officer as of the effective date of the new employment agreements described above will vest upon such change in control. For equity awards granted following the effective date of the new employment agreements and unless otherwise provided for in an award agreement, such equity awards will vest in the event of a termination of employment by the Company without cause or due to good reason on or within one year following a change in control.

At the time the named executive officer enters into the above-described employment agreement with the Company, the named executive officer will also be required to enter into a non-disclosure, restrictive covenants and assignment of invention agreement with restrictive covenants relating to non-competition and non-solicitation of customers and employees, during employment and for 12 months following a termination of employment for Mr. Naudé and for six months following a termination of employment for Messrs. Rudow and Glover.

401(k) Plan

The Company maintains a tax-qualified 401(k) savings plan which allows participants to defer eligible compensation up to the maximum amount allowed under Internal Revenue Service guidelines and provides for a discretionary matching contributions by the Company. In fiscal 2020, the Company matched each employee’s contributions at 40% up to 6% of eligible compensation, up to applicable Internal Revenue Service limits.

Equity Compensation Plans

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

In 2019, our board of directors adopted the nCino, Inc. 2019 Incentive Plan. In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and our current stockholders expect to approve, an amended and restated 2019 Incentive Plan to, among other items, increase the available shares under the 2019 Incentive Plan. The following summary describes what we expect to be the material terms of the 2019 Incentive Plan, as amended and restated. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the 2019 Incentive Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2019 Incentive Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The purpose of the 2019 Incentive Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services to the Company and its participating affiliates and subsidiaries and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Company and its participating affiliates and subsidiaries. The 2019 Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code), nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, cash-based awards and other-stock based awards. Only directors, officers, employees and consultants who provide services to us, or to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of ours, are eligible to receive such awards.

Stock Subject to the Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2019 Incentive Plan is                 , plus an annual increase added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year

 

106


Table of Contents

ending January 31, 2022, and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending January 31, 2031. The annual increase will be equal to the lesser of (i)             shares, (ii) 5% of the number of shares issued and outstanding as of the January 31st of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (iii) an amount determined by the Board of Directors. Up to              shares of our common stock that may be issued under the 2019 Incentive Plan may be issued in satisfaction of incentive stock option awards.

To the extent an equity award granted under the 2019 Incentive Plan or the Company’s predecessor plan expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised or settled in full, or is settled in cash, or the shares underlying an award are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for a price not exceeding the participant’s purchase price, the shares subject to such award will become available for future grant under the 2019 Incentive Plan. In addition, to the extent shares subject to an award are withheld to satisfy a participant’s tax withholding obligation upon the exercise or settlement of such award, are not issued upon the net settlement of a stock appreciation right or are withheld to pay the exercise price of a stock option, such shares will become available for future grant under the 2019 Incentive Plan.

As of April 30, 2020, our officers, employees, directors and consultants hold outstanding stock options granted under the 2019 Incentive Plan for the purchase of up to 142,400 shares of our common stock, with none of those options vested as of such date, and outstanding RSUs with respect to 972,494 shares of our common stock.

Plan Administration. Our compensation committee or a committee designated by our board of directors administers the 2019 Incentive Plan. If at any time our board of directors has not designated a committee to administer the 2019 Incentive Plan, then the plan will be administered by our board of directors. Subject to the terms of the 2019 Incentive Plan, our compensation committee will have the authority to determine the eligibility for awards and the terms, conditions, and restrictions, including vesting terms, the number of shares subject to an award, and any performance goals applicable to awards made under the 2019 Incentive Plan. The compensation committee also will have the authority, subject to the terms of the 2019 Incentive Plan, to construe and interpret the 2019 Incentive Plan and awards.

Participants. Officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company and our subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the 2019 Incentive Plan, if selected for participation by the plan administrator.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. Under the terms of the 2019 Incentive Plan, the aggregate value of cash compensation and the grant date fair value of shares that may be awarded or granted during any fiscal year of the Company to any non-employee director will not exceed $            ; provided, however, that the director compensation limit will be multiplied by two for the first fiscal year in which a non-employee director commences service on the board of directors.

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. Our compensation committee may grant incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and stock appreciation rights under the 2019 Incentive Plan, provided that incentive stock options are granted only to employees of the Company, a parent corporation or a subsidiary corporation. The exercise price of stock options and stock appreciation rights under the 2019 Incentive Plan will be determined by the compensation committee, but must equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option or stock appreciation right may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by an employee who owns more than 10% of all of our classes of stock, or of certain of our affiliates, may not have a term in excess of five years, and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of the 2019 Incentive Plan, the compensation committee will determine the remaining terms of the options and stock appreciation rights, including the number of shares subject to the award, vesting, and the nature of any performance measures. Upon a participant’s termination of service, the participant may exercise his or her option or stock appreciation right, to the extent vested (unless the compensation committee permits otherwise), as specified in the award agreement. The 2019 Incentive Plan prohibits the repricing of options and stock appreciation rights without stockholder approval.

 

107


Table of Contents

Stock Awards. Our compensation committee will decide at the time of grant whether an award will be in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other stock awards. The compensation committee will determine the terms of the awards, including the number of shares subject to the award, vesting, and the nature of any performance measures. Unless otherwise specified in the award agreement, the recipient of restricted stock will have voting rights and be entitled to receive dividends with respect to his or her shares of restricted stock, with any dividends subject to the same vesting conditions as the underlying restricted stock. The recipient of restricted stock units will not have voting rights, but his or her award agreement may provide for the receipt of dividend equivalents. Any dividend equivalents paid with respect to restricted stock units will be subject to the same vesting conditions as the underlying awards. Our compensation committee may grant other stock awards that are based on or related to shares of our common stock, such as awards of shares of common stock granted as bonus and not subject to any vesting conditions or stock equivalent units.

Performance Awards. Our compensation committee will determine the value of any performance award, the vesting and nature of the performance measures, and whether the award is denominated or settled in cash or in shares of our common stock. The performance goals applicable to a particular award will be determined by our compensation committee at the time of grant.

Transferability of Awards. The 2019 Incentive Plan does not allow awards to be transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution following the participant’s death, or as permitted by the compensation committee subject to the applicable limitations of the Securities Act and the Code.

Certain Adjustments. If any change is made in our common stock by means of an equity restructuring, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary cash dividend, appropriate and proportionate adjustments will be made in the number, class and price of shares subject to each outstanding award and the number and kind of shares subject to the plan.

Change in Control. In the event we experience a change in control under the terms of the 2019 Incentive Plan, the plan administrator may provide for the cash settlement, vesting, assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, except that awards held by our non-employee directors will vest and become exercisable in full upon such change in control. This offering will not constitute a change in control under the plan.

Clawback. Awards granted under the 2019 Incentive Plan and any cash payment or shares of our common stock delivered pursuant to an award may be subject to forfeiture, recovery, or other action pursuant to the applicable award agreement or any clawback or recoupment policy that we may adopt. In addition, under the terms of the 2019 Incentive Plan, if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, any participant who knowingly or through gross negligence engaged in misconduct, or who knowingly or through gross negligence failed to prevent misconduct, will reimburse the Company for (i) the amount of any payment in settlement of an award received by such participant during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the SEC of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement and (ii) any profits realized by such participant from the sale of securities of the Company during such 12-month period.

New Plan Benefits. The compensation committee has the discretion to grant awards under the 2019 Incentive Plan, and therefore it is not possible at the time of filing of this prospectus to determine future awards that will be received by our named executive officers or others under the 2019 Incentive Plan. Only directors, employees and consultants are eligible for consideration to participate in the 2019 Incentive Plan.

Amendment and Termination. Our compensation committee has the authority to amend or terminate the 2019 Incentive Plan, subject to any stockholder approval required by law or stock exchange rules.

 

108


Table of Contents

2014 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long-Term Incentive Plan

The following is a description of the material terms of the nCino, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2014 Incentive Plan”). The summary below does not contain a complete description of all provisions of the 2014 Incentive Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the plan, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

The 2014 Incentive Plan was replaced by the 2019 Incentive Plan. The 2014 Incentive Plan governs outstanding awards granted prior to the adoption of the 2019 Incentive Plan, but no further awards will be granted pursuant to the 2014 Incentive Plan.

Authorized Shares. Under the 2014 Incentive Plan, 15,025,666 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance, subject to adjustment for stock splits and other similar changes in capitalization. As of April 30, 2020, our employees, directors and consultants hold outstanding stock options granted under the 2014 Incentive Plan for the purchase of up to 7,602,322 shares of our common stock, with 5,512,951 of those options vested as of such date. No other equity awards are outstanding under the 2014 Incentive Plan as of such date.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors, or a committee appointed by our board of directors, administers the 2014 Incentive Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Incentive Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to, among other things, construe and interpret the 2014 Incentive Plan and all awards granted thereunder, to define the terms used in the 2014 Incentive Plan and award agreements thereunder, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules, regulations and policies relating to the 2014 Incentive Plan and to make all determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2014 Incentive Plan.

Participants. Employees, directors and consultants of the Company and our subsidiaries were eligible to participate in the 2014 Incentive Plan, if selected for participation by the plan administrator.

Types and Terms of Awards. Under the 2014 Incentive Plan, we were authorized to grant stock options, restricted stock, long-term incentive compensation units, and stock appreciation rights. Stock options and stock appreciation rights may not be exercised beyond a ten-year term (or such shorter period as required with respect to incentive stock options held by certain holders). The terms of the awards are specified in an underlying award agreement approved by the plan administrator.

Termination of Employment. The terms relating to exercise, cancellation, other disposition, forfeiture, satisfaction of performance measures, termination of restriction periods or termination of performance periods upon termination of employment with or service to the Company, whether by reason of disability, cause, retirement, death or other termination, are set forth in the underlying award agreement approved by the plan administrator.

Certain Adjustments. Under the terms of the 2014 Incentive Plan, the number of shares subject to outstanding awards and the exercise or base prices of those awards are subject to adjustment in the event of certain changes in our capital structure, reorganizations and other extraordinary events.

Change in Control. In the event we experience a change in control under the terms of the 2014 Incentive Plan, the plan administrator may provide for the vesting of outstanding options. This offering will not constitute a change in control under the plan.

Amendment and Termination. The board of directors may, at any time, amend or terminate the 2014 Incentive Plan as it shall deem advisable, subject to stockholder approval for changes to the number of shares available under the 2014 Incentive Plan or changes to the eligibility provisions. No amendment may adversely affect the rights of a holder of an outstanding award without the consent of such holder.

 

109


Table of Contents

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and our current stockholders expect to approve the ESPP to be effective upon the completion of this offering. The following summary describes what we expect to be the material terms of the ESPP. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the ESPP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the ESPP, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The purpose of the ESPP is to provide eligible employees of the Company and participating subsidiaries with a convenient means of acquiring an equity interest in the Company through payroll deductions or other contributions in order to enhance such employees’ sense of participation in the affairs of the Company. Generally, all of our employees (including those of our consolidated subsidiaries, other than those subsidiaries excluded from participation by our board of directors or compensation committee) are eligible to participate in the ESPP. The ESPP permits employees to purchase our common stock through payroll deductions during six-month offering periods, with the offering periods beginning each January 1 and July 1, or such other period or date determined by the compensation committee. Participants may authorize payroll deductions of a specific percentage of compensation of up to 15%, with such deductions being accumulated for six-month purchase periods beginning on the first business day of each offering period and ending on the last business day of each offering period. Under the terms of the ESPP, the purchase price per share with respect to an offering period will equal the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first business day of such offering period and (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the last business day of such offering period, although the compensation committee has discretion to change the purchase price with respect to future offering periods, subject to the terms of the ESPP. No employee may participate in an offering period if the employee owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our stock or the stock of any of our subsidiaries. No participant may purchase more than 5,000 shares of our common stock during any offering period. Neither payroll deductions credited to a participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under the ESPP may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a valid beneficiary designation in the event of a participant’s death).

            shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or other changes in our capital stock, initially may be issued under the ESPP. Subject to the adjustment provisions contained in the ESPP, the maximum number of shares of our common stock available under the ESPP will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending January 31, 2022 and continuing until the fiscal year ended January 31, 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of 1% of the shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on January 31 of the immediately preceding fiscal year,             shares of our common stock or an amount determined by our board of directors. The number of shares available under the ESPP will be subject to adjustment in the event of certain changes in our capital structure, reorganizations and other extraordinary events.

Under the terms of the ESPP, in the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any offering period then in progress will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, and the board of directors may either provide for the purchase of shares as of the date on which such offering period terminates or return to each participant the payroll deductions credited to such participant’s account. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding option under the ESPP will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, unless the board of directors determines, in lieu of such assumption or substitution, to either terminate all outstanding options and return to each participant the payroll deductions credited to such participant’s account or to provide for the offering period in progress to end on a date prior to the consummation of such sale or merger.

 

110


Table of Contents

The ESPP will be administered by the compensation committee or a designee of the compensation committee. The compensation committee will have the discretionary authority to do everything necessary and appropriate to administer the ESPP, including, without limitation, determining the time and frequency of granting options, the duration of offering periods, the terms and conditions of the options and the number of shares subject to each option, and interpreting the provisions of the ESPP. The ESPP may be amended by our board of directors or the compensation committee but may not be amended without prior stockholder approval to the extent required by Section 423 of the Code. The ESPP shall continue in effect until the earlier of (i) the termination of the ESPP by our board of directors or the compensation committee pursuant to the terms of the ESPP and (ii) the ten-year anniversary of the effective date of the ESPP, with no new offering periods commencing on or after such ten-year anniversary.

 

111


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements discussed in the section titled “Executive Compensation,” we describe below the transactions since February 1, 2017 to which we have been a participant, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Equity Financings

We sold shares of our common stock to an entity affiliated with Salesforce in July 2017, January 2018 and September 2019 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $72.0 million. In January 2018, one of our stockholders also sold shares of our common stock to an entity affiliated with Salesforce for a purchase price of approximately $9.0 million.

In addition, certain holders of more than 5% of our capital stock acquired shares from selling stockholders, including certain of our directors and officers, pursuant to the tender offer as described below under “—Tender Offer.”

Tender Offer

Shares of our common stock have been the subject of two tender offers. The first was conducted by Insight Partners in January 2017 (the “January 2017 Tender Offer”) and the second was conducted by each of Insight Partners, Wellington and Bessemer Venture Partners (“Bessemer”) in July 2018 (the “July 2018 Tender Offer”). In connection with the January 2017 Tender Offer, Insight Partners acquired 23,796,085 shares of our common stock from selling stockholders, including certain of our directors and officers, at a purchase price of $8.00 per share, and in connection with the July 2018 Tender Offer, Wellington acquired 3,125,000 shares of our common stock, Bessemer acquired 1,562,500 shares of our common stock and Insight Partners acquired 551,382 shares of our common stock from selling stockholders, including certain of our directors and officers, at a purchase price of $16.00 per share.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, dated as February 12, 2015, as amended (“IRA”), which provides, among other things, that such investors party thereto have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights. The IRA also provides Insight Partners with the right to appoint a designee to our board of directors and as a result, Insight Partners designated Jeffrey Horing to serve on our board of directors. This right will terminate upon completion of this offering.

Transactions with Salesforce

Salesforce, a software solution provider for the Company, is also an equity holder in the Company. Total expenses related to the Salesforce Agreement were approximately $9.5 million, $15.4 million and $22.8 million for fiscal years 2018, 2019 and 2020, and $5.1 million and $7.5 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For a description of the Salesforce Agreement and other information, see “Risk Factors—Fundamental elements of the nCino Bank Operating System are built on the Salesforce Platform and we rely on our agreement with Salesforce to provide our solution to our customers” and “Business—Our Relationship with Salesforce”.

The Company also purchases services from Salesforce to assist in managing the sales cycle, customer relationship management and other internal business functions. Total payments to Salesforce for these services

 

112


Table of Contents

were $0.5 million, $0.8 million and $1.1 million for fiscal years 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $0.7 million and $1.1 million were in prepaid expenses and other current assets for fiscal 2019 and 2020, respectively. Accounts payable to Salesforce were $2.1 million and $3.3 million and were included in accounts payable, related parties for fiscal 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Total payments to Salesforce for these services were $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $0.8 million were in prepaid expenses and other current assets as of April 30, 2020. Accounts payable to Salesforce were $3.7 million at April 30, 2020, and were included in accounts payable, related parties.

Employment Arrangement with an Immediate Family Member of our President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Corinne Naudé is a Sales Account Executive and the daughter-in-law of Pierre Naudé, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Her total compensation for fiscal 2019 and 2020 was approximately $248,204 and $436,521, respectively.

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by DGCL. Subject to very limited exceptions, our bylaws will also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Management— Limitations on Director and Officer Liability and Indemnification.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our audit committee has the primary responsibility for the review, approval and oversight of any “related party transaction,” which is any transaction, arrangement or relationship (or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we are, were or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which the related person has, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We intend to adopt a written related party transaction policy to be effective upon the completion of this offering. Under our related party transaction policy, our management will be required to submit any related person transaction not previously approved or ratified by our audit committee to our audit committee. In approving or rejecting the proposed transactions, our audit committee will take into account all of the relevant facts and circumstances available.

 

113


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 15, 2020 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering for:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of June 15, 2020, through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. In computing the percentage beneficial ownership of a person, common stock not outstanding and subject to options, warrants or other rights held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2020 are deemed outstanding for purposes of calculating the percentage ownership of that person, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Subject to the foregoing, percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 81,641,981 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 15, 2020. Percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) also assumes the issuance and sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering.

To our knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such person’s name. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the persons in this table is c/o nCino, Inc., 6770 Parker Farm Drive, Wilmington, North Carolina 28405.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  

Shares of

Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
Before and
After this
Offering

    

Percentage
of

Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
Before
this
Offering

    

Percentage of
Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

        

Pierre Naudé(1)

     1,290,000        1.6    %

David Rudow

     —          —       

Josh Glover(2)

     292,232               

Steven Collins(3)

     2,500               

Jon Doyle(4)

     27,500               

Jeffrey Horing(5)

     38,018,651        46.6     

Pam Kilday(6)

     2,500               

Spencer Lake(7)

     35,750               

Jeffrey Lunsford(8)

     402,500               

William Ruh(9)

     358,701               

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)(10)

     41,526,942        49.7     

5% Stockholders:

        

Entities affiliated with Insight Partners(11)

     38,016,151        46.6     

Entities affiliated with Salesforce(12)

     10,760,469        13.2     

Entities affiliated with Wellington Management(13)

     7,715,323        9.5     

 

114


Table of Contents

 

*

Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

(1) 

Consists of (a) 765,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Naudé, (b) 500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Naudé that are vested and exercisable as of June 15, 2020 or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days of such date and (c) 25,000 shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to RSUs for which the time-based vesting condition has been or will be met within 60 days of June 15, 2020 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(2) 

Consists of (a) 69,787 shares of common stock held by Mr. Glover, (b) 209,945 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Glover that are vested and exercisable as of June 15, 2020 or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days of such date, and (c) 12,500 shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to RSUs for which the time-based vesting condition has been or will be met within 60 days of June 15, 2020 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(3) 

Consists of 2,500 shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to RSUs for which the time-based vesting condition has been or will be met within 60 days of June 15, 2020 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(4) 

Consists of (a) 25,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Doyle and (b) 2,500 shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to RSUs for which the time-based vesting condition has been or will be met within 60 days of June 15, 2020 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(5) 

Consists of (a) 38,016,151 shares of common stock beneficially held by entities affiliated with Insight Partners as set forth in footnote (11) and (b) 2,500 shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to RSUs for which the time-based vesting condition has been or will be met within 60 days of June 15, 2020 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Mr. Horing, a member of our board of directors, disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by each of the affiliated entities of Insight Partners, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(6) 

Consists of 2,500 shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to RSUs for which the time-based vesting condition has been or will be met within 60 days of June 15, 2020 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(7) 

Consists of (a) 33,250 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Lake that are vested and exercisable as of June 15, 2020 or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days of such date, and (b) 2,500 shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to RSUs for which the time-based vesting condition has been or will be met within 60 days of June 15, 2020 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(8) 

Consists of (a) 400,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Lunsford and (b) 2,500 shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to RSUs for which the time-based vesting condition has been or will be met within 60 days of June 15, 2020 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(9) 

Consists of (a) 356,201 shares of common stock held by Mr. Ruh and (b) 2,500 shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to RSUs for which the time-based vesting condition has been or will be met within 60 days of June 15, 2020 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(10) 

Consists of (a) 39,643,250 shares of common stock beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers, (b) 1,794,942 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by our directors and executive officers that are vested and exercisable as of June 15, 2020 or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days of such date and (c) 88,750 shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to RSUs for which the time-based vesting condition has been or will be met within 60 days of June 15, 2020 and for which the

 

115


Table of Contents
  liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
(11) 

Consists of (i) 12,562,994 shares held of record by Insight Venture Partners IX, L.P.; (ii) 6,242,246 shares held of record by Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) IX, L.P.; (iii) 1,331,048 shares held of record by Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) IX, L.P.; (iv) 250,770 shares held of record by Insight Venture Partners IX (Co-Investors), L.P.; (v) 5,105,462 shares held of record by Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund, L.P.; (vi) 4,645,041 shares held of record by Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (B), L.P.; (vii) 4,104,494 shares held of record by Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (Cayman), L.P. and (viii) 3,774,096 shares held of record by Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (Delaware), L.P. Insight Holdings Group, LLC (“Holdings”) is the sole shareholder of each of Insight Venture Associates IX, Ltd. (“IVA IX Ltd”) and Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, Ltd. (“IVA GBCF Ltd”). IVA IX Ltd is the general partner of Insight Venture Associates IX, L.P. (“IVA IX LP”), which is the general partner of Insight Venture Partners IX, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) IX, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) IX, L.P. and Insight Venture Partners IX (Co-Investors), L.P. (collectively “Fund IX”). IVA GBCF Ltd is the general partner of Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, L.P. (“IVA GBCF LP”), which is the general partner of Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund, L.P., Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (B), L.P., Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (Cayman), L.P. and Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (Delaware), L.P. (collectively “GBCF”). Each of Jeffrey L. Horing, Deven Parekh, Peter Sobiloff, Jeffrey Lieberman and Michael Triplett is a member of the board of managers of Holdings. Because Messrs. Horing, Parekh, Sobiloff, Lieberman and Triplett are members of the board of managers of Holdings, Holdings is the sole shareholder of each of IVA IX Ltd and IVA GBCF Ltd, IVA IX LP is the general partner of Fund IX and IVA GBCF LP is the general partner of GBCF, Messrs. Horing, Parekh, Sobiloff, Lieberman and Triplett may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares noted above. Mr. Horing, a member of our board of directors, disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by each of Fund IX and GBCF, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address for these entities is c/o Insight Partners, 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

(12) 

Consists of 10,760,469 shares of common stock held by Salesforce Ventures LLC (“Salesforce Ventures”). Salesforce may be deemed to have sole power to vote or dispose of the shares held by Salesforce Ventures. The address of Salesforce and Salesforce Ventures is Salesforce Tower, 415 Mission Street, 3rd Floor, San Francisco, California 94105.

(13) 

Wellington Management Company LLP is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is an indirect subsidiary of Wellington Management Group LLP. Wellington Management Company LLP and Wellington Management Group LLP may each be deemed to share beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the shares indicated in the table, all of which are held of record by the entity named in the table or a nominee on its behalf. The business address of the entity named in the table is c/o Wellington Management Company LLP, 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. The business address of Wellington Management Company LLP and Wellington Management Group LLP is 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

 

116


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

This section contains a description of our capital stock and the material provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering and is qualified by reference to the forms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws filed as exhibits to the registration statement relating to this prospectus, and by the applicable provisions of Delaware law. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize              shares of common stock, $0.0005 par value per share, and              shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

As of April 30, 2020, there were outstanding 81,583,127 shares of our common stock, held by approximately 374 stockholders of record, and 9,523,260 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and restricted stock units. As of April 30, 2020, there were no outstanding shares of our preferred stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and only then at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for more information.

Voting Rights

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each serving staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

117


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of April 30, 2020, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 7,744,722 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.39 per share, pursuant to our equity incentive plans.

Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of             shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. These rights are provided under the terms of our IRA, which registration rights include demand registration rights, Form S-3 registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the registration of registrable securities, including reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the selling stockholders, will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

The registration rights terminate upon the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investors Rights Agreement” for additional information regarding the IRA.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws to be in effect following this offering could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Section 203 of the DGCL

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an

 

118


Table of Contents

“interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the date that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

   

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction, which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction, which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock, which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance of transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management team or changes in our board of directors or our governance or policy, including the following:

Board Vacancies

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will authorize generally only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships resulting from any cause or created by the expansion of our board of

 

119


Table of Contents

directors. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors may be set only by resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.

Classified Board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. The existence of a classified board of directors could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror. See the section titled “Management—Corporate Governance—Classified Board of Directors” for additional information.

Directors Removed Only for Cause

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

Supermajority Requirements for Amendments of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding common stock will be required to amend certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to the classified board, the size of the board of directors, removal of directors, special meetings, actions by written consent and designation of our preferred stock. The affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding common stock will be required to amend or repeal our bylaws, although our bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of our board of directors.

Stockholder Action; Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, holders of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, our president or the lead independent director, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice generally must be delivered to us not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws also will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. With respect to nominations of persons for election to our board of directors, the notice shall provide information about the nominee, including, among other things, name, age, address, principal occupation, ownership of our capital stock and whether they meet applicable independence requirements. With respect to the proposal of other business to be considered by our stockholders at an annual

 

120


Table of Contents

meeting, the notice shall provide a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business by such stockholder and any beneficial owners and associated persons on whose behalf the notice is made, or the proposing persons. In addition, a stockholder’s notice must set forth certain information related to the proposing persons, including, among other things:

 

   

the name and address of the proposing persons;

 

   

information as to the ownership by the proposing persons of our capital stock and any derivative interest or short interest in any of our securities held by the proposing persons;

 

   

information as to any material relationships and interest between the proposing persons and us, any of our affiliates and any of our principal competitors;

 

   

a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of our stock entitled to vote at that meeting and that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination or business; and

 

   

a representation whether the proposing persons intend or are part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of our outstanding capital stock required to elect the nominee or carry the proposal.

These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

No Cumulative Voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock

We anticipate that after the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to              shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (4) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) or (5) any other action asserting an

 

121


Table of Contents

“internal corporate claim,” as defined in Section 115 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, in all cases subject to the court having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 962-4284.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NCNO.”

 

122


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of our common stock or the availability of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2020, and assuming no exercise of outstanding options or vesting of RSUs after such date, we will have a total of              shares of common stock outstanding.

Of those outstanding shares,              shares of common stock sold in the offering will be freely tradeable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding common stock will be, and shares subject to outstanding options will be upon issuance, deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. All of our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our equity securities are subject to lock-up agreements under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our equity securities for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. As a result of these agreements and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all              shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

   

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to the terms of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described below),              additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which              shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our equity securities have agreed or will agree prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge sell, contract to sell, transfer, lend or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the Representatives, on behalf of the underwriters. These agreements are described below under the section titled “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

In general, Rule 144 provides that once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to

 

123


Table of Contents

sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, Rule 144 provides that our affiliates or persons selling our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal              shares immediately after the completion of this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales of our common stock made in reliance upon Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of              shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. These rights are provided under the terms of our IRA, which registration rights include demand registration rights, Form S-3 registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the registration of registrable securities, including reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the selling stockholders, will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

The registration rights terminate upon the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

Demand Registration Rights

Under the terms of the IRA, if we receive a written request, at any time after 180 days following the effective date of this offering, from the holders of at least a majority of the registrable securities then outstanding that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of registrable securities and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $15.0 million, then we will be required to file as soon as practicable, and in any event no later than 60 days following such request, a registration statement covering all registrable securities requested to be registered for public resale. We may defer the filing of a registration statement for up to 60 days once in any 12-month period if our board of directors determines that the

 

124


Table of Contents

filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders. We are not required to effect a demand registration under certain additional circumstances specified in the IRA, including at any time during the 180-day period after the effective date of this offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of at least 20% of the then registrable securities can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $3.0 million. Upon such a request, we would be required to file as soon as practicable, and in any event no later than 45 days following such a request, a registration statement covering all registrable securities requested to be registered for public resale. We are not required to file a registration on Form S-3 if we have filed two registrations on Form S-3 in the preceding 12-month period and may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 for up to 60 days twice in any 12-month period if our board of directors determines that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders. We are not required to file a registration statement on Form S-3 under certain additional circumstances specified in the IRA.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we register any of our securities for public sale, each holder of registrable securities has a right to request the inclusion of any then-outstanding registrable securities held by them on our registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a corporate reorganization or stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities. The Company has the right to terminate or withdraw any registration, whether or not any registrable securities has been elected to be included. If the underwriters of any underwritten offering determine in their reasonable discretion to limit the number of registrable securities to be included in such underwritten offering, the number of registrable securities to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among such holders, based on the number of registrable securities held by each holder. However, the number of registrable securities to be registered cannot be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

Form S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the effectiveness of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares of our common stock covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Compensation Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

125


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below). This summary is based upon provisions of the Code and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock (other than an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons (as defined under the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this summary does not address the Medicare tax on certain net investment income, U.S. federal gift or estate tax laws, any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or any tax treaties. This summary also does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders that are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including (without limitation) former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, foreign pension funds, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, mutual funds, broker-dealers, traders in securities or other persons that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their holdings in our common stock, persons who hold our common stock as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code, persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction,” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons who acquired our common stock through stock options or in other compensatory transactions or partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partners in partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) considering the purchase of our common stock should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by such partnership.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH

 

126


Table of Contents

RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL GIFT OR ESTATE TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Distributions

Distributions of cash or property on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our common stock and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock. Please read “—Sales or other Taxable Dispositions.” Subject to the withholding rules discussed below under “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA” and with respect to effectively connected dividends, any distribution made to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the distribution unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) certifying qualification for the reduced rate, and the non-U.S. holder will be required to update such forms and certifications from time to time as required by law. A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty may be eligible to obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the U.S. withholding tax described above, provided the non-U.S. holder satisfies certain certification requirements by providing the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI certifying eligibility for exemption, and the non-U.S. holder will be required to update such forms and certifications from time to time as required by law. Any such effectively connected dividends generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to U.S. persons (as defined under the Code). If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include effectively connected dividends. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sales or other Taxable Dispositions

Subject to the discussion below under “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting”, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);

 

127


Table of Contents
   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and certain other conditions are met.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition on a net income tax basis at the U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. citizens, nonresident aliens or domestic corporations, as applicable. In addition, if any non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a foreign corporation, the gain realized by such non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty). An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC, and the remainder of this discussion assumes this is the case. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. If we are or become a USRPHC, however, so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs, only a non-U.S. holder who actually or constructively holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than 5% of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the sale or other disposition of our common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Any dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding if the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable or successor form.

Payments of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock effected by or through the office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (currently at the rate of 24%) unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable or successor form and certain other conditions are met. Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the holder is not a U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption, information reporting will apply to a payment of the proceeds of the disposition of our common stock effected outside the United States by such a broker if it has certain relationships within the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the non-U.S. holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient under the Code and applicable Treasury regulations.

 

128


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder (“FATCA”), impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid on our common stock if paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (1) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners); (2) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity (in either case, generally on an IRS Form W-8BEN-E) and provides certain information with respect to such United States owners; or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules and provides appropriate documentation (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN-E). The Treasury Secretary has issued proposed regulations providing that the withholding provisions under FATCA do not apply with respect to gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock, which may be relied upon by taxpayers until final regulations are issued. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these rules may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL GIFT AND ESTATE TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.

 

129


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

BofA Securities, Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc., are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

  

Number of
Shares

 

BofA Securities, Inc.

                   

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Raymond James and Associates, Inc.

  

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

    

Per Share

    

Without
Option

    

With
Option

 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $             and are payable by us.

 

130


Table of Contents

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Share Program

At our request, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating Underwriter, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Shares purchased by our directors and officers in the reserved share program will be subject to lock-up restrictions described in this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the Representatives. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly;

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

 

   

request or demand that we file or make a confidential submission of a registration statement related to the common stock, or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. The Representatives in their sole discretion, may release the common stock subject to the lockup agreements in whole or in part at any time. At least three business days before the effectiveness of any release or waiver of any of the restrictions described above with respect to an officer or directors, the Representatives will notify us of the impended release or waiver and we have agreed to announce the impending release or waiver in accordance with applicable FINRA rules (which may include by press release through a major news service), except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of common stock that is not for

 

131


Table of Contents

consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms as the lock-up agreements described above to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of transfer.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NCNO.”

Pricing of the Offering

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,

 

   

our financial information,

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

 

   

the present state of our development, and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in

 

132


Table of Contents

excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings, including in some cases as our customers, in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They or we, as applicable, have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and/or commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. In addition, certain affiliates of the representatives are our customers and we have agreements with them in such capacity.

European Economic Area and United Kingdom

This prospectus is not a prospectus for the purposes of the Prospectus Regulation (as defined below). This prospectus and any offer if made subsequently is directed only at persons in Member States of the European Economic Area or in the United Kingdom (each, a “Relevant State”) who are “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Regulation from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the

 

133


Table of Contents

underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer. The expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

In relation to each Relevant State, no offer of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public may be made in that Relevant State other than:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant underwriter or underwriters nominated by the Company for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares.

United Kingdom

This prospectus may not be distributed or circulated to any person in the United Kingdom other than to (i) persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”); and (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus is directed only at relevant persons. Other persons should not act on this prospectus or any of its contents. This prospectus is confidential and is being supplied to you solely for your information and may not be reproduced, redistributed or passed on to any other person or published, in whole or in part, for any other purpose.

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the United Kingdom’s Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”)) in connection with the issue or sale of the shares may only be communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company.

All applicable provisions of the FSMA must be complied with in respect to anything done by any person in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

134


Table of Contents

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which

 

135


Table of Contents

do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the securities were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the securities, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

136


Table of Contents
  (c)

where the transfer is by operation of law; or

 

  (d)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Notification under Section 309B of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore: The securities are prescribed capital markets products (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018 and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

137


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to U.S. federal law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Sidley Austin LLP. Certain legal matters related to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Ropes & Gray LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of nCino, Inc. at January 31, 2019 and 2020, and for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2020 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.ncino.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

138


Table of Contents

NCINO, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of nCino, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of nCino, Inc. as of January 31, 2019 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at January 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Adoption of ASU No. 2014-09

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition in 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), and the related amendments.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

Raleigh, North Carolina

April 17, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of January 31, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     January 31,
2019
    January 31,
2020
 

Assets

    

Current Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents (VIE: $0 and $8,892 at January 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

   $ 74,347     $ 91,184  

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $123 and $0 at January 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     25,495       34,205  

Accounts receivable, related parties

     4,334       9,201  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, current portion, net

     —         3,608  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,991       7,079  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     109,167       145,277  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     10,406       13,477  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, noncurrent, net

     —         7,000  

Goodwill

     —         55,840  

Intangible assets, net

     —         26,093  

Other long-term assets

     393       2,464  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 119,966     $ 250,151  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest, and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,219     $ 1,258  

Accounts payable, related parties

     2,224       3,408  

Accrued commissions

     5,164       7,862  

Other accrued expenses

     2,694       4,922  

Deferred rent, current portion

     —         183  

Deferred revenue, current portion

     34,172       50,929  

Deferred revenue, current portion, related parties

     6,936       8,013  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     52,409       76,575  

Deferred income taxes, noncurrent

     —         194  

Deferred rent, noncurrent

     696       1,558  

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

     825       —    

Other long-term liabilities

     —         195  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     53,930       78,522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 9, 14 and 15)

    

Redeemable non-controlling interest (Note 3)

     —         4,356  

Stockholders’ Equity

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized and none issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Voting common stock, $0.0005 par value; 89,708,247 and 99,708,247 shares authorized as of January 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; 70,186,189 and 75,596,007 shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     35       38  

Non-voting common stock, $0.0005 par value; 10,291,753 shares authorized as of January 31, 2019 and 2020; 5,701,435 and 5,931,319 shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     3       3  

Additional paid in capital

     170,771       288,564  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (21     (408

Accumulated deficit

     (104,752     (120,924
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     66,036       167,273  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable non-controlling interest, and stockholders’ equity

   $ 119,966     $ 250,151  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal Years Ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Revenues

      

Subscription (related parties $5,411, $7,929 and $7,768, respectively)

   $ 38,048     $ 64,458     $ 103,265  

Professional services

     20,094       27,076       34,915  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     58,142       91,534       138,180  

Cost of Revenues

      

Subscription (related party $9,530, $15,373 and $22,844, respectively)

     12,581       19,995       31,062  

Professional services

     17,890       26,456       33,008  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     30,471       46,451       64,070  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     27,671       45,083       74,110  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

      

Sales and marketing

     20,954       31,278       44,440  

Research and development

     16,559       22,230       35,304  

General and administrative

     8,933       14,791       22,536  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     46,446       68,299       102,280  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (18,775     (23,216     (28,170
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating Income (Expense)

      

Interest income

     260       1,193       988  

Other

     (24     (89     33  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

     (18,539     (22,112     (27,149

Income tax expense

     50       194       586  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (18,589     (22,306     (27,735

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest (Note 3)

     —         —         (141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (18,589   $ (22,306   $ (27,594
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to nCino, Inc.:

      

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.27   $ (0.30   $ (0.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

      

Basic and diluted

     68,290,570       74,593,709       78,316,794  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Fiscal Years Ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Net loss

   $ (18,589   $ (22,306   $ (27,735

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Foreign currency translation

     6       (27     (403
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     6       (27     (403
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (18,583     (22,333     (28,138
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less comprehensive loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest:

      

Net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest

     —         —         (141

Foreign currency translation attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest

     —         —         (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest

     —         —         (157
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (18,583   $ (22,333   $ (27,981
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Fiscal Years Ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Voting
Common Stock
    Non-voting
Common Stock
    Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Total  

Balance, January 31, 2017

    56,311,950     $ 28       10,291,754     $ 5     $ 86,458     $ —       $ (63,857   $ 22,634  

Conversion of non-voting common stock to voting common stock

    4,590,319       2       (4,590,319     (2     —         —         —         —    

Stock issuance, net of issuance costs of $109

    5,743,054       3       —         —         69,193       —         —         69,196  

Exercise of stock options

    695,384       —         —         —         941       —         —         941  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         3,826       —         —         3,826  

Other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         —         —         6       —         6  

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (18,589     (18,589
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 31, 2018

    67,340,707       33       5,701,435       3       160,418       6       (82,446     78,014  

Exercise of stock options

    2,845,482       2       —         —         6,258       —         —         6,260  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         4,095       —         —         4,095  

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (27     —         (27

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (22,306     (22,306
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 31, 2019

    70,186,189       35       5,701,435       3       170,771       (21     (104,752     66,036  

Cumulative-effect adjustment from adoption of accounting standard

    —         —         —         —         —         —         11,422       11,422  

Stock issuance, net of issuance costs of $52

    3,448,276       2       229,885       —         79,946       —         —         79,948  

Stock issuance related to business combinations

    1,502,772       1       —         —         25,203       —         —         25,204  

Contingent consideration related to business combination

    —         —         —         —         5,857       —         —         5,857  

Exercise of stock options

    458,770       —         (1     —         1,042       —         —         1,042  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         5,745       —         —         5,745  

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (387     —         (387

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (27,594     (27,594
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 31, 2020

    75,596,007     $ 38       5,931,319     $ 3     $ 288,564     $ (408   $ (120,924   $ 167,273  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Fiscal Years Ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

      

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (18,589   $ (22,306   $ (27,594

Net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest

     —         —         (141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (18,589     (22,306     (27,735

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     970       1,458       4,609  

Amortization of costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts

     —         —         3,243  

Stock-based compensation

     3,826       4,095       5,745  

Deferred income taxes

     —         —         195  

Provision for (recovery of) bad debt

     (329     103       (105

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (7,512     (10,212     (9,289

Accounts receivable, related parties

     (4,919     4,557       (4,867

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts

     —         —         (5,631

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (2,124     (1,185     (1,628

Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,252       3,922       2,286  

Accounts payable, related parties

     (331     781       1,184  

Deferred rent

     —         695       1,045  

Deferred revenue

     7,096       14,214       20,873  

Deferred revenue, related parties

     3,702       (711     1,077  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (15,958     (4,589     (8,998
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

      

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (52,267

Purchases of property and equipment

     (2,837     (7,965     (5,760
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,837     (7,965     (58,027
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

      

Investment from redeemable non-controlling interest

     —         —         4,513  

Proceeds from stock issuance

     69,305       —         80,000  

Stock issuance costs

     (109     —         (52

Exercise of stock options

     941       6,260       1,042  

Payments of deferred costs

     —         —         (1,412
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,137       6,260       84,091  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     12       (35     (229
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     51,354       (6,329     16,837  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

     29,322       80,676       74,347  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

   $ 80,676     $ 74,347     $ 91,184  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

      

Cash paid during the year for taxes

   $ —       $ 42     $ 369  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

      

Purchase of property and equipment, accrued but not paid

   $ —       $ 118     $ 45  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred costs, accrued but not paid

   $ —       $ —       $ 357  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of common stock issued as consideration for business acquisition

   $ —       $ —       $ 25,204  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of contingent consideration in connection with business acquisition in other long-term liabilities

   $ —       $ —       $ 197  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of contingent consideration in connection with business acquisition included in equity

   $ —       $ —       $ 5,857  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

Description of Business: nCino, Inc. (“nCino” or the “Company”) is a software-as-a-service (SaaS) company that provides software applications to financial institutions to streamline customer and employee interactions. The Company is headquartered in Wilmington, North Carolina and has offices in Salt Lake City, London, Sydney, Melbourne, Toronto and Tokyo.

The Company was organized as a North Carolina limited liability company named BANKR, LLC on December 13, 2011. On April 3, 2012, the Company was renamed nCino, LLC. The Company was re-incorporated in the State of Delaware on December 18, 2013.

On September 27, 2016, the Company created a wholly-owned subsidiary called nCino GBU, Inc. to facilitate an agreement with a customer. nCino GBU, Inc. was dissolved on August 14, 2018.

During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018, the Company created wholly-owned subsidiaries nCino APAC PTY Ltd, nCino Canada, Inc., and nCino Global Ltd in Australia, Canada, and the United Kingdom, respectively, to expand to Canada, Asia Pacific, and Europe.

Fiscal Year End: The Company’s fiscal year ends on January 31.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation: These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP) as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC). The consolidated financial statements include accounts of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries as well as a variable interest entity in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Refer to disclosures in Note 2 and Note 3 for additional information regarding the Company’s variable interest entity.

The Company is subject to the normal risks associated with technology companies that have not demonstrated sustainable income from operations, including product development, the risk of customer acceptance and market penetration of its products and services and, ultimately, the need to attain profitability to generate positive cash resources.

Effective February 1, 2019, the Company adopted the requirement of Accounting Standards Update, or ASU No. 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”) utilizing the modified retrospective method of transition. Prior period information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods. The new revenue standard was applied to contracts that were not completed as of the adoption date, consistent with transition guidance. Adoption of the new revenue standard resulted in changes to accounting policies for revenue recognition and sales commissions.

Variable Interest Entity: The Company holds an interest in a Japanese company (“nCino K.K.”) that is considered a variable interest entity or VIE. nCino K.K. is considered a VIE as it has insufficient equity capital to finance its activities without additional financial support. The Company is the primary beneficiary of nCino K.K. as it has the power over the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of nCino K.K. and has the obligation to absorb expected losses and the right to receive expected benefits that could be significant to nCino K.K., in accordance with accounting guidance. As a result, the Company consolidated

 

F-8


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

nCino K.K. and all significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated. The Company will continue to assess whether it has a controlling financial interest and whether it is the primary beneficiary at each reporting period. Other than the Company’s equity investment, the Company has not provided financial or other support to nCino K.K. that it was not contractually obligated to provide. The assets of the VIE can only be used to settle the obligations of the VIE and the creditors of the VIE do not have recourse to the Company. The assets and liabilities of the VIE were not significant to the Company’s financial statements except for cash which is reflected on the consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 3 for additional information regarding the Company’s variable interest.

Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest: nCino K.K. has a redeemable non-controlling interest. An agreement with the minority investors of nCino K.K. contains redemption features whereby the interest held by the minority investors are redeemable either (i) at the option of the minority investors or (ii) at the option of the Company, both beginning on the eighth anniversary of the initial capital contribution. If the interest of the minority investors were to be redeemed under this agreement, the Company would be required to redeem the interest based on a prescribed formula derived from the relative revenues of nCino K.K. and the Company. The balance of the redeemable non-controlling interest is reported at the greater of the initial carrying amount adjusted for the redeemable non-controlling interest’s share of earnings or losses and other comprehensive income or loss, or its estimated redemption value. The resulting changes in the estimated redemption amount (increases or decreases) are recorded with corresponding adjustments against retained earnings or, in the absence of retained earnings, additional paid-in-capital. These interests are presented on the consolidated balance sheets outside of equity under the caption “Redeemable non-controlling interest.”

Use of Estimates: The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made by the Company’s management are used for, but not limited to, revenue recognition including determining the nature and timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, variable consideration, standalone selling price, and other revenue items requiring significant judgement; the average period of benefit associated with costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts; fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for business combinations; fair value of contingent consideration; the useful lives of intangible assets; the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and stock-based compensation.

The Company assesses these estimates on a regular basis using historical experience and other factors. Actual results could differ from these estimates, which were based upon circumstances that existed as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, January 31, 2020. Subsequent to this date, there have been significant changes to the global economic environment as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic. It is possible that this could cause changes to estimates as a result of the financial circumstances of the markets in which the Company operates, the Company’s reporting unit’s fair value in comparison to the Company’s carrying value, and the health of the global economy. Such changes to estimates could potentially result in impacts that would be material to the consolidated financial statements, particularly with respect to the fair value of the Company’s reporting units in relation to potential goodwill impairment and the fair value of long-lived assets in relation to potential impairment.

Operating Segments: The Company operates as one operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and evaluated

 

F-9


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

regularly by the chief operating decision maker, which is the Company’s chief executive officer, in deciding how to make operating decisions, allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses performance at the consolidated level.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers: The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents exceed the Federal deposit insurance limit at January 31, 2019 and 2020. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with high-credit-quality financial institutions.

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018, three customers represented 20% of total revenues, 14% of which was from two customers who are also equity holders in the Company. These three customers also represented 58% of accounts receivable as of January 31, 2018, of which 40% was from the two customers who are also equity holders. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2019, two customers represented 9% of total revenues, 4% of which was also from a customer who is an equity holder in the Company. These two customers also represented 29% of accounts receivable as of January 31, 2019, of which 14% was from the customer who is an equity holder. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020, two customers represented 6% of total revenues, 3% of which was also from a customer who is an equity holder in the Company. These two customers also represented 22% of accounts receivable as of January 31, 2020, of which 11% was from the customer who is an equity holder.

Revenue Recognition: The Company derives revenues primarily from subscription services and professional services. Revenues are recognized when a contract exists between the Company and a customer and upon transfer of control of promised products or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services. The Company enters into contracts that can include various combinations of subscription and professional services, which may be capable of being distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations, or in the case of offerings such as subscription services and support, accounted for as a single performance obligation. Revenues are recognized net of allowances and any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities.

The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

   

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer

 

   

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Determination of the transaction price

 

   

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Recognition of revenues when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation

Subscription Revenues

Subscription revenues primarily consist of fees for providing customers access to the Company’s cloud applications, with routine customer support and maintenance related to email and phone support, bug fixes, and unspecified software updates and upgrades released when and if available during the maintenance term. Revenues are generally recognized on a ratable basis over the contract term beginning on the date that the

 

F-10


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Company’s service is made available to the customer, which the Company believes best reflects the manner in which the Company’s customers utilize the Company’s subscription offerings. Arrangements with customers do not provide the customer with the right to take possession of the software supporting the cloud-based application service at any time and, as a result, are accounted for as a service contract. Generally, the Company’s subscription contracts are three years or longer in length, billed annually in advance, are non-cancelable and do not contain refund-type provisions. Any subscription arrangements that are cancelable generally have penalty clauses.

Professional Services Revenues

Professional services revenues primarily consist of fees for deployment, configuration and optimization services, as well as training. The majority of the Company’s professional services contracts are billed on a fixed price basis, and revenues are recognized over time based on a proportional performance methodology which utilizes input methods. A portion of the Company’s professional services contracts are billed on a time and materials basis and revenues are recognized over time as the services are performed.

Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations

Most of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, the Company accounts for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price (“SSP”) basis. The Company determines SSP by considering its overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include the Company’s discounting practices, the size and volume of the Company’s transactions, the customer demographic, the geographic area where services are sold, price lists, the Company’s go-to-market strategy, historical sales and contract prices. As the Company’s go-to-market strategies evolve, the Company may modify its pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes to SSP.

Given the variability of pricing, the Company uses a range of SSP. The Company determines the SSP range using information that may include market conditions or other observable inputs. The Company typically has more than one SSP for individual products and services due to the stratification of products and services by customer size.

Costs Capitalized to Obtain Revenue Contracts

As part of its adoption of ASU 2014-09, the Company capitalizes incremental costs of obtaining a non-cancelable subscription and support revenue contract. The provisions of ASU 2014-09 codified and clarified the accounting guidance for contract acquisition costs. The new guidance resulted in the capitalization of additional contract acquisition costs, which are subsequently amortized over the estimated life of the contract. Under the prior accounting guidance, the Company expensed sales commissions as incurred.

Under ASU 2014-09, capitalized amounts consist primarily of sales commissions paid to the Company’s direct sales force. Capitalized amounts also include (1) amounts paid to employees other than the direct sales force who earn incentive payouts under annual compensation plans that are tied to the value of contracts acquired and (2) the associated payroll taxes and fringe benefit costs associated with the payments to these employees. Capitalized costs related to new revenue contracts are amortized on a straight-line basis over four years, which,

 

F-11


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

although longer than the typical initial contract period, reflects the average period of benefit, including expected contract renewals. In arriving at this average period of benefit, the Company evaluated both qualitative and quantitative factors which included the estimated life cycles of its offerings and its customer attrition. The capitalized amounts are recoverable through future revenue streams under all non-cancelable customer contracts. The Company periodically evaluates whether there have been any changes in its business, the market conditions in which it operates, or other events which would indicate that its amortization period should be changed or if there are potential indicators of impairment. Amortization of capitalized costs to obtain revenue contracts is included in cost of revenues – professional services, sales and marketing and research and development expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Judgments

Contracts with customers may include multiple services requiring allocation of the transaction price across the different performance obligations.

Standalone selling price is established by maximizing the amount of observable inputs, primarily actual historical selling prices for performance obligations where available and includes consideration of factors such as go-to-market model and customer size. Where standalone selling price may not be observable (e.g., the performance obligation is not sold separately), the Company maximizes the use of observable inputs by using information that may include reviewing pricing practices, performance obligations with similar customers and selling models.

Capitalized costs to obtain a contract are amortized over the expected period of benefit, which the Company has determined, based on analysis, to be approximately 4 years. The Company evaluated qualitative and quantitative factors to determine the period of amortization, including contract length, renewals, customer life and the useful lives of our products and acquired products. When the expected period of benefit of an asset which would be capitalized is less than one year, the Company expenses the amount as incurred, utilizing the practical expedient. The Company regularly evaluates whether there have been changes in the underlying assumptions and data used to determine the amortization period.

At times, the Company provides credits or incentives to its customers. Known and estimable credits and incentives represent a form of variable consideration, which are determined at contract inception and reduce the revenues recognized for a particular contract. At the end of each reporting period, the Company reviews and updates its estimates as additional information becomes available. The Company believes that there will not be significant changes to its estimates of variable consideration as of January 31, 2020.

The Company evaluates whether it is the principal (i.e., report revenues on a gross basis) or agent (i.e., report revenues on a net basis) with respect to vendor reseller agreements pursuant to which the Company resells certain third-party solutions along with the Company’s solutions. Generally, the Company reports revenues from these types of contracts on a gross basis, meaning the amounts billed to customers are recorded as revenues and expenses incurred are recorded as cost of revenues. Where the Company is the principal, it first obtains control of the inputs to the specific good or service and directs their use to create the combined output. The Company’s control is evidenced by its involvement in the integration of the good or service on its platform before it is transferred to its customers and is further supported by the Company being primarily responsible to its customers and having a level of discretion in establishing pricing. Revenues provided from agreements in which the Company is an agent are immaterial.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Deferred Revenue: Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from subscription services, including non-cancellable and non-refundable committed funds and deposits. Deferred revenue is recognized as revenue recognition criteria has been met. Customers are typically invoiced for these agreements in advance of regular annual installments and revenues are recognized ratably over the contractual subscription period. The deferred revenue balance is influenced by several factors, including seasonality, the compounding effects of renewals, invoice duration, invoice timing, size and new business linearity. Deferred revenue does not represent the total contract value of annual or multi-year non-cancellable subscription agreements. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding 12-month period are recorded as deferred revenue, current portion, and the remaining portion is recorded as deferred revenue, net of current portion on the consolidated balance sheets.

Payment terms vary by contract, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 to 45 days. In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of invoicing, the Company has determined contracts generally do not include a significant financing component. The primary purpose of invoicing terms is to provide customers with simplified and predictable ways of purchasing services, such as invoicing at the beginning of a subscription term with revenues recognized ratably over the contract period, and not to provide financing to customers. Any implied financing costs are considered insignificant in the context of the Company’s contracts.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value.

Accounts Receivable and Allowances: A receivable is recorded when an unconditional right to invoice and receive payment exists, such that only the passage of time is required before payment of consideration is due. Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. Certain performance obligations may require payment before delivery of the service to the customer. Under ASU 2014-09, the timing and amount of revenue recognition may differ in certain situations from the revenues recognized under previous accounting guidance that limited subscription and support revenues to the customer invoice amount for the period of service (collectively billings). We recognize a contract asset in the form of accounts receivable when we have an unconditional right to payment, and we record a contract asset in the form of unbilled accounts receivable when revenues earned on a contract exceeds the billings. The Company’s standard billing terms are annual in advance. An unbilled accounts receivable is a contract asset related to the delivery of our subscription services and professional services for which the related billings will occur in a future period. Unbilled accounts receivable consists of (i) revenues recognized for professional services performed but not yet billed and (ii) revenues recognized from non-cancelable, multi-year orders in which fees increase annually but for which we are not contractually able to invoice until a future period. Accounts receivable are reported at their gross outstanding balance reduced by an allowance for estimated receivable losses.

The Company records allowances for doubtful accounts based upon the credit worthiness of customers, historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable and current market and economic conditions.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

A summary of activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2018      2019      2020  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 349      $ 20      $ 123  

Charged to (recovery of) bad debt expense

     (329      110        (105

Write offs and others

     —          (7      (18
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 20      $ 123      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Costs Capitalized to Obtain Revenue Contracts: The Company recognizes an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if the Company expects the benefit of those costs to be longer than one year. The Company has determined that certain sales incentive programs meet the requirements to be capitalized. The costs capitalized under ASU 2014-09 are primarily sales commissions paid to commissioned sales personnel. Capitalized costs also include portions of fringe benefits and payroll taxes associated with compensation for incremental costs to acquire customer contracts. Capitalized costs to obtain a contract are amortized over the expected period of benefit, which the Company has determined to be approximately 4 years. Amortization of capitalized costs are included in costs of revenues – professional services, research and development, and within sales and marketing expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets and commences once the asset is placed in service or is ready for its intended use. The estimated useful lives by asset classification are generally as follows:

 

Asset Classification

  

Estimated Useful Life

Furniture and fixtures    3-7 years
Computers and equipment    3 years
Leasehold improvements    Shorter of remaining life of the lease term or estimated useful life

When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from their respective accounts, and any gain or loss on such retirement is reflected in operating expenses.

Capitalized Software Costs: Costs related to software developed for internal use are capitalized during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary internal or external project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Capitalized internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which is generally two to five years. Capitalized software costs useful lives are evaluated on an annual basis and tested for impairment whenever events or changes indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. There were no costs capitalized during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 or 2020 and there were no unamortized capitalized software costs as of January 31, 2019 and 2020.

Intangible Assets: Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Each period, the Company evaluates the estimated remaining useful life of its intangible assets and whether events or changes in

 

F-14


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. Management tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.

Impairment Assessment: The Company evaluates intangible assets and long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. This includes but is not limited to significant adverse changes in business climate, market conditions, or other events that indicate an asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the undiscounted cash flows used in the test for recoverability are less than the carrying amount of these assets, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value. There were no material impairments of intangible assets or long-lived assets during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

Goodwill: Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather the carrying amounts of these assets are assessed for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually on November 1, the first day of the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. In the year ended January 31, 2020, the Company elected to early adopt ASU 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” for its annual goodwill impairment test. ASU 2017-04 removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test requiring a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Goodwill impairment, if any, is determined by comparing the reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. An impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value over its fair value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. There is no goodwill impairment for the years ended January 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020.

The Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit using a discounted cash flow analysis that is corroborated by a market-based approach. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. The cash flows employed in the discounted cash flow analyses are based on the most recent budget and long-term forecast. The discount rates used in the discounted cash flow analyses are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting units. The market comparable approach estimates fair value using market multiples of various financial measures compared to a set of comparable public companies and recent comparable transactions.

Business Combinations: Several valuation methods may be used to determine the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to assign fair value to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The Company’s estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. For intangible assets, the Company typically uses the income method. This method starts with a forecast of all of the expected future net cash flows for each asset. These cash flows are then adjusted to present value by applying an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk factors associated with the cash flow streams. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the income method or other methods include the amount and timing of projected future cash flows, the discount rate selected to measure the risks inherent in the future cash flows and the assessment of the asset’s life cycle and the competitive trends impacting the asset, including consideration of any technical, legal, regulatory or economic barriers to entry. Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets may even be considered to have indefinite

 

F-15


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

useful lives. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the fair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances are initially recorded in connection with a business combination as of the acquisition date. The Company continues to collect information and reevaluates these estimates and assumptions quarterly and records any adjustments to the Company’s preliminary estimates to goodwill provided that the Company is within the measurement period. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

For acquisitions involving additional consideration to be transferred to the selling parties in the event certain future events occur or conditions are met (“contingent consideration”), the Company recognizes the acquisition-date fair value of contingent consideration as part of the consideration transferred in exchange for the business combination. Contingent consideration meeting the criteria to be classified as equity in the consolidated balance sheets is not remeasured, and its subsequent settlement is recorded within stockholders’ equity. Contingent consideration classified as a liability is remeasured to fair value at each reporting date until the contingency is resolved, with any changes in fair value recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Deferred Rent: Operating leases rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases and the difference between cash rent payments and recognized rent expense is recorded as a deferred rent liability. Landlord-funded leasehold improvements are also recorded as deferred rent liabilities and amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the non-cancelable term of the related operating lease. The Company may receive rent holidays and other incentives. The Company recognizes lease costs on a straight-line basis once control of the space is achieved, without regard to deferred payments such as rent holidays that defer the commencement date of required payments.

Cost of Revenues: Cost of subscription and support revenues consist of costs related to hosting the Company’s software solution and employee-related costs, including stock-based compensation expenses and allocated overhead associated with customer support. Cost of professional services and other revenues consist of employee-related costs associated with these services, including stock-based compensation expenses, and allocated overhead, and the cost of subcontractors. Allocated overhead includes costs such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges, along with employee benefit costs, and taxes based upon a percentage of total compensation expense. As such, general overhead expenses are reflected in each cost of revenues and operating expenses category.

Advertising: Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and consist of advertising, third-party marketing, branded marketing, and conference and event expenses. Advertising expenses are recorded in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and were $1.2 million, $1.8 million and $3.7 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Income Taxes: Deferred income taxes are determined using the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are also recorded for any tax attribute, such as net operating losses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of the changes in tax laws and rates

 

F-16


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

on the date of enactment within income tax expense. The Company reflects the expected amount of income taxes to be paid or refunded during the year as current income tax expense or benefit, as applicable.

Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company follows the accounting standards on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Under this guidance, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the tax position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the benefit having a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also addresses de-recognition, classification, interest, and penalties on income taxes, and accounting interim periods.

When and if applicable, potential interest and penalties are accrued as incurred, within income tax expense.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss): Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is reported as a component of stockholders’ equity and includes unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency translation adjustments.

Foreign Currency Exchange: The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are recorded as a separate component on the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss recorded in foreign currency translation line item. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses due to remeasurement are included in other expense in the consolidated statements of operations and were $0.005 million, $0.1 million, and $0.04 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, primarily related to various intercompany loans. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Equity transactions are translated using historical exchange rates.

Stock-Based Compensation: As further described in Note 11, the Company records compensation expense associated with stock options and other equity-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. The Company establishes fair value as the measurement objective in accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and recognizes expense on a straight-line basis over the applicable vesting period.

Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share: Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to nCino, Inc. by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.

Diluted loss per share is calculated by giving effect to all potentially dilutive common stock, which is comprised of stock options and restricted stock units, when determining the weighted-average number of

 

F-17


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

common shares outstanding. For purposes of the diluted loss per share calculation, basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of all potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance:

On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 requiring an entity to recognize the amount of revenues to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU 2014-09 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs – Contracts with Customers, which requires the capitalization of incremental costs to obtain a contract with a customer. The new revenue standard replaces most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP and permits the use of either the full retrospective or modified retrospective transition method.

The Company adopted the requirements of ASU 2014-09 as of February 1, 2019 and utilized the modified retrospective transition method. The Company recognized the following cumulative effects of initially applying the new revenue standard:

 

     As of January 31,
2019
     Topic 606
Adjustments
     As of February 1,
2019
 

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts (1)

   $ 25,495      $ (1,978    $ 23,517  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, current portion, net

     —          2,879        2,879  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, noncurrent, net

     —          5,330        5,330  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 119,966      $ 6,231      $ 126,197  

Deferred revenue, current portion

     34,172        (4,366      29,806  

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

     825        (825      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 53,930      $ (5,191    $ 48,739  

Stockholders’ Equity:

        

Accumulated deficit

   $ (104,752    $ 11,422      $ (93,330

 

(1)

Unbilled accounts receivable previously included in Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts before the adoption of Topic 606.

The Company recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying the new revenue standard as a positive adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit on the consolidated balance sheet in the amount of $11.4 million, which reflects the acceleration of revenues and deferral of costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts. The following is a summary of the adoption impacts of the new revenue standard:

 

   

The Company capitalized $8.2 million of contract acquisition costs comprised of sales commissions at the adoption date with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated deficit. The Company is amortizing these costs over their respective expected period of benefit.

 

   

Upon adoption, the Company recorded a decrease in deferred revenue of $5.2 million and a decrease of $2.0 million in receivables that were recorded to accumulated deficit.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Adoption of the new revenue standard impacted the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended January 31, 2020 as follows:

 

     As reported      Topic 606
Adjustments
     Amounts without
Topic 606
adoption impact
 

Subscription

   $ 103,265      $ 2,351      $ 105,616  

Professional services

     34,915        (1,901      33,014  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     138,180        450        138,630  

Subscription

     31,062        914        31,976  

Professional services

     33,008        (8      33,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     64,070        906        64,976  

Gross profit

     74,110        (456      73,654  

Sales and marketing

     44,440        2,404        46,844  

Research and development

     35,304        (21      35,283  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     102,280        2,383        104,663  

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (27,594    $ (2,839    $ (30,433
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.35    $ 0.04      $ (0.39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adoption of the new revenue standard impacted the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2020 as follows:

 

     As reported      Topic 606
Adjustments
     Amounts without
Topic 606
adoption impact
 

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 34,205      $ 260      $ 34,465  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, current portion, net

     3,608        (3,608      —    

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, noncurrent, net

     7,000        (7,000      —    

Total assets

     249,894        (10,348      239,546  

Deferred revenue, current portion

     50,929        3,923        54,852  

Total liabilities

     78,517        3,923        82,440  

Stockholders’ Equity:

        

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (408      (10      (418

Accumulated deficit

     (120,924      (14,261      (135,185

 

F-19


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

The adoption of ASU 2014-09 had no impact on cash provided by or used in operating, investing, or financing activities in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows. Additionally, the adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of comprehensive loss or the provision for income taxes.

The most significant impact of the new revenue standard relates to the capitalization of certain incremental costs to acquire contracts and the requirement to amortize these amounts over the expected period of benefit. Under the previous standard, the Company expensed costs related to the acquisition of revenue generating contracts as incurred. There was impact from arrangements with customers that include subscription services bundled with professional services driven by a change in allocation of transaction value amongst performance obligations under the new standard. Additionally, there was impact from the Company’s acquisitions which are not material to the Company’s overall revenues. These consisted of principal versus agent consideration (reporting revenues gross vs. net – approximately a $0.9 million decrease to subscription revenues and cost of revenues to present net under ASU 2014-09) and a perpetual license model (approximately $0.6 million increase impact to subscription revenues to accelerate revenues).

Other impacts to policies and disclosures include deferred recognition of revenues for certain contracts, the requirement to estimate variable consideration for certain arrangements, increased allocation of revenues to and from professional services and other offerings and changes to financial statement disclosures such as new disclosures related to remaining performance obligations. However, the timing and pattern of revenue recognition related to professional services remain substantially unchanged.

The Company utilized the transitional practical expedient provisions in adopting ASU 2014-09 to apply the new revenue standard and the related changes retrospectively to contracts that were not completed contracts upon initial application. Additionally, the Company did not analyze and separately retrospectively restate each contract modification, but instead reflected the aggregate effect of all modifications occurring before the date of adoption consistent with the transition guidance.

The Company also adopted the following ASUs effective February 1, 2019, none of which had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

   

ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Receipts and Cash Payments

 

   

ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory

 

   

ASU 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment

 

   

ASU 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted:

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The standard will affect all entities that lease assets and will require lessees to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases (except for short-term leases that have a duration of less than one year) as of the date on which the lessor makes

 

F-20


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

the underlying asset available to the lessee. For lessors, accounting for leases is substantially the same as in prior periods. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, to clarify how to apply certain aspects of the new leases standard. ASU 2016-02, as subsequently amended for various technical issues, is effective for emerging growth companies following private company adoption dates in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and early adoption is permitted. For leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, lessees and lessors must apply a modified retrospective transition approach. While the Company expects the adoption of this standard to result in an increase to the reported assets and liabilities, it has not yet determined the full impact the adoption of this standard will have on its financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments–Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which changes the impairment model for most financial assets. The new model uses a forward-looking expected loss method, which will generally result in earlier recognition of allowances for losses. ASU 2016-13, as subsequently amended for various technical issues, is effective for emerging growth companies following private company adoption dates for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard to the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which eliminates certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements for all entities, requires public entities to disclose certain new information and modifies some disclosure requirements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and for interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. An entity is permitted to early adopt either the entire standard or only the provisions that eliminate or modify requirements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard to the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract. This standard aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. ASU 2018-15 is effective for emerging growth companies following private company adoption dates in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard to the consolidated financial statements.

In October 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-17, Consolidation (Topic 810), Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities, which addresses the cost and complexity of financial reporting associated with consolidation of variable interest entities (“VIE”). ASU 2018-17 is effective for emerging growth companies following private company adoption dates in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The new guidance must be applied on a retrospective basis as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance, but does not expect adoption will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. ASU 2019-12 is effective for emerging growth companies following private company adoption dates in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance, but does not expect adoption will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 3. Variable Interest Entity and Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest

In October 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with Japan Cloud Computing, L.P. and M30 LLC (collectively, the “Investors”) to engage in the investment, organization, management, and operation of nCino K.K. that is focused on the distribution of the Company’s products in Japan. In October 2019, the Company initially contributed approximately $4.7 million in cash in exchange for 51% of the outstanding common stock of nCino K.K. As of January 31, 2020, the Company controls a majority stake in nCino K.K.

All of the common stock held by the Investors is callable by the Company or puttable by the Investors upon certain contingent events. Should the call or put option be exercised, the redemption value would be determined based on a prescribed formula derived from the discrete revenues of nCino K.K. and the Company and may be settled, at the Company’s discretion, with Company stock, if the Company is public at that time, or cash. As a result of the put right available to the redeemable non-controlling interest holders in the future, the redeemable non-controlling interests in nCino K.K. are classified outside of permanent equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at January 31, 2020, and the balance is reported at the greater of the initial carrying amount adjusted for the redeemable non-controlling interests’ share of earnings, or its estimated redemption value. The resulting changes in the estimated redemption amount are recorded within retained earnings or, in the absence of retained earnings, additional paid-in-capital. The estimated redemption value of the call/put option embedded in the redeemable non-controlling interest was $0 at January 31, 2020.

The following table summarizes the activity in the redeemable non-controlling interests for the period indicated below:

 

Balance as of January 31, 2019

   $ —    

Investment by redeemable non-controlling interest

     4,513  

Net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest

     (141

Foreign currency translation

     (16
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2020

   $ 4,356  
  

 

 

 

Note 4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

Level 1. Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

Level 2. Significant other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3. Significant unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value as of January 31, 2019 and 2020 because of the relatively short duration of these instruments.

The Company evaluated its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level in which to classify them for each reporting period. The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value as of January 31, 2019 and 2020 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation:

 

     Fair value measurements on a recurring basis
As of January 31, 2019
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

        

Money market accounts (included in cash and cash equivalents)

   $ 59,630      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 59,630      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair value measurements on a recurring basis
As of January 31, 2020
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

        

Money market accounts (included in cash and cash equivalents)

   $ 67,119      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 67,119      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Contingent consideration (included in other long-term liabilities)

   $ —        $ —        $ 195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All of the Company’s money market accounts are classified within Level 1 because the Company’s money market accounts are valued using quoted market prices in active exchange markets including identical assets.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

The Company added contingent consideration, a Level 3 measurement, on October 18, 2019 with the acquisition of FinSuite Pty Ltd. Changes in fair value of the contingent consideration are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations within other income. The Company’s contingent consideration is valued using a probability weighted discounted cash flow analysis. Refer to Note 7, Business Combinations, for additional detailed discussion. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for contingent consideration obligations are as follows:

 

Balance as of January 31, 2018

   $ —    

Acquisitions

     —    

Change in fair value

     —    

Translation adjustments

     —    
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2019

     —    

Acquisitions

     197  

Change in fair value

     —    

Translation adjustments

     (2
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2020

   $ 195  
  

 

 

 

Note 5. Revenues

Revenue by Geographic Area

Revenue by geographic region were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2018      2019      2020  

United States

   $ 58,075      $ 87,328      $ 127,192  

International

     67        4,207        10,988  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 58,142      $ 91,534      $ 138,180  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues by geography are determined based on the region of the Company’s contracting entity, which may be different than the region of the customer. No countries outside the United States represented 10% or more of total revenues.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 5. Revenues (Continued)

 

Contract Amounts

Accounts Receivable

Unbilled accounts receivable were included in accounts receivable before the adoption of ASU 2014-09. Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts, is as follows as of January 31, 2019 and 2020:

 

     As of January 31,  
     2019      2020  

Trade accounts receivable

   $ 21,999      $ 32,686  

Unbilled accounts receivable

     3,589        1,425  

Other accounts receivable

     30        94  

Allowances

     (123      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable, net

   $ 25,495      $ 34,205  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Revenue and Remaining Performance Obligation

Significant movements in the deferred revenue balance during the period consisted of increases due to payments received prior to transfer of control of the underlying performance obligations to the customer and deferred revenue assumed through business combinations, which were offset by decreases due to revenue recognized in the period. During the year ended January 31, 2020, approximately $36.7 million of revenue was recognized that was included in the adjusted opening balance of deferred revenue as of February 1, 2019.

Transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations represents contracted revenue that has not yet been recognized, which includes deferred revenue and unbilled amounts that will be recognized as revenue in future periods. Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligation is influenced by several factors, including the timing of renewals, average contract terms and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company applied practical expedients to exclude amounts related to performance obligations that are billed and recognized as they are delivered, optional purchases that do not represent material rights, and any estimated amounts of variable consideration that are subject to constraint in accordance with the new revenue standard.

Remaining performance obligations were approximately $431.5 million as of January 31, 2020. The Company expects to recognize approximately 59% of its remaining performance obligation as revenues in the next 24 months, approximately 34% more in the following 25 to 48 months, and the remainder thereafter.

Costs Capitalized to Obtain Revenue Contracts

During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020, we amortized $0.01 million of capitalized contract acquisition costs into costs of revenues – professional services, $0.02 million within research and development and $3.2 million within sales and marketing expense. We did not incur any impairment losses.

The opening balance of capitalized contract acquisition costs as of February 1, 2019 was $8.2 million. As of January 31, 2020, the balance of capitalized contract acquisition costs was $10.6 million, of which $7.0 million was long-term in the consolidated balance sheets. The remaining balance of the capitalized costs to obtain contracts was current.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Note 6. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of January 31,  
     2019      2020  

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 4,407      $ 5,279  

Computers and equipment

     2,743        3,907  

Leasehold Improvements

     6,834        8,436  

Construction-in-progress

     42        2,055  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     14,026        19,677  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (3,620      (6,200
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,406      $ 13,477  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recognized depreciation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2018      2019      2020  

Cost of revenues

   $ 346      $ 534      $ 949  

Sales and marketing

     238        368        739  

Research and development

     270        383        835  

General and administrative

     116        173        338  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense

   $ 970      $ 1,458      $ 2,861  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subsequent to January 31, 2020, the Company entered into commitments in the amount of $1.2 million for additional furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements.

Note 7. Business Combinations

Visible Equity, LLC

On July 8, 2019, the Company acquired all outstanding membership interests of Visible Equity, LLC (“Visible Equity”) which provides financial analytics, portfolio management and compliance solutions to banks and credit unions. The Company acquired Visible Equity for its product offerings and the domain expertise of its employees. Visible Equity is headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah. The Company has included the financial results of Visible Equity in the consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition. The transaction costs associated with the acquisition were approximately $0.8 million and were primarily recorded in general and administrative expenses.

The acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred is as follows:

 

     Total
Consideration
 

Cash consideration to members

   $ 49,428  

Voting common stock issued (1,438,805 shares)

     23,812  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 73,240  
  

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 7. Business Combinations (Continued)

 

The fair value of the Company’s voting common stock was determined by management to be $16.55 per share with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist.

The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,209  

Accounts receivable

     1,177  

Other current and noncurrent assets

     574  

Intangible assets

     25,500  

Goodwill

     46,584  

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, current and noncurrent

     (1,804
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 73,240  
  

 

 

 

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method and as a result, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. Any excess consideration over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recognized as goodwill.

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets and their estimated useful lives over which the acquired intangible assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis, as this approximates the pattern in which economic benefits of the assets are consumed as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value      Useful Life  

Developed technology

   $ 3,800        4 years  

Customer relationships

     21,600        13 years  

Trademarks

     100        < 1 year  
  

 

 

    

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

   $ 25,500     
  

 

 

    

Developed technology represents the fair value of Visible Equity’s technology. Customer relationships represent the fair value of the underlying relationships with Visible Equity’s customers. Trademarks represent the fair value of Visible Equity’s company name.

Goodwill is mainly attributable to synergies expected from the acquisition and assembled workforce and is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The results of operations of Visible Equity since the acquisition are included in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended January 31, 2020. The revenues and results of operations attributable to Visible Equity for the period from the date of acquisition, July 8, 2019 through January 31, 2020 were $5.6 million and a $1.7 million loss, respectively.

Finsuite Pty Ltd

On October 18, 2019, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, nCino APAC Pty Ltd, acquired all of the outstanding shares of FinSuite Pty Ltd (“FinSuite”). The Company acquired FinSuite to

 

F-27


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 7. Business Combinations (Continued)

 

enhance the Company’s data recognition capabilities, including complex, unstructured data. FinSuite is headquartered in Melbourne, Australia. The Company has included the financial results of FinSuite in the consolidated statement of operations from the date of acquisition. The transaction costs associated with the acquisition were approximately $0.3 million and are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020.

The acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred is as follows:

 

     Total
Consideration
 

Cash consideration to shareholders

   $ 3,928  

Cash consideration to settle debt

     137  

Voting common stock issued (63,967 shares)

     1,392  

Contingent consideration – cash payment

     197  

Contingent consideration – voting common stock

     5,857  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 11,511  
  

 

 

 

The fair value of the Company’s voting common stock was determined by management to be $21.75 per share based upon the transaction price of the Company’s capital raise in September 2019, which is indicative of an observable price in the Company’s principal market at the time of acquisition.

Contingent consideration includes two tranches of earn-out arrangements based upon the attainment of post-acquisition product development milestones. The first tranche includes an earn-out opportunity of $0.1 million of cash and the issuance of 142,846 shares of voting common stock (together, the “Initial Tranche Earn-Out”). The Initial Tranche Earn-Out is conditioned upon the development of a stated product in accordance with mutually agreed upon functional requirements within a certain period from the date of acquisition. The second tranche includes an earn-out opportunity of $0.1 million of cash and the issuance of 142,846 shares voting common stock (together, the “Final Tranche Earn-Out”). The Final Tranche Earn-Out is conditioned upon a customer’s use of the stated product in a production environment according to the mutually agreed upon functional requirements within a certain period from the date of acquisition. The Final Tranche Earn-Out is not conditioned upon the achievement of the Initial Tranche Earn-Out.

The fair value of the contingent consideration at the date of acquisition, approximately $6.0 million, was determined based upon a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. The cash portion of the contingent consideration, $0.2 million, was recorded as of the acquisition date and is included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2020. The share portion of the contingent consideration was recorded as of the acquisition date and is reflected as a component of stockholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2020.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 7. Business Combinations (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17  

Accounts receivable

     78  

Other current and noncurrent assets

     301  

Intangible assets

     2,376  

Goodwill

     9,405  

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, current and noncurrent

     (666
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 11,511  
  

 

 

 

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method and as a result, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. Any excess consideration over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recognized as goodwill.

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets and their estimated useful lives over which the acquired intangible assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis, as this approximates the pattern in which economic benefits of the assets are consumed as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value      Useful Life  

Developed technology

   $ 2,244        4 years  

Customer relationships

     107        13 years  

Trademarks

     25        < 1 year  
  

 

 

    

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

   $ 2,376     
  

 

 

    

Developed technology represents the fair value of FinSuite’s technology. Customer relationships represent the fair value of the underlying relationships with FinSuite’s customers. Trademarks represent the fair value of FinSuite’s company name.

Goodwill is mainly attributable to synergies expected from the acquisition and assembled workforce and is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The results of operations of FinSuite since the acquisition are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the year ended January 31, 2020. The revenues and results of operations attributable to FinSuite for the period from the date of acquisition, October 18, 2019 through January 31, 2020 were $0.8 million and $0.3 million income, respectively.

The pro forma statements of operations for the years ended January 31, 2019 and January 31, 2020, shown in the table below, give effect to the Visible Equity and FinSuite acquisitions, described above, as if they had occurred on February 1, 2018. These amounts have been calculated after applying the Company’s accounting policies and adjusting the results of Visible Equity and FinSuite to reflect the intangible amortization, stock-based compensation, and related items, and the adjustments to acquired deferred revenue that would have

 

F-29


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 7. Business Combinations (Continued)

 

occurred assuming the fair value adjustments had been applied and incurred since February 1, 2018. This pro forma data is presented for informational purposes only and is not indicative of future results of operations. The table below shows the pro forma statements of operations for the respective years ending January 31:

 

     (Unaudited)
January 31,
 
     2019      2020  

Revenues

   $ 102,244      $ 142,958  

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

     (24,954      (27,647

Note 8. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets

Intangible assets, net are as follows:

 

     As of January 31, 2020      Weighted
Average
Remaining
Useful Life
(Years)
 
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Acquired developed technology

   $ 6,008      $ (695    $ 5,313        3.5  

Customer relationships

     21,706        (937      20,769        12.4  

Trademarks

     125        (114      11        0.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27,839      $ (1,746    $ 26,093        10.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no intangible assets as of January 31, 2019.

The Company recognized amortization expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2018      2019      2020  

Cost of revenues

   $ —        $ —        $ 697  

Sales and marketing

     —          —          937  

General and administrative

     —          —          114  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortization expense

   $      $ —        $ 1,748  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The expected future amortization expense for intangible assets as of January 31, 2020 is as follows:

 

Fiscal Year Ending January 31,

  

2021

   $ 3,182  

2022

     3,172  

2023

     3,172  

2024

     2,478  

2025

     1,670  

Thereafter

     12,419  
  

 

 

 
   $ 26,093  
  

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 8. Intangible Assets and Goodwill (Continued)

 

The expected amortization expense is an estimate. Actual amounts of amortization expense may differ from estimated amounts due to additional intangible asset acquisitions, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, impairment of intangible assets, future changes to expected asset lives of intangible assets and other events.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill amounts are not amortized, but rather tested for impairment at least annually during the Company’s fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The change in the carrying amounts of goodwill was as follows:

 

Balance as of January 31, 2018

   $ —    

Acquisitions

     —    

Translation adjustments

     —    
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2019

     —    

Acquisitions

     55,989  

Translation adjustments

     (149
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2020

   $ 55,840  
  

 

 

 

Note 9. Reseller Agreement

The Company has a reseller agreement in place with a related party to utilize their platform and to develop the Company’s cloud-based banking software as an application within the related party’s hosted environment. This agreement expires in June 2022 unless renegotiated. Cost of subscription revenues in each of the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 substantially consists of fees paid for access to the related party’s platform, including their hosting infrastructure and data center operations. The Company has recorded expenses of $9.5 million, $15.4 million and $22.8 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively. See also Note 15.

Note 10. Stockholders’ Equity

On September 16, 2019, the Company amended the Certificate of Incorporation to change the designated number of voting shares of authorized common stock to 99,708,247 and the designated number of non-voting shares of authorized common stock to 10,291,753. On May 25, 2016, the Company amended the Certificate of Incorporation to change the designated number of voting shares of authorized common stock to 89,708,247 and the designated number of non-voting shares of authorized common stock to 10,291,753. During the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018 and 2019, no change was made to the total number of authorized common shares.

In July 2017, January 2018, and September 2019 the Company completed a private placement common stock offering with accredited investors which raised $17.8 million, $51.4 million and $79.9 million, respectively, net of related expenses. During the July 2017 offering, 1,784,700 shares of voting common stock were issued, in January 2018, 3,958,354 shares of voting common stock were issued, and in September 2019, 3,678,161 shares of common stock were issued (3,448,276 shares of voting common stock and 229,885 shares of non-voting common stock).

 

F-31


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 10. Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

 

Also, during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, certain employees exercised vested stock options resulting in 695,384, 2,845,482 and 458,770 shares, respectively, being issued.

During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020, 1,502,772 shares of voting common stock were issued related to business combinations.

A summary of the rights and key provisions affecting each class of the Company’s stock as of January 31, 2020, is as follows:

Preferred Stock: The Board of Directors is authorized to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, including the voting powers, preferences, limitations, restrictions, and other special rights thereof.

Common stock: Each holder of shares of voting common stock is entitled to attend all special and annual stockholder meetings of the Company and to cast one vote for each outstanding share of voting common stock held on any matter or thing properly considered and acted upon by the stockholders in accordance with the Company’s by-laws and applicable law. Non-voting common stockholders carry the same rights and privileges as voting common stockholders except they shall not be entitled to vote on any matter. Non-voting common stock can be converted to an equal number of shares of voting common stock provided that certain transfer provisions are met. The non-voting common stock will only be convertible after a transfer from the initial holder of the non-voting common stock to a third party unaffiliated with the initial holder through a permitted transfer. A permitted transfer is defined as being a transfer to an affiliate of the holder or the Company, transfer in a widespread public distribution, in transfers in which no transferee (or group of affiliated transferees) receives 2% or more of any class of the voting securities of the Company, or to a transferee that would control more than 50% of the voting securities of the Company without any transfer from the transferor.

At January 31, 2020, the Company committed a total of 9,579,061 shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

 

Issued and outstanding stock options

     7,837,023  

Nonvested issued and outstanding restricted stock units (“RSU”s)

     948,119  

Possible issuance under incentive plans

     793,919  
  

 

 

 
     9,579,061  
  

 

 

 

Note 11. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has two equity incentive plans: the 2014 Stock Plan (“2014 Plan”) and the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (“2019 Plan”), collectively referred to as the “Incentive Plans.” Under the 2014 Plan, the Board of Directors had allotted 15,025,666 shares of common stock for incentive options or non-qualified options as of January 31, 2020. Prior to fiscal 2018, the option pool was increased by an aggregate of 6,797,476 shares with approval from the Board of directors and stockholders. Non-qualified options may be granted to Company employees, non-employee directors, and consultants. The exercise price of options is determined by the Board of

 

F-32


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

 

Directors, but cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. The options generally vest in one of two ways:

 

   

In equal annual installments over four years from the grant date.

 

   

Upon a change in control transaction (with respect to certain Incentive Plan participants).

All options expire ten years from the grant date and, with respect to certain Incentive Plan participants, provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control of the Company.

In July 2019, the Company established the 2019 Plan. The 2019 Plan is allotted 1,500,000 shares that may be issued in the form of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, cash-based awards and other stock-based awards. The allotted shares can be increased by shares available under the Company’s 2014 Plan, described above, however, not to exceed 7,500,000 shares from that 2014 Plan. The maximum number of incentive stock options cannot exceed 9,000,000 shares. All awards shall be granted within ten years from the effective date of the Plan and can only be granted to employees, non-employee directors and consultants and generally vest over four years.

Restricted stock units (“RSU”) are subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions. RSUs are generally earned over a service period of four years, expire seven years from the grant date and will only vest upon an IPO or change in control. The compensation expense related to these awards is based on the grant date fair value of the RSUs and is recognized on a ratable basis over the applicable service period. No RSUs have vested as of January 31, 2020.

Stock Options

The calculated value of each option award is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that utilizes the assumptions included in the table below. The Company recognizes stock-based expenses related to stock option awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the vesting term of four years. Stock-based expenses are recognized net of estimated forfeiture activity. The estimated forfeiture rate applied is based on historical forfeiture rates. The expected term assumption, using the simplified method, reflects the period for which the Company believes the option will remain outstanding. The Company determined the volatility of its stock by looking at the historic volatility of its peer companies. The risk-free rate reflects the U.S. Treasury yield for a similar expected life instrument in effect at the time of the grant. The assumptions utilized for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 are as follows:

 

     2018    2019    2020

Expected life (in years from vesting)

   6.08 - 6.25    6.25    6.10 -6.25

Expected volatility

   42% - 44%    40% - 41%    40%

Expected dividends

   0.00%    0.00%    0.00%

Risk-free rate

   2.07% - 2.27%    2.71% - 3.06%    1.63% - 2.59%

The grant date weighted average calculated fair value of options issued, net of forfeitures, was $2.13, $5.36, and $6.74 per share for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

 

The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense related to the option grants under the Incentive Plans as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2018      2019      2020  

Cost of revenues

   $ 1,357      $ 1,487      $ 1,517  

Sales and marketing

     940        1,078        1,260  

Research and development

     1,070        1,056        1,245  

General and administrative (1)

     459        474        1,723  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 3,826      $ 4,095      $ 5,745  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

On June 26, 2019, the Company entered into a separation agreement with an executive. The agreement resulted in a modification of the former employee’s 334,840 outstanding stock options to purchase voting common stock, which accelerated certain vesting and extended the exercise period, resulting in the recognition of $1.2 million of additional stock-based compensation expense for the year ended January 31, 2020.

The Company granted 353,900 incentive stock options in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020, which vest over four years and have a ten-year term.

A summary of option activity under the Incentive Plans during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (In
thousands)
 

Outstanding, January 31, 2017

     6,845,834     $ 1.94        7.76     

Granted

     4,267,151       5.17        

Expired or forfeited

     (125,642     2.93        

Exercised

     (695,384     1.35         $ 2,617  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Outstanding, January 31, 2018

     10,291,959       3.31        7.77     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Granted

     969,762       13.50        

Expired or forfeited

     (209,313     9.46        

Exercised

     (2,845,482     2.20         $ 32,365  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Outstanding, January 31, 2019

     8,206,926     $ 4.74        7.34     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Granted

     353,900       17.54        

Expired or forfeited

     (265,033     6.82        

Exercised

     (458,770     2.27         $ 7,639  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding, January 31, 2020

     7,837,023     $ 5.39        6.54      $ 126,245  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable, January 31, 2020

     4,832,586     $ 3.68        5.88      $ 86,099  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fully vested or expected to vest, January 31, 2020

     7,053,321     $ 5.39        6.54      $ 113,620  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

 

Aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, which is computed based on the difference between the option exercise price and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time such option exercises. This intrinsic value changes based on changes in the fair value of the Company’s underlying stock.

As of January 31, 2020, there was $7.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements under the Incentive Plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.65 years.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company granted 948,119 RSUs during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020 with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $21.75 per RSU. No RSUs vested, were forfeited or cancelled. As of January 31, 2020, total unrecognized compensation expense cost related to non-vested RSUs was $19.6 million, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant. The weighted-average period to be recognized is indeterminable until an IPO or a change in control occurs. At January 31, 2020, the intrinsic value of unvested restricted stock units was $0.0 million.

Note 12. Income Taxes

The components of loss before income tax expense by domestic and foreign jurisdictions were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2018      2019      2020  

United States

   $ (18,757    $ (17,333    $ (20,547

Foreign

     218        (4,779      (6,602
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income Before Taxes

   $ (18,539    $ (22,112    $ (27,149
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2018      2019      2020  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

State

     —          —          21  

Foreign

     50        194        410  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     50        194        431  

Deferred:

        

Federal

     —          —          76  

State

     —          —          56  

Foreign

     —          —          23  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense

     —          —          155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax expense:

   $ 50      $ 194      $ 586  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 12. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

The differences between income taxes expected at the US federal statutory income tax rate and the reported income tax expense are summarized as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Income tax benefit at statutory rate of 21% for 2019 and 2020 (2018: 33.8%)

   $ (6,268     33.8   $ (4,644     21.0   $ (5,701     21.0

State income tax benefit, net of federal impact

     (780     4.2     (1,331     6.0     141       -0.5

Changes in valuation allowance

     (3,284     17.7     11,627       -52.6     3,303       -12.2

Impacts of adoption of the new revenue standard

     —         0.0     —         0.0     2,389       -8.8

Nondeductible expenses

     66       -0.4     175       -0.8     231       -0.8

Foreign rate differential

     (32     0.2     96       -0.4     108       -0.4

Stock-based compensation

     181       -1.0     (5,753     26.0     19       -0.1

Remeasurement of deferred taxes due to Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

     9,958       -53.7     —         0.0     —         0.0

Other

     209       -1.1     24       -0.1     96       -0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 50       -0.3   $ 194       -0.9   $ 586       -2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

     As of
January 31,
 
     2019      2020  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating losses

   $ 31,765      $ 35,608  

Equity compensation

     876        1,655  

Reserves and accrueds

     342        1,156  

Deferred rent

     44        416  

Transaction costs

     —          311  

Deferred revenue

     —          151  

Depreciation

     —          126  

Other

     160        238  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     33,187        39,661  

Less valuation allowance

     (33,121      (36,425
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances

     66        3,236  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Contract acquisition costs

     —          (2,568

Remaining perforamance obligations

        (497

Intangibles

        (316

Other

     (66      (49
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (66      (3,430
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ —        $ (194
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 12. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

A valuation allowance has been provided in the U.S. federal and state as well as certain foreign jurisdictions to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The valuation allowance increased/(decreased) by ($3.3 million), $11.6 million and $3.3 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The Company continually assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets based on an evaluative process that considers all available positive and negative evidence. The Company has established a valuation allowance in the amount of $33.1 million and $36.4 million as of January 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, because the Company believes it is not more likely than not the deferred tax asset in jurisdictions excluding Canada will be realized.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the statute named the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (“TCJA”) which enacts a broad range of changes to the Internal Revenue Code. The TCJA, among other things, includes changes to U.S. federal tax rates, imposes significant additional limitations on the deductibility of interest and net operating losses, allows for the expensing of certain capital expenditures, and puts into effect a number of changes impacting operations outside of the United States including, but not limited to, the imposition of a one-time tax on accumulated post-1986 deferred foreign income that has not previously been subject to tax, and modifications to the treatment of certain intercompany transactions.

The decrease in the US corporate federal income tax rate to 21 percent was effective on January 1, 2018. For the tax year ended January 31, 2018, the blended federal income tax rate for the Company was 33.8%.

The Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities were revalued at the newly enacted U.S. corporate rate of 21%, and the resulting increase to tax expense was offset by a related reduction of the Company’s valuation allowance.

The TCJA also requires companies to pay a one-time transition tax on a mandatory deemed repatriation of earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously untaxed. The deemed repatriated earnings all relate to the fiscal year ending January 31, 2018 as it was the first year the Company had foreign operations. This deemed repatriation did not result in any additional income tax payable because the deemed repatriation amount was offset by net operating losses. The Company maintains its assertion of the Company’s intent for certain foreign earnings to be indefinitely reinvested. As of January 31, 2020, the Company has not recorded taxes on approximately $2.5 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries. The Company generally does not provide for taxes related to the Company’s undistributed earnings because such earnings either would not be taxable when remitted or they are indefinitely reinvested. If in the foreseeable future, the Company can no longer demonstrate that these earnings are indefinitely reinvested, a deferred tax liability will be recognized. A determination of the amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability related to these undistributed earnings is not practicable due to the complexity and variety of assumptions necessary based on the manner in which the undistributed earnings would be repatriated.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 12. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

The Company has federal loss carryforwards totaling $267,652 that may be offset against future taxable income. If not used, the carryforwards will expire as follows:

 

Fiscal Year Ending January 31,

  

2032 and before

   $ 40,606  

2033

     7,098  

2034

     18,355  

2035

     20,379  

2036

     9,995  

2037

     51,551  

2038

     25,766  

2039

     13,900  

2040

     3,291  

Indefinite

     76,710  
  

 

 

 
   $ 267,652  
  

 

 

 

Because of the change of ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, the use of the Company’s U.S. federal loss carryforwards may be limited in future periods. Further, a portion of the carryforwards may expire before being applied to reduce future income tax liabilities.

The Company also has foreign net operating losses of $11.7 million that can be carried forward indefinitely, which are included in the table above.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. federal and various state and foreign jurisdictions. As of January 31, 2020, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2016. However, amounts reported as net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards from these tax periods remain subject to review by most tax authorities.

The Company recognizes the income tax benefits of any uncertain tax positions only when, based upon the technical merits of the position, it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable upon examination. With the information available, the Company has performed an analysis and as of January 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company has not recognized any unrecognized tax benefits, interest or penalties for any income tax positions.

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed into law the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act.” The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The Company continues to examine the impacts the CARES Act may have on the Company’s business.

Note 13. Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has a 401(k) plan for its employees in the United States who meet the plan requirements. The Company, at its discretion, may make matching contributions. Employees are immediately vested in their contributions. The Company also has a Registered Retirement Savings Plan covering all eligible employees in Canada. Employer contributions for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 were $0, $0.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases its facilities and a portion of its equipment and licenses under various non-cancellable agreements, which expire at various times through July 2028 and require various minimum annual rentals.

The Company’s agreements for the facilities and certain services provide the Company with the option to renew. The Company’s future contractual obligations would change if the Company exercised these options.

Future minimum lease payments required under operating leases at January 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

Fiscal Year Ending January 31,

  

2021

   $ 6,068  

2022

     4,523  

2023

     3,815  

2024

     3,245  

2025

     1,276  

Thereafter

     3,798  
  

 

 

 
   $ 22,725  
  

 

 

 

The terms of the lease agreements provide for rental payments on a graduated basis. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

Total lease expense amounted to $3.4 million, $5.8 million, and $8.7 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

We have recognized liabilities for contingencies related to state sales and use tax deemed probable and estimable, including penalties and interest, totaling $0.9 million and $0.2 million at January 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, which are included in other accrued expenses in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Note 15. Related-Party Transactions

The Company’s main vendor is also an equity holder in the Company. Total payments related to the reseller agreement with the related party are disclosed in Note 9. The Company also purchases services from this related party to assist in managing its own sales cycle, customer relationship management, and other business functions. The Company signed a three-year, non-cancellable agreement with the related party in December 2015 for the purchase of services and renewed in December 2018 for an additional two years. Total payments to the related party for these services recorded to expenses were $0.5 million, $0.8 million and $1.1 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $0.7 million and $1.1 million were in prepaid expenses and other current assets as of January 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Accounts payable to the related party were $2.1 million and $3.3 million at January 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, included in accounts payable, related parties.

As discussed in Note 2, there are equity holders who are also customers of the Company. Included in revenues are $8.1 million, $9.9 million and $8.4 million from three equity holder customers for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Related party balances in current deferred revenue, related parties were $6.9 million and $8.0 million as of January 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 15. Related-Party Transactions (Continued)

 

The Company has a banking relationship with one of its equity holders. Included in interest income is $0.2 million, $0.9 million and $0.7 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The Company made an agreement with one of its equity holders in May 2016 to spend an agreed-upon amount of funds over a three-year period to further the alliance between the two companies. As of fiscal year end January 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with the terms of the agreement. Total consideration amounted to $0.3 million, $1.7 million, and $0.06 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. In April 2019, the agreement was extended for an additional three years. As of January 31, 2020, there was a $0.2 million obligation remaining expected to be fulfilled within one year.

Note 16. Basic and Diluted Loss per Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to nCino, Inc. by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the fiscal period. Diluted loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential weighted average dilutive common stock, including options. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method. Diluted loss per share for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 is the same as the basic loss per share as there was a net loss for those periods, and inclusion of potentially issuable shares was anti-dilutive.

The components of basic and diluted loss per share for periods presented are as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2018      2019      2020  

Basic loss per share:

        

Numerator

        

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (18,589    $ (22,306    $ (27,594

Denominator

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     68,290,570        74,593,709        78,316,794  

Basic loss per share attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (0.27    $ (0.30    $ (0.35

Dilutive loss per share:

        

Numerator

        

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (18,589    $ (22,306    $ (27,594

Denominator

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     68,290,570        74,593,709        78,316,794  

Dilutive loss per share attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (0.27    $ (0.30    $ (0.35

 

F-40


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 16. Basic and Diluted Loss per Share (Continued)

 

The weighted-average number of shares outstanding used in the computation of diluted loss per share does not include the effect of the following potential outstanding common stock because the effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2018      2019      2020  

Stock options issued and outstanding

     10,291,959        8,206,926        7,837,023  

Nonvested RSUs issued and outstanding

     —          —          948,119  

Note 17. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Selected summarized quarterly financial information for fiscal 2019 and 2020 is as follows:

 

    1st
Quarter
    2nd
Quarter
    3rd
Quarter
    4th
Quarter
    Fiscal
Year
 

Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2019

         

Revenues

  $ 19,064     $ 22,630     $ 23,663     $ 26,177     $ 91,534  

Cost of revenues

    10,119       11,048       12,210       13,074       46,451  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    8,945       11,582       11,453       13,103       45,083  

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    5,833       7,909       7,844       9,692       31,278  

Research and development

    4,595       4,941       5,823       6,871       22,230  

General and administrative

    2,922       4,217       2,806       4,846       14,791  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    13,350       17,067       16,473       21,409       68,299  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (4,405     (5,485     (5,020     (8,306     (23,216

Total other income (expense), net

    214       206       108       576       1,104  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

    (4,191     (5,279     (4,912     (7,730     (22,112

Income tax expense

    60       45       14       75       194  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

  $ (4,251   $ (5,324   $ (4,926   $ (7,805   $ (22,306
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to nCino, Inc.

  $ (0.06   $ (0.07   $ (0.07   $ (0.11   $ (0.30
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2020

         

Revenues

  $ 29,836     $ 31,978     $ 37,862     $ 38,504     $ 138,180  

Cost of revenues

    14,038       14,770       16,889       18,373       64,070  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    15,798       17,208       20,973       20,131       74,110  

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    8,015       10,453       12,602       13,370       44,440  

Research and development

    7,366       8,272       9,534       10,132       35,304  

General and administrative

    3,909       6,430       5,557       6,640       22,536  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    19,290       25,155       27,693       30,142       102,280  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 17. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Continued)

 

    1st
Quarter
    2nd
Quarter
    3rd
Quarter
    4th
Quarter
    Fiscal
Year
 

Loss from operations

    (3,492     (7,947     (6,720     (10,011     (28,170

Total other income (expense), net

    209       (353     789       376       1,021  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

    (3,283     (8,300     (5,931     (9,635     (27,149

Income tax expense

    136       202       158       90       586  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (3,419     (8,502     (6,089     (9,725     (27,735

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

    —         —         (60     (81     (141
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

  $ (3,419   $ (8,502   $ (6,029   $ (9,644   $ (27,594
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to nCino, Inc.

  $ (0.05   $ (0.11   $ (0.08   $ (0.12   $ (0.35
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 18. Subsequent Event

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) as a pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the world. COVID-19 is having an unprecedented impact on the global economy as national, state and local governments react to this public health crisis. Due to the COVID-19 outbreak, there is significant uncertainty surrounding the potential impact on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows. Continued impacts of the pandemic could materially adversely affect the Company’s near-term and long-term revenues, earnings, liquidity and cash flows.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

NCINO, INC.

INDEX TO UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Unaudited Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January  31, 2020 and April 30, 2020

     F-44  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020

     F-45  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020

     F-46  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020

     F-47  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020

     F-48  

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-49  

 

F-43


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     January 31,
2020
    April 30,
2020
(Unaudited)
 

Assets

    

Current Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents (VIE: $8,892 and $8,794 at January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020, respectively)

   $ 91,184     $ 99,038  

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 and $167 at January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020, respectively

     34,205       43,249  

Accounts receivable, related parties

     9,201       2,806  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, current portion, net

     3,608       3,939  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     7,079       6,908  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     145,277       155,940  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     13,477       13,955  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, noncurrent, net

     7,000       7,706  

Goodwill

     55,840       55,630  

Intangible assets, net

     26,093       25,244  

Other long-term assets

     2,464       2,614  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 250,151     $ 261,089  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest, and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,258     $ 1,888  

Accounts payable, related parties

     3,408       3,770  

Accrued commissions

     7,862       3,528  

Other accrued expenses

     4,922       4,303  

Deferred rent, current portion

     183       217  

Deferred revenue, current portion

     50,929       69,359  

Deferred revenue, current portion, related parties

     8,013       8,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     76,575       91,094  

Deferred income taxes, noncurrent

     194       222  

Deferred rent, noncurrent

     1,558       1,491  

Other long-term liabilities

     195       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     78,522       92,807  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 8, 11 and 12)

    

Redeemable non-controlling interest (Note 3)

     4,356       4,384  

Stockholders’ Equity

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized and none issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Voting common stock, $0.0005 par value; 99,708,247 shares authorized as of January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020; 75,596,007 and 75,651,808 shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020, respectively

     38       38  

Non-voting common stock, $0.0005 par value; 10,291,753 shares authorized as of January 31, 2019 and 2020; 5,931,319 shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2020 and

    

April 30, 2020, respectively

     3       3  

Additional paid in capital

     288,564       289,624  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (408     (187

Accumulated deficit

     (120,924     (125,580
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     167,273       163,898  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable non-controlling interest, and stockholders’ equity

   $ 250,151     $ 261,089  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Three Months Ended April 30, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Three Months Ended April 30,  
     2019     2020  

Revenues

    

Subscription (related parties $1,755 and $2,439, respectively)

   $ 21,032     $ 34,831  

Professional services

     8,804       9,881  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     29,836       44,712  

Cost of Revenues

    

Subscription (related party $5,059 and $7,510 respectively)

     6,502       10,099  

Professional services

     7,536       8,767  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     14,038       18,866  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,798       25,846  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

    

Sales and marketing

     8,015       12,226  

Research and development

     7,366       10,965  

General and administrative

     3,909       6,926  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     19,290       30,117  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (3,492     (4,271
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating Income (Expense)

    

Interest income

     318       156  

Other

     (109     (520
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

     (3,283     (4,635

Income tax expense

     136       197  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (3,419     (4,832

Net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest (Note 3)

     —         (176

Adjustment attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest (Note 3)

     —         113  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (3,419   $ (4,769
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to nCino, Inc.:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.05   $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted

     75,986,517       81,560,762  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Three Months Ended April 30, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands)

 

     Three Months Ended April 30,  
         2019             2020      

Net loss

   $ (3,419   $ (4,832

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Foreign currency translation

     58       312  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     58       312  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (3,361     (4,520
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less comprehensive loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest:

    

Net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest

     —         (176

Foreign currency translation attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest

     —         91  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest

     —         (85
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (3,361   $ (4,435
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

Three Months Ended April 30, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Three Months Ended April 30, 2019  
    Voting
Common Stock
    Non-voting
Common Stock
    Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance, January 31, 2019

    70,186,189     $ 35       5,701,435     $ 3     $ 170,771     $ (21   $ (104,752   $ 66,036  

Cumulative-effect adjustment from adoption of accounting standard

    —         —         —         —         —         —         11,422       11,422  

Exercise of stock options

    131,832       —         —         —         272       —         —         272  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         1,109       —         —         1,109  

Other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         —         —         58       —         58  

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (3,419     (3,419
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, April 30, 2019

    70,318,021     $ 35       5,701,435     $ 3     $ 172,152     $ 37     $ (96,749   $ 75,478  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Three Months Ended April 30, 2020  
    Voting
Common Stock
    Non-voting
Common Stock
    Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance, January 31, 2020

    75,596,007     $ 38       5,931,319     $ 3     $ 288,564     $ (408   $ (120,924   $ 167,273  

Exercise of stock options

    55,801       —         —         —         122       —         —         122  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         1,051       —         —         1,051  

Other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         —         —         221       —         221  

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc., including adjustment to redeemable non-controlling interest

    —         —         —         —         (113     —         (4,656     (4,769
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, April 30, 2020

    75,651,808     $ 38       5,931,319     $ 3     $ 289,624     $ (187   $ (125,580   $ 163,898  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Three Months Ended April 30, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands)

 

     Three Months Ended
April 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

     

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (3,419    $ (4,769

Net loss and adjustment attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest

     —          (63
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

     (3,419      (4,832

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

     594        1,743  

Amortization of costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts

     758        1,333  

Stock-based compensation

     1,109        1,051  

Deferred income taxes

     —          30  

Provision for (recovery of) bad debt

     (105      167  

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable

     (5,217      (9,463

Accounts receivable, related parties

     4,138        6,395  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts

     (492      (2,436

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     710        238  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (4,180      (4,774

Accounts payable, related parties

     296        362  

Deferred rent

     1,077        (31

Deferred revenue

     11,492        18,630  

Deferred revenue, related parties

     (1,892      16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     4,869        8,429  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

     

Purchases of property and equipment

     (552      (1,075
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (552      (1,075
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

     

Exercise of stock options

     272        122  

Payments of deferred costs

     —          (233
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     272        (111
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     55        611  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     4,644        7,854  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

     74,347        91,184  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

   $ 78,991      $ 99,038  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

     

Cash paid during the year for taxes

   $ 246      $ 3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

     

Purchase of property and equipment, accrued but not paid

   $ 465      $ 394  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

Description of Business: nCino, Inc. is a software-as-a-service (SaaS) company that provides software applications to financial institutions to streamline employee and client interactions. The Company is headquartered in Wilmington, North Carolina and has offices in Salt Lake City, London, Sydney, Melbourne, Toronto and Tokyo.

Fiscal Year End: The Company’s fiscal year ends on January 31.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation: The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding interim financial reporting. Certain information and disclosures normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. Therefore, these condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included for the Company’s audited January 31, 2020 consolidated financial statements. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include accounts of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, as well as a variable interest entity in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Refer to disclosures in Note 2 and Note 3 for additional information regarding the Company’s variable interest entity.

The Company is subject to the normal risks associated with technology companies that have not demonstrated sustainable income from operations, including product development, the risk of customer acceptance and market penetration of its products and services and, ultimately, the need to attain profitability to generate positive cash resources.

The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2020, included herein, was derived from the audited financial statements as of that date, but does not include all disclosures, including certain notes required by GAAP on an annual reporting basis.

In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the interim periods, but are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be anticipated for the full fiscal year 2021 or any future period.

Variable Interest Entity: The Company holds an interest in a Japanese company (“nCino K.K.”) that is considered a variable interest entity or VIE. nCino K.K. is considered a VIE as it has insufficient equity capital to finance its activities without additional financial support. The Company is the primary beneficiary of nCino K.K. as it has the power over the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of nCino K.K. and has the obligation to absorb expected losses and the right to receive expected benefits that could be significant to nCino K.K., in accordance with accounting guidance. As a result, the Company consolidated nCino K.K. and all significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated. The Company will continue to assess whether it has a controlling financial interest and whether it is the primary beneficiary at each reporting period. Other than the Company’s equity investment, the Company has not provided financial or other support to nCino K.K. that it was not contractually obligated to provide. The assets of the VIE can only be used to settle the

 

F-49


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

obligations of the VIE and the creditors of the VIE do not have recourse to the Company. The assets and liabilities of the VIE were not significant to the Company’s consolidated financial statements except for cash which is reflected on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 3 for additional information regarding the Company’s variable interest.

Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest: nCino K.K. has a redeemable non-controlling interest. An agreement with the minority investors of nCino K.K. contains redemption features whereby the interest held by the minority investors are redeemable either (i) at the option of the minority investors or (ii) at the option of the Company, both beginning on the eighth anniversary of the initial capital contribution. If the interest of the minority investors were to be redeemed under this agreement, the Company would be required to redeem the interest based on a prescribed formula derived from the relative revenues of nCino K.K. and the Company. The balance of the redeemable non-controlling interest is reported at the greater of the initial carrying amount adjusted for the redeemable non-controlling interest’s share of earnings or losses and other comprehensive income or loss, or its estimated redemption value. The resulting changes in the estimated redemption amount (increases or decreases) are recorded with corresponding adjustments against retained earnings or, in the absence of retained earnings, additional paid-in-capital. These interests are presented on the condensed consolidated balance sheets outside of equity under the caption “Redeemable non-controlling interest.”

Use of Estimates: The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made by the Company’s management are used for, but not limited to, revenue recognition including determining the nature and timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, variable consideration, stand-alone selling price, and other revenue items requiring significant judgement; the average period of benefit associated with costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts; fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for business combinations; fair value of contingent consideration; the useful lives of intangible assets; the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and stock-based compensation. The Company assesses these estimates on a regular basis using historical experience and other factors. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

The extent to which COVID-19 impacts the Company’s business and financial results will depend on numerous evolving factors. The Company assessed certain accounting matters such as, but were not limited to, the allowance for doubtful accounts and the carrying value of goodwill and other long-lived assets at April 30, 2020 and through the date of this report. While there was no material impact as of and for the quarter ended April 30, 2020, it is possible that the Company’s future assessment of the magnitude and duration of COVID-19 could potentially result in impacts that would be material to the condensed consolidated financial statements, particularly with respect to the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit in relation to potential goodwill impairment and the fair value of long-lived assets in relation to potential impairment.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers: The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents exceed the Federal deposit insurance limit at January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with high-credit-quality financial institutions.

As of January 31, 2020, two customers represented 22% of accounts receivable, 11% of which was from a customer who is an equity holder. As of April 30, 2020, two customers represented 30% of accounts receivable.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

For the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020, no individual customers represented more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues.

Accounts Receivable and Allowances: A receivable is recorded when an unconditional right to invoice and receive payment exists, such that only the passage of time is required before payment of consideration is due. Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. Certain performance obligations may require payment before delivery of the service to the customer. We recognize a contract asset in the form of accounts receivable when we have an unconditional right to payment, and we record a contract asset in the form of unbilled accounts receivable when revenues earned on a contract exceeds the billings. The Company’s standard billing terms are annual in advance. An unbilled accounts receivable is a contract asset related to the delivery of the Company’s subscription services and professional services for which the related billings will occur in a future period. Unbilled accounts receivable consists of (i) revenues recognized for professional services performed but not yet billed and (ii) revenues recognized from non-cancelable, multi-year orders in which fees increase annually but for which we are not contractually able to invoice until a future period. Accounts receivable are reported at their gross outstanding balance reduced by an allowance for estimated receivable losses.

The Company records allowances for doubtful accounts based upon the credit worthiness of customers, historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable and current market and economic conditions.

A summary of activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended
April 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 123      $ —    

Charged to (recovery of) bad debt expense

     (105      167  

Write off of uncollectible accounts

     (18      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ —        $ 167  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance:

In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which eliminates certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements for all entities, requires public entities to disclose certain new information and modifies some disclosure requirements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and for interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. An entity is permitted to early adopt either the entire standard or only the provisions that eliminate or modify requirements. The Company adopted the standard effective February 1, 2020. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customers Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract. This standard aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or

 

F-51


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

obtain internal-use software. ASU 2018-15 is effective for emerging growth companies following private company adoption dates in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company prospectively adopted the standard effective February 1, 2020. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

In October 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-17, Consolidation (Topic 810), Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities, which addresses the cost and complexity of financial reporting associated with consolidation of variable interest entities (“VIE”). ASU 2018-17 is effective for emerging growth companies following private company adoption dates in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The new guidance must be applied on a retrospective basis as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The adoption of this standard did not impact the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements or related disclosures upon adoption, because the Company did not, and currently does not, have any indirect interests through related parties under common control for which it receives decision-making fees.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted:

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The standard will affect all entities that lease assets and will require lessees to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases (except for short-term leases that have a duration of less than one year) as of the date on which the lessor makes the underlying asset available to the lessee. For lessors, accounting for leases is substantially the same as in prior periods. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, to clarify how to apply certain aspects of the new leases standard. ASU 2016-02, as subsequently amended for various technical issues, is effective for emerging growth companies following private company adoption dates in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and early adoption is permitted. For leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, lessees and lessors must apply a modified retrospective transition approach. While the Company expects the adoption of this standard to result in an increase to the reported assets and liabilities, it has not yet determined the full impact the adoption of this standard will have on its financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments–Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which changes the impairment model for most financial assets. The new model uses a forward-looking expected loss method, which will generally result in earlier recognition of allowances for losses. ASU 2016-13, as subsequently amended for various technical issues, is effective for emerging growth companies following private company adoption dates for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. ASU 2019-12 is effective for emerging growth companies following private company adoption dates in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and

 

F-52


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance, but does not expect adoption will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 3. Variable Interest Entity and Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest

In October 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with Japan Cloud Computing, L.P. and M30 LLC (collectively, the “Investors”) to engage in the investment, organization, management, and operation of nCino K.K. that is focused on the distribution of the Company’s products in Japan. In October 2019, the Company initially contributed $4.7 million in cash in exchange for 51% of the outstanding common stock of nCino K.K. As of April 30, 2020, the Company controls a majority of the outstanding common stock in nCino K.K.

All of the common stock held by the Investors is callable by the Company or puttable by the Investors upon certain contingent events. Should the call or put option be exercised, the redemption value would be determined based on a prescribed formula derived from the discrete revenues of nCino K.K. and the Company and may be settled, at the Company’s discretion, with Company stock, if the Company is public at that time, or cash. As a result of the put right available to the redeemable non-controlling interest holders in the future, the redeemable non-controlling interests in nCino K.K. are classified outside of permanent equity in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet and the balance is reported at the greater of the initial carrying amount adjusted for the redeemable non-controlling interests’ share of earnings, or its estimated redemption value. The resulting changes in the estimated redemption amount are recorded within retained earnings or, in the absence of retained earnings, additional paid-in-capital. The estimated redemption value of the call/put option embedded in the redeemable non-controlling interest was $0.1 million at April 30, 2020.

The following table summarizes the activity in the redeemable non-controlling interests for the period indicated below:

 

     Three Months
Ended
April 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ —        $ 4,356  

Net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest

     —          (176

Foreign currency translation

     —          91  

Adjustment to redeemable non-controlling interest

     —          113  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ —        $ 4,384  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

Level 1. Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2. Significant other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3. Significant unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value as of January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020 because of the relatively short duration of these instruments.

The Company evaluated its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level in which to classify them for each reporting period. The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value as of January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation:

 

     Fair value measurements on a recurring basis
As of January 31, 2020
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

        

Money market accounts (included in cash and cash equivalents)

   $ 67,119      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 67,119      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Contingent consideration (included in other long-term liabilities)

   $ —        $ —        $ 195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair value measurements on a recurring basis
As of April 30, 2020
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

        

Money market accounts (included in cash and cash equivalents)

   $ 67,517      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 67,517      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Contingent consideration (included in other accrued expenses)

   $ —        $ —        $ 190  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 190  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All of the Company’s money market accounts are classified within Level 1 because the Company’s money market accounts are valued using quoted market prices in active exchange markets including identical assets.

The Company added contingent consideration, a Level 3 measurement, on October 18, 2019 with the acquisition of FinSuite Pty Ltd. Changes in fair value of the contingent consideration are recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations within other income. The Company’s contingent consideration

 

F-54


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

is valued using a probability weighted discounted cash flow analysis. A reconciliation of the balance for contingent consideration obligations for the three months ended April 30, 2020 is as follows:

 

Balance as of January 31, 2020

   $ 195  

Acquisitions

     —    

Change in fair value

     —    

Translation adjustments

     (5
  

 

 

 

Balance as of April 30, 2020

   $ 190  
  

 

 

 

Note 5. Revenues

Revenue by Geographic Area

Revenue by geographic region were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
April 30,
 
     2019      2020  

United States

   $ 27,679      $ 40,471  

International

     2,157        4,241  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $29,836      $44,712  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues by geography are determined based on the region of the Company’s contracting entity, which may be different than the region of the customer. No countries outside the United States represented 10% or more of total revenues.

Contract Amounts

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts, is as follows as of January 31, 2020 and 2020:

 

     As of
January 31,
2020
     As of
April 30,
2020
 

Trade accounts receivable

   $ 32,686      $ 40,925  

Unbilled accounts receivable

     1,425        2,279  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     —          (167

Other accounts receivable

     94        212  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable, net

   $ 34,205      $ 43,249  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Revenue and Remaining Performance Obligation

Significant movements in the deferred revenue balance during the period consisted of increases due to payments received prior to transfer of control of the underlying performance obligations to the customer, which

 

F-55


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 5. Revenues (Continued)

 

were offset by decreases due to revenues recognized in the period. During the three months ended April 30, 2020, $24.2 million of revenues were recognized that were included in the balance of deferred revenue as of January 31, 2020.

Transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations represents contracted revenues that have not yet been recognized, which includes deferred revenue and unbilled amounts that will be recognized as revenues in future periods. Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligation is influenced by several factors, including the timing of renewals, average contract terms and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company applies practical expedients to exclude amounts related to performance obligations that are billed and recognized as they are delivered, optional purchases that do not represent material rights, and any estimated amounts of variable consideration that are subject to constraint.

Remaining performance obligation were $434.2 million as of April 30, 2020. The Company expects to recognize 63% of its remaining performance obligation as revenues in the next 24 months, 31% more in the following 25 to 48 months, and the remainder thereafter.

Note 6. Business Combinations

Visible Equity, LLC

On July 8, 2019, the Company acquired all outstanding membership interests of Visible Equity, LLC (“Visible Equity”) which provides financial analytics, portfolio management and compliance solutions to banks and credit unions. The Company acquired Visible Equity for its product offerings and the domain expertise of its employees. Visible Equity is headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah.

The acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred is as follows:

 

     Total
Consideration
 

Cash consideration to members

   $ 49,428  

Voting common stock issued (1,438,805 shares)

     23,812  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 73,240  
  

 

 

 

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method and as a result, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. Any excess consideration over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recognized as goodwill.

Finsuite Pty Ltd

On October 18, 2019, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, nCino APAC Pty Ltd, acquired all of the outstanding shares of FinSuite Pty Ltd (“FinSuite”). The Company acquired FinSuite to enhance the Company’s data recognition capabilities, including of complex, unstructured data. FinSuite is headquartered in Melbourne, Australia.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 6. Business Combinations (Continued)

 

The acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred is as follows:

 

     Total
Consideration
 

Cash consideration to shareholders

   $ 3,928  

Cash consideration to settle debt

     137  

Voting common stock issued (63,967 shares)

     1,392  

Contingent consideration - cash payment

     197  

Contingent consideration - voting common stock

     5,857  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 11,511  
  

 

 

 

Contingent consideration includes two tranches of earn-out arrangements based upon the attainment of post-acquisition product development milestones. The first tranche includes an earn-out opportunity of $0.1 million of cash and the issuance of 142,846 shares of voting common stock (together, the “Initial Tranche Earn-Out”).

The Initial Tranche Earn-Out is conditioned upon the development of a stated product in accordance with mutually agreed upon functional requirements within a certain period from the date of acquisition. The second tranche includes an earn-out opportunity of $0.1 million of cash and the issuance of 142,846 shares of voting common stock (together, the “Final Tranche Earn-Out”). The Final Tranche Earn-Out is conditioned upon a customer’s use of the stated product in a production environment according to the mutually agreed upon functional requirements within a certain period from the date of acquisition. The Final Tranche Earn-Out is not conditioned upon the achievement of the Initial Tranche Earn-Out.

The cash portion of the contingent consideration of $0.2 million is included in other long-term liabilities and other accrued expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020, respectively. The $6.0 share portion of the contingent consideration was recorded as of the acquisition date and is reflected as a component of stockholders’ equity in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020.

Note 7. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets

Intangible assets, net are as follows:

 

     As of January 31, 2020      As of April 30, 2020  
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

Acquired developed technology

   $ 6,008      $ (695   $ 5,313      $ 5,958      $ (1,062   $ 4,896  

Customer relationships

     21,706        (937     20,769        21,703        (1,355     20,348  

Trademarks

     125        (114     11        124        (124     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 27,839      $ (1,746   $ 26,093      $ 27,785      $ (2,541   $ 25,244  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 7. Intangible Assets and Goodwill (Continued)

 

The Company recognized amortization expense as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended
April 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Cost of revenues

   $ —        $ 369  

Sales and marketing

     —          417  

General and administrative

     —          10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense

   $ —        $ 796  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The expected future amortization expense for intangible assets as of April 30, 2020 is as follows:

 

Fiscal Year Ending January 31,

  

2021 (remaining)

     2,369  

2022

     3,159  

2023

     3,159  

2024

     2,469  

2025

     1,669  

Thereafter

     12,419  
  

 

 

 
   $ 25,244  
  

 

 

 

The expected amortization expense is an estimate. Actual amounts of amortization expense may differ from estimated amounts due to additional intangible asset acquisitions, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, impairment of intangible assets, future changes to expected asset lives of intangible assets and other events.

Goodwill

The carrying amount of goodwill was $55.8 million and $55.6 million as of January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020, respectively. The change in goodwill is due to translation adjustments and was $0.0 million and $(0.2) million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Note 8. Reseller Agreement

The Company has a reseller agreement in place with a related party to utilize their platform and to develop the Company’s cloud-based banking software as an application within the related party’s hosted environment. In June 2020, this agreement was renegotiated and expires in June 2027 and will automatically renew in annual increments thereafter unless either party gives notice of non-renewal before the end of the initial term or the respective renewal term. Cost of subscription revenues in each of the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020 substantially consists of fees paid for access to the related party’s platform, including their hosting infrastructure and data center operations. The Company has recorded expenses of $5.1 million and $7.5 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019, and 2020, respectively. See also Note 12.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Note 9. Stockholders’ Equity

At April 30, 2020, the Company committed a total of 9,523,260 shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

 

Issued and outstanding stock options

     7,744,722  

Nonvested issued and outstanding restricted stock units (“RSU“s)

     972,494  

Possible issuance under stock plans

     806,044  
  

 

 

 
     9,523,260  
  

 

 

 

Note 10. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
April 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Cost of revenues

   $ 389      $ 327  

Sales and marketing

     292        315  

Research and development

     306        309  

General and administrative

     122        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,109      $ 1,051  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock Options

Stock option activity during the three months ended April 30, 2020 was as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding, January 31, 2020

     7,837,023      $ 5.39  

Granted

     —          —    

Expired or forfeited

     (36,500      10.18  

Exercised

     (55,801      2.19  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding, April 30, 2020

     7,744,722      $ 5.39  
  

 

 

    

Exercisable, April 30, 2020

     5,512,951      $ 3.89  
  

 

 

    

Fully vested or expected to vest, April 30, 2020

     6,970,250      $ 5.39  
  

 

 

    

As of April 30, 2020, there was $6.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements under the Incentive Plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.60 years.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

 

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock unit (“RSU”) activity during the three months ended April 30, 2020 was as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Nonvested, January 31, 2020

     948,119      $ 21.75  

Granted

     31,875        21.50  

Vested

     —          —    

Forfeited

     (7,500      21.75  
  

 

 

    

Nonvested, April 30, 2020

     972,494      $ 20.65  
  

 

 

    

As of April 30, 2020, total unrecognized compensation expense cost related to non-vested RSUs was $20.1 million, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant. The weighted-average period to be recognized is indeterminable until an IPO or a change in control occurs.

Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases its facilities and a portion of its equipment and licenses under various non-cancellable agreements, which expire at various times through July 2028 and require various minimum annual rentals.

The Company’s agreements for the facilities and certain services provide the Company with the option to renew. The Company’s future contractual obligations would change if the Company exercised these options.

The terms of the lease agreements provide for rental payments on a graduated basis. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

Total lease expense amounted to $1.8 million and $2.7 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Note 12. Related-Party Transactions

The Company’s main vendor is also an equity holder in the Company. Total payments related to the agreement with the related party are disclosed in Note 8. The Company also purchases services from this related party to assist in managing its own sales cycle, customer relationship management, and other business functions. The Company signed a three-year, non-cancellable agreement with the related party in December 2015 for the purchase of services and renewed in December 2018 for an additional two years. Total payments to the related party for these services recorded to expenses were $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $1.1 million and $0.8 million were in prepaid expenses and other current assets as of January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020, respectively. Accounts payable to the related party were $3.3 million and $3.7 million at January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020, respectively, included in accounts payable, related parties.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 12. Related-Party Transactions (Continued)

 

Included in revenues from three equity holders, who are also customers of the Company, are $2.2 million and $2.8 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Deferred revenues, related parties were $8.0 million as of January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2020.

The Company has a banking relationship with one of its equity holders. Included in interest income is $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The Company made an agreement with one of its equity holders in May 2016 to spend an agreed-upon amount of funds over a three-year period to further the alliance between the two companies. In April 2019, the agreement was extended for an additional three years. As of April 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with the terms of the agreement. Total amounts spent were $0.02 million and $0.0 million for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of April 30, 2020, there was a $0.2 million obligation remaining expected to be fulfilled within one year.

Note 13. Basic and Diluted Loss per Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to nCino, Inc. by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the fiscal period. Diluted loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential weighted average dilutive common stock, including options. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method. Diluted loss per share for the three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2020 is the same as the basic loss per share as there was a net loss for those periods, and inclusion of potentially issuable shares was anti-dilutive.

The components of basic and diluted loss per share for periods presented are as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Three Months Ended
April 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Basic loss per share:

     

Numerator

     

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (3,419    $ (4,769

Denominator

     

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     75,986,517        81,560,762  

Basic loss per share attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (0.05    $ (0.06

Dilutive loss per share:

     

Numerator

     

Net loss attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (3,419    $ (4,769

Denominator

     

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     75,986,517        81,560,762  

Dilutive loss per share attributable to nCino, Inc.

   $ (0.05    $ (0.06

 

F-61


Table of Contents

nCino, Inc.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 13. Basic and Diluted Loss per Share (Continued)

 

The weighted-average number of shares outstanding used in the computation of diluted loss per share does not include the effect of the following potential outstanding common stock because the effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented:

 

     Three Months Ended
April 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Stock options issued and outstanding

     8,064,569        7,744,722  

Nonvested RSUs issued and outstanding

     —          972,494  

Note 14. Subsequent Event

In June 2020, the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan was amended to increase the allotted number of shares that may be issued from 1,500,000 shares to 2,500,000 shares.

On June 8, 2020, the Company granted 1,068,429 RSUs subject to time-based and performance-based (IPO or change in control) vesting conditions. The grant date fair value was $20.00 per RSU based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant. 115,000 of these RSUs were granted to the Company’s non-employee Board of Directors, some of which vest in less than a year, some annually and some of which vest over three years. 953,429 of these RSUs were awarded to executives and employees and are generally earned over a service period of four years.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

LOGO

nCino was built on a foundation of culture. As a company, we are in the business of fundamentally changing the way financial institutions operate. In order to transform an entire industry, we believe it is essential to have a company culture that not only empowers its employees to challenge the status quo, but emboldens them to drive change, trusts them to do the right thing, and fosters collaboration across all stakeholders.- PIERRE NAUDÉ, PRESIDENT & CEO

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

WILMINGTON SALT LAKE CITY TORONTO LONDON MELBOURNE SYDNEY TOKYO


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee:

 

    

Amount
to be Paid

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $              

FINRA filing fee

                 

Nasdaq listing fee

                 

Printing and engraving expenses

                 

Legal fees and expenses

                 

Accounting fees and expenses

                 

Transfer agent and registrar fees

                 

Miscellaneous

                 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $              
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

nCino, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”), which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or

 

II-1


Table of Contents

settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the adjudicating court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.

We expect that the amended and restated certificate of incorporation adopted by us prior to the completion of this offering will provide that no director of our company shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases or other distributions pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our charter will provide that if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

We also expect our charter will further provide that any amendment, repeal or modification of such article unless otherwise required by law will not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or amendment of a director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.

We expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation adopted by us prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that we shall indemnify each of our directors and executive officers, and shall have power to indemnify our other officers, employees and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same may be amended (except that in the case of an amendment, only to the extent that the amendment permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than the DGCL permitted us to provide prior to such the amendment) against any and all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by the director, officer or such employee or on the director’s, officer’s or employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party because he or she is or was serving as a director, officer or employee of our company, or at our request as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of our company and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. We expect the amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide for the advancement of expenses to each of our directors and, in the discretion of the board of directors, to certain officers and employees, in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding only upon receipt of an undertaking by such person to repay all amounts advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses.

In addition, we expect the amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the right of each of our directors and officers to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall not be exclusive of any

 

II-2


Table of Contents

other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the charter or bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to provide insurance for our directors, officers, employees and agents against any liability, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the bylaws.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

We also maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we will enter into in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Common Stock Issuances

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, the registrant has sold and issued the following unregistered securities:

Equity Issuances

In May 2016, we sold an aggregate of 3,482,399 shares of our common stock to 12 accredited investors at a purchase price of $4.50 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $15.7 million.

In July 2017, we sold an aggregate of 1,784,700 shares of our common stock to three accredited investors at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $17.8 million.

In January 2018, we sold an aggregate of 3,958,354 shares of our common stock to two accredited investors at a purchase price of $13.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $51.5 million.

In September 2019, we sold an aggregate of 3,678,161 shares of our common stock to two accredited investors at a purchase price of $21.75 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $80.0 million.

The issuances described above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Option and RSU Issuances

From January 1, 2016 through the filing date of this registration statement, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of             shares of our common stock under our equity compensation plans at exercise prices ranging from approximately $            to $             per share.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

The option and RSU issuances described above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either (1) Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or (2) Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of such securities were the registrant’s employees, consultants or directors and received the securities under the registrant’s equity compensation plans. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules not listed have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable, not material or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Act”), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of nCino, Inc., to be in effect on the completion of the offering.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of nCino, Inc., to be in effect on the completion of the offering.
  4.1*    Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2    First Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated February 12, 2015, as amended, among nCino, Inc. and certain holders of its capital stock.
  5.1*    Opinion of Sidley Austin LLP.
10.1+    nCino, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.2+*    nCino, Inc. 2019 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+*    nCino, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.4+*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Pierre Naudé.
10.5+*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with David Rudow.
10.6+*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Joshua Glover.
10.7++    Partner Application Distribution Agreement by and between Salesforce and the Company, dated June 19, 2020, as amended.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2*    Consent of Sidley Austin LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement).

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

++

Portions of this exhibit have been redacted in accordance with Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Wilmington, North Carolina, on the 22nd day of June, 2020.

 

nCino, Inc.

By:    

 

/s/ Pierre Naudé

 

Pierre Naudé

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Pierre Naudé, David Rudow and Greg Orenstein and each of them, as such person’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or such person’s substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Pierre Naudé

Pierre Naudé

  

President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 22, 2020

/s/ David Rudow

David Rudow

  

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 22, 2020

/s/ Jeanette Sellers

Jeanette Sellers

  

Vice President of Accounting

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 22, 2020

/s/Steven Collins

Steven Collins

  

Director

 

  June 22, 2020

/s/ Jon Doyle

Jon Doyle

  

Director

 

  June 22, 2020

/s/ Jeffrey Horing

Jeffrey Horing

  

Director

 

  June 22, 2020

/s/ Pam Kilday

Pam Kilday

  

Director

 

  June 22, 2020

/s/ Spencer Lake

Spencer Lake

  

Director

 

  June 22, 2020

/s/ Jeffrey Lunsford

Jeffrey Lunsford

  

Director

 

  June 22, 2020

/s/ William Ruh

William Ruh

  

Director

 

  June 22, 2020

 

II-6

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION VERSION

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
1.    Definitions      1  
2.    Registration Rights      5  
   2.1    Demand Registration      5  
   2.2    Company Registration      6  
   2.3    Underwriting Requirements      7  
   2.4    Obligations of the Company      8  
   2.5    Furnish Information      10  
   2.6    Expenses of Registration      10  
   2. 7    Delay of Registration      10  
   2. 8    Indemnification      10  
   2.9    Reports Under Exchange Act      13  
   2.10    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      13  
   2.11    “Market Stand-off” Agreement      13  
   2.12    Restrictions on Transfer      14  
   2.13    Termination of Registration Rights      16  
3.    Information and Observer Rights      16  
   3.1    Delivery of Financial Statements      16  
   3.2    Inspection      17  
   3.3    Observer Rights      17  
   3.4    Termination of Information and Observer Rights      18  
   3.5    Confidentiality      18  
4.    Rights to Future Stock Issuances      19  
   4.1    Right of First Offer      19  
   4.2    Termination      20  
5.    Additional Covenants      20  
   5.1    Insurance      20  
   5.2    Employee Agreements      20  
   5.3    Employee Stock      20  
   5.4    Qualified Small Business Stock      20  
   5.5    Matters Requiring Approval of the Investors      21  
   5.6    Board Matters      21  
   5. 7    Successor Indemnification      21  
   5.8    Expenses of Counsel      21  
   5.9    FCPA      22  
   5.10    Termination of Covenants      22  
6.    Miscellaneous      23  
   6.1    Successors and Assigns      23  
   6.2    Governing Law      23  

 

i


   6.3    Counterparts      23  
   6.4    Titles and Subtitles      23  
   6.5    Notices      24  
   6.6    Amendments and Waivers      24  
   6.7    Severability      25  
   6.8    Aggregation of Stock      25  
   6.9    Entire Agreement      25  
   6.10    Dispute Resolution      25  
   6.11    Delays or Omissions      26  
   6.12    Acknowledgment      26  
   6.13    Additional Investors      26  

 

Schedule A - Schedule of Investors

 

ii


FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of the 12 day of February, 2015, by and among nCino, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and certain holders of the Company’s common stock listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “Investor”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors had previously entered into that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of January 28, 2014 (the “2014 Rights Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company granted such Investors certain rights; and

WHEREAS, an amendment to the 2014 Rights Agreement was executed as of August 4, 2014;

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors are party to that certain Common Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which such Investors are purchasing shares of Common Stock of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned Investors desire to amend and restate in its entirety the 2014 Rights Agreement, to become party hereto, and to accept the rights and obligations created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights and obligations under the 2014 Rights Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund or other entity now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company or investment adviser with, such Person.

1.2 “Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock.

1.3 “Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in a business that competes with any business of the Company and/or its subsidiaries as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any venture capital firm, financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that is in the business of investing in entities (or any employee, partner or member of such an entity) shall under no circumstances be deemed a “Competitor” solely as a result of such entity’s investments in such a business.


1.4 “Damages” means any loss, damage, claim or liability Goint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

1.5 “Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

1.6 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1. 7 “Excluded Registration” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

1.8 “Exempted Securities” means the following: (i) shares of Common Stock or Derivative Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock; (ii) shares of Common Stock or options to purchase Common Stock issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including the Insight Director; or (iii) shares of Common Stock or Derivative Securities actually issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of Derivative Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Derivative Security.

1.9 “Form S-1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.10 “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

2


1.11 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

1.12 “Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.13 “Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

1.14 “Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.15 “Insight Director” means the director of the Company designated by the Insight Investors pursuant to the December IRA.

1.16 “IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.17 “Insight Investors” means the Investors advised by Insight Venture Management, LLC.

1.18 “Key Employee” means any executive-level employee (including, division director and vice president-level positions) as well as any employee who, either alone or in concert with others, develops, invents, programs, or designs any Company Intellectual Property (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

1.19 “New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

1.20 “Non-Voting Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.21 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

3


1.22 “Registrable Securities” means (i) any Common Stock issued to, or purchased by, the Investors pursuant to (A) the Purchase Agreement, (B) that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among the Insight Investors, SunTrust Banks, Inc. (or any affiliates thereof), the Company and Live Oak Bancshares, Inc., or (C) that certain Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2014, by and between the Company and the Investors listed on Exhibit A thereto; and (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clause ill above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

1.23 “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

1.24 “Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to be notated with the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) hereof.

1.25 “Sale of the Company” shall mean either: (i) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a Person, or a group of related Persons, acquires from stockholders of the Company shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which (A) the Company is a constituent party or (B) a subsidiary of the Company is a constituent party and the Company issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, except any such merger or consolidation involving the Company or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or (iii) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Company if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

1.26 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.27 “SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

4


1.28 “SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.29 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.30 “Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6.

1.31 “Voting Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s Voting Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.32 “Wellington Investors” means the Investors advised by Wellington Management Company, LLP.

2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $15 million, then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.l(c) and 2.3.

(b) Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $3.0 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2. l(c) and 2.3.

 

5


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore necessary to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than sixty ( 60) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such sixty (60) day period other than pursuant to (A) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (B) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (C) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2. l(a) (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1 (a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.l(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1 (b) (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.l(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d).

2.2 Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at

 

6


such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6.

2.3 Underwriting Requirements.

(a) If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Initiating Holders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by the request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion

 

7


determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c) For purposes of Subsection 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Subsection 2.3(a), fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to 60 days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

8


(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

 

9


2.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $15,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b ), as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.l(b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2. 7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of

 

10


any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8, to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Subsection 2.8.

 

11


(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 1 l(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d). when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

12


2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would (i) allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9.

2.11 “Market Stand-off’ Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock, in each case, held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole

 

13


or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, or the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder. provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if (A) all officers and directors and all stockholders individually owning one percent (1 %) or more of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock are subject to the same restrictions and (B) holders of at least 90% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. In addition, in the event that any percentage of the Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held by any officer, director or stockholder owning one percent (1 %) or more of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock is released from any similar restrictions, the same percentage of the Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held by each Holder shall be immediately and fully released from any restrictions on transfer set forth herein concurrently therewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the December IRA, the provisions of this Subsection 2.11 supercede and replace in their entirety the provisions of Section 4 of the December IRA with respect to the Investors.

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) The Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder, other than with respect to a sale pursuant to an effective registration statement or Rule 144, will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the transfer restrictions set forth in this Section 2.12 shall not apply to the transfer of Registrable Securities to any transferee of a Holder who is a permitted assignee of such Holder with respect to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof

(b) Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing (i) the Registrable Securities and (ii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clause (i), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.12(c)) be notated with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

14


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12.

(c) The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12. Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall be notated with, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b), except that such certificate instrument, or book entry shall not be notated with such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

 

15


2.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate upon the fifth anniversary of the IPO.

3. Information and Observer Rights.

3 .1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Investor, provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Investor is a Competitor:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year ( collectively, the “Budget”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(d) with respect to the financial statements called for in Subsection 3.l(a) and Subsection 3.1(b), an instrument executed by the chief financial officer and chief executive officer of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods ( except as otherwise set forth in Subsection 3.l(b)) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the periods specified therein; and

(e) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Subsection 3.1 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a form acceptable to the Company); m (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

16


If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

3.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Investor (provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Investor is a Competitor), at such Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Observer Rights.

(a) As long as the Wellington Investors own, in the aggregate, not less than 464,326 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for all stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations), the Company shall invite a representative of Wellington Management Company, LLP, on behalf of the Wellington Investors, to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company.

(b) As long as the Insight Investors own, in the aggregate, not less than 1,020,916 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for all stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations), the Company shall invite a representative of Insight Venture Partners, on .behalf of the Insight Investors, to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative

 

17


copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company.

3.4 Termination of Information and Observer Rights. The covenants set forth in Subsection 3.1, Subsection 3.2, and Subsection 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon the consummation of a Sale of the Company unless, following such Sale of the Company, the Investors hold equity in an entity or an affiliate of an entity that conducts the business previously conducted by the Company and is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, whichever event occurs first.

3.5 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, investment advisers and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Subsection 3.5; (iii) to any equityholder of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information and provided further, that such Investor shall be responsible for any disclosure of such confidential information by any such equityholder as though such inappropriate disclosure were made by such Investor in violation of this Subsection 3.5; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure, except that compliance with this proviso shall not be required if the information is being disclosed pursuant to the request or requirement of a banking regulator with jurisdiction over such Investor.

 

18


4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances.

4.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Subsection 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Investor. An Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates and (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of such Investor (“Investor Beneficial Owners”); provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (x) is not a Competitor, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors, and (y) agrees to enter into this Agreement, the Right of Co-Sale and Voting Agreement of even date herewith among the Company, the Investors and the other parties named therein (the “Co-Sale Agreement”) and the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2013, among the Company and the holders of the Common Stock listed on Exhibit A thereto (as amended, the “December IRA”), as an “Investor” or “Common Holder”, as applicable, under each such agreement (provided that any Competitor shall not be entitled to any rights as an Investor under Subsections 3.1, 3.2 and 4.1 hereof).

(a) The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of any Derivative Securities then held by such Investor) bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Derivative Securities). The closing of any sale pursuant to this Subsection 4.l(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.l(c).

(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Subsection 4.1(b), the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Subsection 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance with this Subsection 4.1.

 

19


(d) The right of first offer in this Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities; and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO.

4.2 Termination. The covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect immediately before the consummation of the IPO.

5. Additional Covenants.

5 .1 Insurance. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, within sixty (60) days of the date hereof, from financially sound and reputable insurers (i) Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors and (ii) term “key-person” insurance on Pierre Naude in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Directors and Officers liability insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such “key person” insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities determine that such insurance should be discontinued. The key-person policy shall name the Company as loss payee.

5.2 Employee Agreements. The Company will cause each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement.

5.3 Employee Stock. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

5.4 Qualified Small Business Stock. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Common Stock issued to the Investors, as well as any shares into which such shares are converted, within the meaning of Section 1202(f) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), to constitute “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code; provided, however, that such requirement shall not be applicable if the Board of Directors of the Company determines, in its good-faith business judgment, that such qualification is inconsistent with the best interests of the Company. The Company shall submit to its stockholders (including the Investors) and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(l)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated

 

20


thereunder. In addition, within twenty (20) business days after any Investor’s written request therefor, the Company shall, at its option, either (i) deliver to such Investor a written statement indicating whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code or (ii) deliver to such Investor such factual information in the Company’s possession as is reasonably necessary to enable such Investor to determine whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code.

5.5 Matters Requiring Approval of the Investors. So long as the Investors hold, in the aggregate, at least ten percent (10%) of the Registrible Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), the Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding:

(a) (i) liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Company or (ii) consent to any of the foregoing;

(b) amend, alter or repeal any prov1s10n of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company in a manner that would significantly and adversely affect the rights of the Investors; or

(c) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock of the Company which, by their respective terms, are senior to the Common Stock as to dividend rights and/or rights on liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company.

5.6 Board Matters. Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule.

5.7 Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case maybe.

5 .8 Expenses of Counsel. In the event of a transaction which is a Sale of the Company, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Wellington Investors and the Insight Investors (“Investor Counsel”) in an amount not to exceed $25,000, in their capacities as stockholders, shall be borne and paid by the Company. At the outset of considering a transaction which, if consummated would constitute a Sale of the Company, the Company shall obtain the ability to share with the Investor Counsel (and such counsel’s clients)

 

21


and shall share the confidential information (including, without limitation, the initial and all subsequent drafts of memoranda of understanding, letters of intent and other transaction documents and related noncompete, employment, consulting and other compensation agreements and plans) pertaining to and memorializing any of the transactions which, individually or when aggregated with others would constitute the Sale of the Company. The Company shall be obligated to share (and cause the Company’s counsel and investment bankers to share) such materials when distributed to the Company’s executives and/or any one or more of the other parties to such transaction(s). In the event that Investor Counsel deems it appropriate, in its reasonable discretion, to enter into a joint defense agreement or other arrangement to enhance the ability of the parties to protect their communications and other reviewed materials under the attorney client privilege, the Company shall, and shall direct its counsel to, execute and deliver to Investor Counsel and its clients such an agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Investor Counsel. In the event that one or more of the other party or parties to such transactions require the clients of Investor Counsel to enter into a confidentiality agreement and/or joint defense agreement in order to receive such information, then the Company shall share whatever information can be shared without entry into such agreement and shall, at the same time, in good faith work expeditiously to enable Investor Counsel and its clients to negotiate and enter into the appropriate agreeinent(s) without undue burden to the clients of Investor Counsel.

5.9 FCPA. The Company represents that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to) promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”)), in each case, in violation. of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to) cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to) maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCP A, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Upon request, the Company agrees to provide responsive information and/or certifications concerning its compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws. The Company shall promptly notify each Investor if the Company becomes aware of any Enforcement Action (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply with the FCP A. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

5.10 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Subsection 5.7, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

22


6. Miscellaneous.

6.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is Holder’s Immediate Family Member or a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 300,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware.

6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

6.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

23


6.5 Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 6.5. If notice is given to the Company, a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP, 4101 Lake Boone Trail, Suite 300, Raleigh, NC 27607, Attn: Todd H. Eveson, telephone: (919) 781-4000, fax: (919) 781-4865, email: teveson@wyrick.com, if notice is given to the Wellington Investors, a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be given to Greenberg Traurig, LLP, One International Place, Boston, MA 02110, Attn: Bradley A. Jacobson, telephone: 617-310-6000, fax: 617-279-8402, e-mail: jacobsonb@gtlaw.com, if notice is given to the Insight Investors, a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be given to Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, Attention: Morgan D. Elwyn, telephone: (212) 728-8981, fax: (212) 728-8111, email: melwyn@willkie.com, if notice is given to SunTrust Banks, Inc., a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be given to SunTrust Banks, Inc., 303 Peachtree Street, Suite 3600, Atlanta, GA 30308, Attention: Curt Phillips, telephone: 404-588-8522, fax: 404-230-5387, email: curt.phillips@suntrust.com, and if notice is given to salesforce.com, a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be given to Cooley LLP, 101 California Street, 5th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94111, Attention: Matt Roberts, telephone: (415) 693-2112, fax: (415) 693-2222, email: mroberts@cooley.com.

6.6 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived ( either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Subsection 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Subsection 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); provided further that any provision hereof that is explicitly applicable to Wellington Investors and Section 4 may only be waived or amended with the written consent of the Wellington Investors then holding the majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Wellington Investors together; provided further that any provision hereof that is explicitly applicable to Insight Investors and Section 4 may only be waived or amended with the written consent of the Insight Investors then holding the majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Insight Investors together; and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms,

 

24


notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction). The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6. 7 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

6.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled. For the purposes of clarity, the parties agree that in the event of any confict between the provisions of this Agreement and the December IRA, the respective provisions of this Agreement shall control.

6.10 Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state courts of North Carolina and to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, and (b) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS (AS DEFINED IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT), THE REGISTRABLE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS

 

25


(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

6.11 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.12 Acknowledgment. The Company acknowledges that the Investors and/or such Investors’ investment advisers are in the business of making, selecting and/or managing venture capital and other investments and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors and/or such Investors’ investment advisers from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

6.13 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Common Stock after the date hereof pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Common Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder. Immediately thereafter, Schedule A to this Agreement will be amended to list the new Investors hereunder.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

NCINO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Pierre Naude

Name:   Pierre Naude
Title:   President & CEO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


INVESTORS:
Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company LLP,
as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Emily D. Babalas

  Name: Emily D. Babalas
  Title: Vice President and Counsel
Wolf Creek Investors (Bermuda) L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company LLP,
as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Emily D. Babalas

  Name: Emily D. Babalas
  Title: Vice President and Counsel
Wolf Creek Partners, L.P
By: Wellington Management Company LLP,
as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Emily D. Babalas

  Name: Emily D. Babalas
  Title: Vice President and Counsel
Bay Pond Investors (Bermuda) L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company LLP,
as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Emily D. Babalas

  Name: Emily D. Babalas
  Title: Vice President and Counsel
Bay Pond Partners, L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company LLP,
as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Emily D. Babalas

  Name: Emily D. Babalas
  Title: Vice President and Counsel

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS IX, L.P.
By:   Insight Venture Associates IX, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Insight Venture Associates IX, Ltd.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Blair Flicker

Name:   Blair Flicker
Title:  

    

Address:
c/o Insight Venture Partners
1114 Avenue of the Americas
36th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Blair Flicker
Tel. 212-230-9200
bflicker@insightpartners.com
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS (CAYMAN) IX, L.P.
By:   Insight Venture Associates IX, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Insight Venture Associates IX, Ltd.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Blair Flicker

Name:   Blair Flicker
Title:  

    

Address:
c/o Insight Venture Partners
1114 Avenue of the Americas
36th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Blair Flicker
Tel. 212-230-9200
bflicker@insightpartners.com

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS (CO-INVESTORS) IX, L.P.
By:   Insight Venture Associates IX, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Insight Venture Associates IX, Ltd.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Blair Flicker

Name:   Blair Flicker
Title:  

    

Address:
c/o Insight Venture Partners
1114 Avenue of the Americas
36th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Blair Flicker
Tel. 212-230-9200
bflicker@insightpartners.com

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


SUNTRUST BANKS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Richard Blumberg

Name:   Richard Blumberg
Title:   Senior Vice President

Address:

303 Peachtree Street

29th Floor

Atlanta, GA 30308

Attn: Richard Blumberg

Tel. 404-724-3353

Fax. 404-214-8632

Richard.blumberg@suntrust.com

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


SCHEDULE A

Investors

 

Legal Entity Name and Address

Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.

c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Attn: Legal & Compliance Department
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699
Email: seclaw@wellington.com

Wolf Creek Investors (Bermuda) L.P.

c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Attn: Legal & Compliance Department
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699
Email: seclaw@wellington.com

Wolf Creek Partners, L.P.

c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Attn: Legal & Compliance Department
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699
Email: seclaw@wellington.com

Bay Pond Investors (Bermuda) L.P.

c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Attn: Legal & Compliance Department
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699
Email: seclaw@wellington.com

Bay Pond Partners, L.P.

c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Attn: Legal & Compliance Department
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699
Email: seclaw@wellington.com


Insight Venture Partners IX, L.P

c/o Insight Venture Partners

1114 A venue of the Americas 36th Floor

New York, NY 10036
Attn: Blair Flicker

Tel. 212-230-9200

bflicker@insightpartners.com

Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) IX, L.P.

c/o Insight Venture Partners

1114 Avenue of the Americas 36th Floor

New York, NY 10036
Attn: Blair Flicker

Tel. 212-230-9200

bflicker@insightpartners.com

Insight Venture Partners (Co-Investors) IX, L.P.

c/o Insight Venture Partners

1114 Avenue of the Americas 36th Floor

New York, NY 10036
Attn: Blair Flicker

Tel. 212-230-9200

bflicker@insightpartners.com

SunTrust Banks, Inc.

303 Peachtree Street

29th Floor

Atlanta, GA 30308
Attn: Richard Blumberg
Tel. 404- 724-3353
Fax. 404-214-8632

Richard.blumberg@suntrust.com

 

salesforce.com, inc.

The Landmark @ One Market Street, Suite 300
San Francisco, CA 94105
Attn: John Somorjai

Exhibit 10.1

NCINO, INC.

2014 OMNIBUS STOCK OWNERSHIP AND

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

THIS 2014 OMNIBUS STOCK OWNERSHIP AND LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”) of nCino, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation with its principal office in New Hanover County, North Carolina sets forth the terms and conditions under which Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights, and/or Units may be granted from time to time to Eligible Employees, Participants and Directors, subject to the following provisions:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below. Additional terms defined in this Plan shall have the meanings ascribed to them when first used herein.

Annual Vesting Amount. With respect to any calendar year, the aggregate fair market value of stock subject to ISOs that are first exercisable during such calendar year for any Optionee, which may not exceed $100,000. The aggregate fair market value of stock with respect to which ISOs are first exercisable during any calendar year shall be determined by taking into account all ISOs granted to such person under all incentive stock options plans of the Company or of any Subsidiary.

Base Value. The Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of issuance of a SAR.

Board. The Board of Directors of nCino, Inc.

Change in Control Transaction. Any transaction that would be deemed a “change in control event” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Committee. The Compensation Committee of the Board.

Common Stock. The Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

Company. nCino, Inc.

Death. The date of death of an individual who has received Rights as established by the relevant death certificate.

Director. A member of the Board or a member of the Board of Directors of any Subsidiary.


Disability. The date on which an individual who has received Rights becomes permanently and totally disabled within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, which shall be determined by the Committee on the basis of such medical or other evidence as it may reasonably require or deem appropriate.

Distribution Date. March 15th in the year of distribution of a Retained Unit in cash or Stock under Article V (or the first business day thereafter), except that in the case of special distributions, the Distribution Date shall be the first business day of the month in which the Committee determines the amount and form of the distribution.

Dividend Equivalent Credit. An amount equal to the dividend payable on one share of Common Stock determined and credited on the dividend payment date to each Unit Recipient’s account for each Unit which has been awarded to the Unit Recipient and not converted to a Retained Unit or canceled.

Dividend Equivalent Unit. A Unit awarded pursuant to a Dividend Equivalent Credit.

Effective Date. The date as of which this Plan is effective, which shall be the date it is adopted by the Board.

Eligible Employees. Those individuals who meet the following eligibility requirements:

 

  i.

Such individual must be a full time employee of the Company or a Subsidiary. For this purpose, an individual shall be considered to be an “employee” only if there exists between the Company or a Subsidiary and the individual the legal and bona fide relationship of employer and employee. In determining whether such relationship exists, the regulations of the United States Treasury Department relating to the determination of such relationship for the purpose of collection of income tax at the source on wages shall be applied.

 

  ii.

Such individual is identified by the Committee as an employee who is in a position to contribute to the long-term success of the Company.

 

  iii.

If the Registration shall not have occurred, such individual must have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment involved in the receipt and/or exercise of a Right.

 

  iv.

Such individual, being otherwise an Eligible Employee under the foregoing items, shall have been selected by the Committee as a person to whom a Right or Rights shall be granted under the Plan.

Exercise Price. The price at which an Option may be exercised.


Fair Market Value. With respect to the Company’s Common Stock, the market price per share of such Common Stock determined by the Committee, consistent with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and to the extent consistent therewith, as follows, as of the date specified in the context within which such term is used:

 

  i.

if the Common Stock was traded on a stock exchange on the date as of which such determination is made, then the Fair Market Value will be equal to the closing price reported by the applicable composite-transactions report for such date;

 

  ii.

if on the date as of which such determination is made, quotations for the Common Stock are regularly listed on the NASDAQ system or another comparable system, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be equal to the closing price for the Common Stock quoted on such system for the trading date as of the date as of which such determination is made; and if a closing price is not available for such date, then the fair market value shall be equal to the closing price on the most recent trading day for which such a price is available;

 

  iii.

if no such quotations are available, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid and asked prices furnished by a professional securities dealer making a market in such shares, as selected by the Committee, for the trading date first preceding the date as of which such determination is made; and

 

  iv.

if the Committee determines that the price as determined above does not represent the fair market value of a share of Common Stock, the Committee may then consider such other factors as it deems appropriate and then fix the fair market value for the purposes of this Plan. In such case, the Committee shall maintain a written record of its method of determining Fair Market Value.

Holder. An individual granted Rights to Restricted Stock.

ISO. An “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Just Cause Termination means means:

 

  i.

with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary which employs the recipient of any Rights under the Plan or for which such recipient primarily performs services, the commission by the recipient of an act of fraud, embezzlement, theft or proven dishonesty, or any other illegal act or practice (whether or not resulting in criminal prosecution or conviction), or any act or practice which the Administrator shall, in good faith, deem to have resulted in the recipient’s becoming unbondable under the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s fidelity bond;


  ii.

the willful engaging by the recipient in misconduct which is deemed by the Administrator, in good faith, to be materially injurious to the Company or any Subsidiary, monetarily or otherwise, including, but not limited to, improperly disclosing trade secrets or other confidential or sensitive business information and data about the Company or any subsidiaries and competing with the Company or its subsidiaries, or soliciting employees, consultants or customers of the Company in violation of law or any employment or other agreement to which the recipient is a party; or

 

  iii.

the willful and continued failure or habitual neglect by the recipient to perform his or her duties with the Company or the Subsidiary substantially in accordance with the operating and personnel policies and procedures of the Company or the Subsidiary generally applicable to all their employees. For purposes of this Plan, no act or failure to act by the recipient shall be deemed to be “willful” unless done or omitted to be done by the recipient not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the recipient’s action or omission was in the best interest of the Company and/or the Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the recipient has entered into an employment agreement that is binding as of the date of employment termination, and if such employment agreement defines “Cause,” then the definition of “Cause” in such agreement shall apply to the recipient in this Plan. “Cause” under either (i), (ii) or (iii) shall be determined by the Administrator.

NASDAQ. National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System.

Non-Qualified Option. Any Option granted under Article III hereof whether designated by the Committee as a Non-Qualified Option or otherwise, other than an Option designated by the Committee as an ISO, or any Option so designated but which, for any reason, fails to qualify as an ISO pursuant to Section 422 of the Code and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Option Agreement. The agreement between the Company and an Optionee with respect to Options granted to such Optionee, including such terms and provisions as are necessary or appropriate under Article III.

Optionee. An individual granted an Option under Article III.

Option Period. The period ending on the expiration date of each Option, which shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant of the Option.

Options. ISOs and Non-Qualified Options are collectively referred to herein as “Options;” provided, however, whenever reference is specifically made only to ISOs or Non- Qualified Options, such reference shall be deemed to be made to the exclusion of the other.

Participant. Any officer, employee, Director or independent contractor of the Company who has been selected by the Committee to receive a grant of Rights under this Plan.

Performance Period. A period of two or more years during which certain criteria must be met in order for Units to be converted into Retained Units.


Plan Pool. A total of 2,474,095 shares of authorized, but unissued, shares of Common Stock, as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.3(b), which shall be available as Stock under this Plan.

Registration. The registration by the Company of this Plan, the offering of Rights under this Plan, the offering of Stock under this Plan, and/or the Stock acquirable under this Plan under the 1933 Act and applicable state “Blue Sky” and securities laws.

Retained Units. Units which Unit Recipients receive based upon the satisfaction of performance goals during a Performance Period.

Restricted Stock. The Stock that a Holder shall be awarded with restrictions when, as, in the amounts and with the restrictions described in Article IV.

Restricted Stock Grant Agreement. The agreement between the Company and a Holder with respect to Rights to Restricted Stock, including such terms and provisions as are necessary or appropriate under Article IV.

Retirement. “Retirement” shall mean:

 

  i.

the termination of an Eligible Employee’s employment under conditions which would constitute “normal retirement” or “early retirement” under any tax qualified retirement plan maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary, or

 

  ii.

termination of employment after attaining age 65 (except in the case of a Just Cause Termination), or

 

  iii.

termination of service as a Director, at the election of the Director, at any time after not less than five (5) years of service as a member of the board of directors.

Rights. The rights to exercise, purchase or receive the Options, Restricted Stock, Units and SARs described herein.

Rights Agreement. An Option Agreement, a Restricted Stock Grant Agreement, a Unit Agreement or a SAR Agreement.

SAR. The Right of a SAR Recipient to receive cash when, as and in the amounts described in Article VI.

SAR Agreement. The agreement between the Company and a SAR Recipient with respect to the SAR awarded to the SAR Recipient, including such terms and conditions as are necessary or appropriate under Article VI.

SAR Exercise Date. The date notice is received by the Company that a SAR is being exercised.


SAR Period. The period ending on the expiration date or dates of each SAR, which date shall be not later than ten (10) years after the date such SAR is granted.

SAR Recipient. An individual to whom SARs are granted.

SAR Vesting Period. The period or periods of time within which each SAR or portion thereof will first become exercisable. SEC. The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Stock. The shares of Common Stock in the Plan Pool available for issuance pursuant to the valid exercise of a Right or on which the cash value of a Right is to be based.

Subsidiary. Any direct or indirect subsidiary entity of the Company.

Tax Withholding Liability. All federal and state income taxes, social security tax, and any other taxes applicable to the compensation income arising from the transaction required by applicable law to be withheld by the Company.

Transfer. The sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, loan, gift, attachment, levy upon, assignment for the benefit of creditors, by operation of law (by will or descent and distribution), transfer by a qualified domestic relations order, a property settlement or maintenance agreement, transfer by result of the bankruptcy laws or otherwise of a share of Stock or of a Right.

Units. The Right of a Unit Recipient to receive a combination of cash and Stock when, as and in the amounts described in Article V.

Unit Agreement. The agreement between the Company and Unit Recipient with respect to the award of Units to the Unit Recipient, including such terms and conditions as are necessary or appropriate under Article V.

Unit Recipient. An individual granted a Unit.

Vesting Period. The period or periods of time within which each Option or portion thereof will first become exercisable.

1933 Act. The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1934 Act. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


ARTICLE II

GENERAL

Section 2.1. Purpose.

The purposes of this Plan are to encourage and motivate Participants to contribute to the successful performance of the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company and to promote the growth of the market value of the Company’s Common Stock; to achieve a unity of purpose between such Participants and shareholders by providing ownership opportunities, and, when viewed in conjunction with potential benefit plans for members of the Board and the Board of Directors of any Subsidiary, to achieve a unity of purpose between such persons in the achievement of the Company’s primary long term performance objectives; and to retain such employees by rewarding them with potentially tax-advantageous future compensation. These objectives will be promoted through the granting of Rights to designated Participants pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

Section 2.2. Administration.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may designate any officers or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary to assist in the administration of the Plan, to execute documents on behalf of the Committee and to perform such other ministerial duties as may be delegated to them by the Committee.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the determinations and the interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan by the Committee shall be final and conclusive upon persons affected thereby. By way of illustration and not of limitation, the Committee shall have the discretion:

(i) to construe and interpret the Plan and all Rights granted hereunder and to determine the terms and provisions (and amendments thereof) of the Rights granted under the Plan (which need not be identical);

(ii) to define the terms used in the Plan and in the Rights granted hereunder;

(iii) to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules, regulations and policies relating to the Plan;

(iv) to determine the Participants to whom and the time or times at which such Rights shall be granted, the number of shares of Stock, as and when applicable, to be subject to each Right, the exercise price or, other relevant purchase price or value pertaining to a Right, and the determination of leaves of absence which may be granted to Eligible Employees without constituting a termination of their employment for the purposes of the Plan; and

(v) to make all other determinations and interpretations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.


(c) It shall be in the discretion of the Committee to grant Options to purchase shares of Stock to Eligible Employees which qualify as ISOs under the Code. Any Options granted which fail to satisfy the requirements for ISOs shall become Non-Qualified Options.

(d) The Company has no present intention to effect the Registration. Until such time as the Registration shall occur, the Committee shall be responsible for supplying the recipient of a Right and/or shares of Stock in connection therewith with such information about the Company as is contemplated by the federal and state securities laws in connection with exemptions from the registration requirements of such laws, as well as providing the recipient of a Right with the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the Company and the terms and conditions of the Rights granted under this Plan. In addition, if the Registration has not occurred, the Committee shall be responsible for determining the maximum number of Participants and the suitability of particular persons to be Participants in order to comply with applicable federal and state securities statutes and regulations governing such exemptions. In the event that the Company effects the Registration, the Company shall make available to Participants receiving Rights and/or shares of Stock in connection therewith all disclosure documents required under applicable federal and state laws.

(e) In determining the Participants to whom Rights may be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be covered by each Right, the Committee shall take into account the nature of the services rendered by such Participants, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and/or a Subsidiary and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant. A Participant who has been granted a Right under this Plan may be granted an additional Right or Rights under this Plan if the Committee shall so determine. If pursuant to the terms of this Plan, or otherwise in connection with this Plan, it is necessary that the percentage of stock ownership of an Eligible Employee be determined, the ownership attribution provisions set forth in Section 424(d) of the Code shall be controlling.

(f) The granting of Rights pursuant to this Plan is in the exclusive discretion of the Committee, and until the Committee acts, no individual shall have any rights under this Plan. The terms of this Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with this intent.

Section 2.3. Stock Available For Rights.

(a) Shares of the Stock shall be subject to, or underlying, grants of Options, Restricted Stock, SARs and Units under this Plan. The total number of shares of Stock for which, or with respect to which, Rights may be granted (including the number of shares of Stock in respect of which SARs and Units may be granted) under this Plan shall be those designated in the Plan Pool. In the event that a Right granted under this Plan to any Participant expires or is terminated unexercised as to any shares of Stock covered thereby, such shares thereafter shall be deemed available in the Plan Pool for the granting of Rights under this Plan; provided, however, if the expiration or termination date of a Right is beyond the term of existence of this Plan as described in Section 7.3, then any shares of Stock covered by unexercised or terminated Rights shall not reactivate the existence of this Plan and therefore shall not be available for additional grants of Rights under this Plan.


(b) In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased, decreased, changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of securities as a result of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, share exchange acquisition, combination or reclassification, appropriate proportionate adjustments will be made in: (i) the aggregate number and/or kind of shares of Stock in the Plan Pool that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of, or that are underlying, Rights granted hereunder; (ii) the exercise or other purchase price or value pertaining to, and the number and/or kind of shares of Stock called for with respect to, or underlying, each outstanding Right granted hereunder; and (iii) other rights and matters determined on a per share basis under this Plan or any Rights Agreement. Any such adjustments will be made only by the Committee and when so approved will be effective, conclusive and binding for all purposes with respect to this Plan and all Rights then outstanding. No such adjustments will be required by reason of (i) the issuance or sale by the Company for cash of additional shares of its Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of its Common Stock, or (ii) the issuance of shares of Common Stock in exchange for shares of the capital stock of any corporation, financial institution or other entity acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection therewith.

(c) The grant of a Right pursuant to this Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

(d) No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under this Plan for any adjustment under Section 2.3(b).

Section 2.4. Severable Provisions.

The Company intends that the provisions of each of Articles III, IV, V and VI, in each case together with Articles I, II and VII, shall each be deemed to be effective on an independent basis, and that if one or more of such Articles, or the operative provisions thereof, shall be deemed invalid, void or voidable, the remainder of such Articles shall continue in full force and effect.


ARTICLE III

OPTIONS

Section 3.1. Grant of Options.

(a) The Company may grant Options to Participants as provided in this Article III, provided however that no Participant shall be granted in excess of 40% of the Plan Pool. Options will be deemed granted pursuant to this Article III only upon (i) authorization by the Committee, and (ii) the execution and delivery of an Option Agreement by the Optionee and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The aggregate number of shares of Stock potentially acquirable under all Options granted shall not exceed the total number of shares of Stock remaining in the Plan Pool, less all shares of Stock potentially acquired under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this Plan.

(b) The Committee shall designate Options at the time a grant is authorized as either ISOs or Non-Qualified Options. ISOs may only be granted to Eligible Employees. In accordance with Section 422(d) of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date an ISO is granted) of the shares of Stock as to which an ISO may first become exercisable by an Optionee in a particular calendar year may not exceed the Annual Vesting Amount. If an Optionee is granted Options in excess of the Annual Vesting Amount, or if such Options otherwise become exercisable with respect to a number of shares of Stock which would exceed the Annual Vesting Amount, such excess Options shall be Non-Qualified Options.

Section 3.2. Exercise Price.

The initial Exercise Price of each Option granted under this Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its discretion; provided, however, that the Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than (i) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option, in the case of any Eligible Employee who does not own stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of the capital stock of the Company (within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code), or (ii) one hundred and ten percent (110%) of such Fair Market Value in the case of any Eligible Employee who owns stock in excess of such amount.

Section 3.3. Terms and Conditions of Options.

(a) All Options must be granted within ten (10) years of the Effective Date.

(b) The Committee may grant ISOs and Non-Qualified Options, either separately or jointly, to an Eligible Employee. Participants who are not also Eligible Employees are only eligible to be granted Non-Qualified Options by the Committee.

(c) Each grant of Options shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its discretion, consistent with the provisions of this Article III.


(d) Nothing contained in this Article III, any Option Agreement or in any other agreement executed in connection with the granting of an Option to an Eligible Employee under this Article III will confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

(e) Except as otherwise provided herein, each Option Agreement may specify the Vesting Period, if any, with respect to the total number of shares of Stock acquirable thereunder. Such Vesting Periods will be fixed by the Committee in its discretion, and may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee in its discretion.

(f) Not less than one (1) share of Stock may be purchased at any one time through the exercise of an Option.

(g) An Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Stock covered by Options granted to the Optionee until payment in full of the Exercise Price by such Optionee for the shares being purchased. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Stock is fully paid for, except as provided in Section 2.3(b) hereof.

Section 3.4. Exercise of Options.

(a) An Optionee must be a Participant at all times from the date of grant until the exercise of the Options granted, except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5.

(b) An Option may be exercised to the extent exercisable (i) by giving written notice of exercise to the Committee, specifying the number of full shares of Stock to be purchased and, if applicable, accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price thereof and the amount of the Tax Withholding Liability pursuant to Section 3.4(c) below; and (ii) by giving assurances satisfactory to the Company that the shares of Stock to be purchased upon such exercise are being purchased for investment and not with a view to resale in connection with any distribution of such shares in violation of the 1933 Act; provided, however, that in the event the prior occurrence of the Registration or in the event resale of such Stock without such Registration would otherwise be permissible, this second condition will be inoperative if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such condition is not required under the 1933 Act or any other applicable law, regulation or rule of any governmental agency.

(c) As a condition to the issuance of the shares of Stock upon full or partial exercise of a Non-Qualified Option, the Optionee will pay to the Company in cash, or in such other form as the Committee may determine in its discretion, the amount of the Company’s Tax Withholding Liability required in connection with such exercise.


(d) The Exercise Price of an Option shall be payable to the Company (i) in United States dollars, in cash or by check, or money order payable to the order of the Company, or (ii) at the discretion of the Committee, through the delivery of shares of the Stock owned by the Optionee (including, if the Committee so permits, a portion of the shares of Stock as to which the Option is then being exercised) with a Fair Market Value as of the date of delivery equal to the Exercise Price, or (iii) at the discretion of the Committee, through cashless net exercise, or (iv) at the discretion of the Committee, by a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii) above. No shares of Stock shall be delivered to the Optionee until arrangements for full payment have been made.

Section 3.5. Term and Termination of Option.

(a) The Committee shall determine, and each Option Agreement shall state, the expiration date or dates of each Option, but such expiration date shall be not later than ten (10) years after the date such Option was granted. In the event an ISO is granted to a 10% shareholder, the expiration date or dates of each Option Period shall be not later than five

(5) years after the date such Option is granted. The Committee may extend the expiration date or dates of an Option Period of any Non-Qualified Option after such date was originally set; provided, however such expiration date may not exceed the maximum expiration date described in this Section 3.5(a).

(b) In the event of the termination of employment of an Optionee either by reason of (i) Just Cause Termination, or (ii) voluntary separation on the part of such Optionee for a reason other than Retirement or Disability, any Option or Options granted to the Optionee under this Plan, to the extent not previously exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, shall immediately terminate.

(c) In the event of the termination of employment of an Optionee as a result of such Optionee’s Retirement, such Optionee shall have the right to exercise any Option or Options granted to the Optionee under this Plan, to the extent that they have not previously been exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, for a period of three (3) months after the date of retirement, but in no event may any Option be exercised later than the end of the Option Period. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, or in any Option Agreement, upon Retirement, any Option then held by an Optionee shall be exercisable immediately in full.

(d) In the event of the termination of employment of an Optionee by reason of such Optionee’s Disability, such Optionee shall have the right to exercise any Option or Options held by the Optionee, to the extent that they previously have not been exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, notwithstanding any limitations placed on the exercise of such Options by this Plan or an Option Agreement, immediately in full and at any time within twelve (12) months after the last date on which such Optionee provides services as an officer or an employee of the Company before being disabled, but in no event may any Option be exercised later than the end of the Option Period.

(e) In the event that an Optionee should die while employed by the Company, or within three (3) months after Retirement, any Option or Options granted to the Optionee under this Plan and not previously exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, shall vest and shall be exercisable, according to their respective terms, by the personal representative of such Optionee or by any person or persons who acquired such Options by


bequest or inheritance from such Optionee, notwithstanding any limitations placed on the exercise of such Options by this Plan or any Option Agreement, immediately in full and at any time within twelve (12) months after the Death of such Optionee, but in no event may any Option be exercised later than the end of the Option Period. Any references herein to an Optionee shall be deemed to include any person entitled to exercise an Option under the terms of this Plan after the Death of such Optionee.

Section 3.6. Change in Control Transaction.

At any time prior to the date of consummation of a Change in Control Transaction, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion and notwithstanding the terms of any Option Agreement, determine that all or any part of the Options theretofore granted under this Article III shall become immediately exercisable in full and may thereafter be exercised at any time before the date of consummation of the Change in Control Transaction (except as otherwise provided in Article II hereof, and except to the extent that such acceleration of exercisability would result in an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code).

Section 3.7. Restrictions On Transfer.

An Option granted under Article III may not be Transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and, during the lifetime of the Optionee to whom it was granted, may be exercised only by such Optionee.

Section 3.8. Stock Certificates.

Shares may be evidenced by physical certificates. To the extent that physical certificates are used, any such certificates representing Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of Options will bear all legends required by law and necessary to effectuate the provisions hereof. The Company may place a “stop transfer” order against Shares until all restrictions and conditions set forth in this Article III, the applicable Option Agreement, and in the legends referred to in this

Section 3.8 have been complied with.

Section 3.9. Amendment and Discontinuance.

The Board may at any time amend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that the Board (unless its actions are approved or ratified by the shareholders of the Company within twelve months of the date that the Board amends the Plan) may not amend the Plan to:

(a) Increase the total number of shares of Stock issuable pursuant to all Rights under the Plan, except as contemplated in Article 1 or Section 2.3(b) hereof; or

(b) Change the class of employees eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options that may participate in the Plan.


No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall affect adversely an Optionee’s rights under an existing Option Agreement without the consent of the Optionee or his legal representative.

ARTICLE IV

RESTRICTED STOCK GRANTS

Section 4.1 Grants of Restricted Stock.

(a) The Company may issue Restricted Stock to Participants as provided in this Article IV. Restricted Stock will be deemed issued only upon (i) authorization by the Committee, and (ii) the execution and delivery of a Restricted Stock Grant Agreement by the person to whom such Restricted Stock is to be issued and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

(b) Each issuance of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Article IV will be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between the Company and the Holder in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its sole discretion, consistent with this Article IV. Each Restricted Stock Grant Agreement will specify the purchase price per share, if any, paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, such amount to be fixed by the Committee.

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, each Restricted Stock Grant Agreement shall set forth the terms and conditions of any forfeiture provisions regarding the Restricted Stock, (including any provisions for accelerated vesting in the event of a Change in Control Transaction) as determined by the Committee.

(d) At the discretion of the Committee, the Holder, as a condition to such issuance, may be required to pay to the Company in cash, or in such other form as the Committee may determine in its discretion, the amount of the Company’s Tax Withholding Liability required in connection with such issuance.

(e) Nothing contained in this Article IV, any Restricted Stock Grant Agreement, or any other agreement executed in connection with the issuance of Restricted Stock under this Article IV will confer upon any Holder any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Section 4.2. Restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Stock.

(a) Shares of Restricted Stock acquired by a Holder may be Transferred only in accordance with the specific limitations on the Transfer of Restricted Stock imposed by applicable state or federal securities laws or set forth below, and subject to certain undertakings of the transferee set forth in Section 4.2(c). All Transfers of Restricted Stock not meeting the conditions set forth in this Section 4.2 are expressly prohibited.

(b) Any prohibited Transfer of Restricted Stock is void and of no effect. Should such a Transfer be attempted, the Company may refuse to carry out the Transfer on its books, attempt to set aside the Transfer, enforce any undertaking or right under this Section 4.2, and/or exercise any other legal or equitable remedy.


(c) Any Transfer of Restricted Stock that would otherwise be permitted under the terms of this Plan is prohibited unless the transferee executes such documents as the Company may reasonably require to ensure the Company’s rights under a Restricted Stock Grant Agreement and this Article IV are adequately protected with respect to the Restricted Stock so Transferred. Such documents may include, without limitation, an agreement by the transferee to be bound by all of the terms of this Plan applicable to Restricted Stock and of the applicable Restricted Stock Grant Agreement, as if the transferee were the original Holder of such Restricted Stock.

(d) To facilitate the enforcement of the restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Article IV, the Committee may, at its discretion, require the Holder of shares of Restricted Stock to deliver the certificate(s) for such shares with a stock power executed in blank by the Holder and the Holder’s spouse, to the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee, and the Company may hold said certificate(s) and stock power(s) in escrow and take all such actions as are necessary to ensure that all Transfers and/or releases are made in accordance with the terms of this Plan. Such certificates may be held in escrow so long as the shares of Restricted Stock evidenced thereby are subject to any restriction on Transfer under this Article IV or under a Restricted Stock Grant Agreement. Each Holder acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company (or his or her designee) is so appointed as the escrow agent with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to the issuance of shares of Restricted Stock under this Article IV, that the appointment is coupled with an interest, and that it accordingly will be irrevocable. The escrow agent will not be liable to any party to a Restricted Stock Grant Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless the escrow agent is grossly negligent relative thereto. The escrow agent may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine.

Section 4.3. Compliance with Law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IV, Restricted Stock may be issued pursuant to this Article IV only after there has been compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and such issuance will be subject to this overriding condition. The Company may include shares of Restricted Stock in a Registration, but will not be required to register or qualify Restricted Stock with the SEC or any state agency, except that the Company will register with, or as required by local law, file for and secure an exemption from such registration requirements from the applicable securities administrator and other officials of each jurisdiction in which a Holder would be issued Restricted Stock hereunder prior to such issuance.

Section 4.4. Stock Certificates.

Certificates representing the Restricted Stock issued pursuant to this Article IV will bear all legends required by law and necessary to effectuate the provisions hereof. The Company may place a “stop transfer” order against shares of Restricted Stock until all restrictions and conditions set forth in this Article IV, the applicable Restricted Stock Grant Agreement and the legends referred to in this Section 4.4 have been complied with.


Section 4.5. Market Standoff.

To the extent requested by the Company and any underwriter of securities of the Company in connection with a firm commitment underwriting, no Holder of any shares of Restricted Stock will Transfer any such shares not included in such underwriting, or not previously registered in a Registration, during the one hundred twenty (120) day period following the effective date of the registration statement filed with the SEC under the 1933 Act in connection with such offering.

Section 4.6. Amendment and Discontinuance.

The Board may at any time terminate the Plan; provided, however, that the Board (unless its actions are approved or ratified by the shareholders of the Company within twelve months of the date that the Board amends the Plan) may not amend the Plan to:

(a) Increase the total number of shares of Stock issuable pursuant to all Rights under the Plan, except as contemplated in Article I or Section 2.3(b) hereof; or

(b) modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation under this Article IV. No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall affect adversely a Holder’s rights under an existing Restricted Stock Agreement without the consent of the Holder or his legal representative.

Section 4.7. Limitations.

The aggregate number of shares of Stock potentially distributable as Restricted Stock, shall not exceed the total number of shares of Stock remaining in the Plan Pool, less all shares of Stock potentially acquirable under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this Plan.

ARTICLE V

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION UNITS

Section 5.1. Awards of Units.

(a) The Company may grant awards of Units to Eligible Employees as provided in this Article V. Units will be deemed granted only upon (i) authorization by the Committee, and (ii) the execution and delivery of a Unit Agreement by the Eligible Employee to whom Units are to be granted and an authorized officer of the Company. Units may be granted in such amounts and to such Unit Recipients as the Committee may determine, subject to the limitations of Section 5.2 below.


(b) Each grant of Units pursuant to this Article V will be evidenced by a Unit Award Agreement between the Company and the Unit Recipient in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its sole discretion, consistent with this Article V.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, Units will be converted into Retained Units only after the end of the Performance Period. The Performance Period shall be set by the Committee for each year’s awards.

(d) The percentage of the Units awarded under this Section 5.1 or credited pursuant to Section 5.5 that will be distributed to Unit Recipients shall depend on the levels of financial performance and other performance objectives achieved during each year of the Performance Period; provided, however, that the Committee may adopt one or more performance categories or eliminate all performance categories other than financial performance. Financial performance shall be based on the consolidated results of the Company and its Subsidiaries prepared on the same basis as the financial statements published for financial reporting purposes and determined in accordance with Section 5.1(e) below. Other performance categories adopted by the Committee shall be based on such measurements of performance as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

(e) The conversion of Units into Retained Units will be based on the Company’s financial performance with results from other performance categories applied as a factor, not exceeding one (1), against financial results. The annual financial and other performance results will be averaged over the Performance Period and translated into percentage factors according to graduated criteria established by the Committee for the entire Performance Period. The resulting percentage factors shall determine the percentage of Units that will be converted to Retained Units. No conversion to Retained Units shall be made if a minimum average percentage of the applicable measurement of performance, financial and other, to be established by the Committee is not achieved for the Performance Period. The performance levels achieved for each Performance Period and percentage of Units converted to Retained Units shall be conclusively determined by the Committee.

(f) The percentage of Units awarded which are converted to Retained Units based on the levels of performance (including any Units credited under Section 5.5) will be determined as soon as practicable after each Performance Period.

(g) As soon as practical after determination of the number of Retained Units, such Retained Units shall be distributed in the form of a combination of Stock and cash in the relative percentages as between the two as determined by the Committee. Units that have been awarded, but which do not become Retained Units, shall be canceled.

(h) Notwithstanding any provision in this Article V other than Section 5.2, if the Committee determines that it is appropriate under the circumstances, the Committee may award to any Eligible Employee by virtue of hire, promotion or upgrade to a higher job grade classification, or special individual circumstances, an award of Units, with respect to one or more Performance Periods that began in prior years and at the time of the award have not yet been completed.


(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Committee may reduce or eliminate awards to a Unit Recipient who has been demoted to a lower job grade classification, and where circumstances warrant, may permit continued participation, proration or early distribution, or a combination thereof, of awards which would otherwise be canceled.

Section 5.2. Limitations.

The aggregate number of shares of Stock potentially distributable under all Units granted, including any Units credited pursuant to Section 5.5, shall not exceed the total number of shares of Stock remaining in the Plan Pool, less all shares of Stock potentially acquirable under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this Plan.

Section 5.3. Terms and Conditions.

(a) All awards of Units must be made within ten (10) years of the Effective Date.

(b) The award of Units shall be evidenced by a Unit Award Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its discretion, consistent with the provisions of this Article V.

(c) Nothing contained in this Article V, any Unit Award Agreement or in any other agreement executed in connection with the award of Units under this Article V will confer upon any Unit Recipient any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(d) A Unit Recipient shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Units until the Retained Unit has been converted into shares of Stock. No adjustment shall be made in the number of Units for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Stock is fully paid for, except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 5.6(a).

Section 5.4. Special Distribution Rules.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.4, a Unit Recipient must be an Eligible Employee from the date a Unit is awarded to him or her continuously through and including the date of conversion to a Retained Unit.

(b) In case of the Death or Disability of a Unit Recipient prior to the end of any Performance Period, the number of Retained Units converted for the Unit Recipient for such Performance Period shall be reduced pro rata based on the number of months remaining in the Performance Period after the month of Death or Disability. The Retained Units, reduced in the discretion of the Committee to the percentage indicated by the levels of performance achieved prior to the date of Death or Disability, if any, shall be distributed in cash or Stock within a reasonable time after Death or Disability. All other Units awarded to the Unit Recipient for such Performance Period shall be canceled.


(c) If a Unit Recipient enters into Retirement prior to the end of any Performance Period, the Units converted to Retained Units for such Unit Recipient shall be prorated to the end of the year in which such Retirement occurs and distributed in cash and/or Stock at the end of the Performance Period based upon the Company’s performance for such period.

(d) In the event of the termination of the Unit Recipient’s status as an Eligible Employee prior to the end of any Performance Period for any reason other than Death, Disability or Retirement, all Units awarded to the Unit Recipient with respect to any such Performance Period shall be immediately forfeited and canceled.

(e) Upon a Unit Recipient’s promotion to a higher job grade classification, the Committee may, in its discretion, award to the Unit Recipient the total Units, or any portion thereof, which are associated with the higher job grade classification for the then current Performance Period.

Section 5.5. Dividend Equivalent Units.

The Committee may provide in a grant and in the Unit Agreement that on any record date for dividends on the Common Stock, an amount equal to the dividend payable on the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Unit will be determined and credited on the payment date to each Unit Recipient’s account for each Unit which has been awarded to the Unit Recipient and not converted to a Retained Unit or canceled. Such amount will be converted within the account to an additional number of Units equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that could be purchased at Fair Market Value on such dividend payment date. These Units will be treated for purposes of this Article V in the same manner as those Units granted pursuant to Section 5.1.

Section 5.6. Adjustments.

(a) In addition to the provisions of Section 2.3(b), if an extraordinary change occurs during a Performance Period which significantly alters the basis upon which the performance levels were established under Section 5.1 for that Performance Period, to avoid distortion in the operation of this Article V, but subject to Section 5.2, the Committee may make adjustments in such performance levels to preserve the incentive features of this Article V, whether before or after the end of the Performance Period, to the extent it deems appropriate in its sole discretion, which adjustments shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties concerned. Such changes may include, without limitation, adoption of, or changes in, accounting practices, tax laws and regulatory or other laws or regulations; economic changes not in the ordinary course of business cycles; significant corporate transactions; or compliance with judicial decrees or other legal authorities.


(b) At any time prior to the date of consummation of a Change in Control Transaction, the Committee may determine, notwithstanding the terms of any Unit Agreement, that all or any part of the Units theretofore awarded under this Article V shall become immediately Retained Units (reduced pro rata based on the number of months remaining in the Performance Period after the consummation of the Change in Control Transaction) and may thereafter be distributed in cash and/or Stock at any time before the date of consummation of the Change in Control Transaction (except as otherwise provided in Article II hereof, and except to the extent that such acceleration of distribution would result in an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code).

Section 5.7. Other Conditions.

(a) No person shall have any claim to be granted an award of Units under this Article V and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Eligible Employees or Unit Recipients under this Article IV.

(b) The Company shall have the right to deduct from any distribution or payment in cash under this Article V, and the Unit Recipient or other person receiving shares of Stock under this Article V shall be required to pay to the Company any Tax Withholding Liability. The number of shares of Stock to be distributed to any individual Unit Recipient may be reduced by the number of shares of Stock, the Fair Market Value of which on the Distribution Date is equivalent to the cash necessary to pay any Tax Withholding Liability, where the cash to be distributed is not sufficient to pay such Tax Withholding Liability, or the Unit Recipient may deliver to the Company cash sufficient to pay such Tax Withholding Liability.

(c) Distribution of shares of Stock under this Article V may be delayed until the requirements of any applicable laws or regulations, and any stock exchange or applicable NASDAQ requirements, are satisfied. The shares of Stock distributed under this Article V shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions on disposition as counsel for the Company shall determine to be desirable or necessary under applicable law.

(d) For the purpose of distribution of Units in cash, the value of a Unit shall be the Fair Market Value on the Distribution Date.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V, no Dividend Equivalent Credits shall be made and no conversion of Dividend Equivalent Units to Retained Units shall be made if at the time a Dividend Equivalent Credit or conversion of Dividend Equivalent Units to Retained Units would otherwise have been made:

(i) Any regular dividend on the Common Stock has been omitted and not subsequently paid or there exists any default in payment of dividends on any such outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company;

(ii) The rate of dividends on the Common Stock is lower than at the time the Dividend Equivalent Units were awarded, adjusted for any change of the type addressed to in Section 2.3(b);


(iii) Estimated consolidated net income of the Company for the twelve-month period preceding the month the Dividend Equivalent Credit or conversion of Dividend Equivalent Units to Retained Units would otherwise have been made is less than the sum of the amount of the Dividend Equivalent Credits and Retained Units eligible for distribution under this Article V in that month plus all dividends applicable to such period on an accrual basis, either paid, declared or accrued at the most recently paid rate, on all outstanding shares of Common Stock; or

(iv) The Dividend Equivalent Credit or conversion of Dividend Equivalent Units to Retained Units would result in a default in any agreement by which the Company is bound.

(f) In the event net income available under Section 5.7(e) above for Dividend Equivalent Credits and conversion of Dividend Equivalent Units to Retained Units is sufficient to cover part but not all of such amounts, the following order shall be applied in making payments: (i) Dividend Equivalent Credits, and then (ii) conversion of Dividend Equivalent Units to Retained Units.

Section 5.8. Designation of Beneficiaries.

A Unit Recipient may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive all or part of the Stock and/or cash to be distributed to the Unit Recipient under this Article V in case of Death. A designation of beneficiary may be replaced by a new designation or may be revoked by the Unit Recipient at any time. A designation or revocation shall be on a form to be provided for that purpose and shall be signed by the Unit Recipient and delivered to the Company prior to the Unit Recipient’s Death. In case of the Unit Recipient’s Death, any amounts to be distributed to the Unit Recipient under this Article V with respect to which a designation of beneficiary has been made (to the extent it is valid and enforceable under applicable law) shall be distributed in accordance with this Article V to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries. The amount distributable to a Unit Recipient upon Death and not subject to such a designation shall be distributed to the Unit Recipient’s estate. If there shall be any question as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive a distribution under this Article V, the amount in question may be paid to the estate of the Unit Recipient, in which event the Company shall have no further liability to anyone with respect to such amount.

Section 5.9. Restrictions On Transfer.

Units granted under Article V may not be Transferred, except as provided in Section 5.8, and, during the lifetime of the Unit Recipient to whom it was awarded, cash and Stock receivable with respect to Retained Units may be received only by such Unit Recipient.

Section 5.10. Amendment and Discontinuance.

The Board may at any time terminate the Plan; provided, however, that the Board (unless its actions are approved or ratified by the shareholders of the Company within twelve months of the date that the Board amends the Plan) may not amend the Plan to:

(a) Increase the total number of shares of Stock issuable pursuant to all Rights under the Plan, except as contemplated in Article I or Section 2.3(b) hereof; or


(b) modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation under this Article V.

No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall affect adversely a Unit Recipient’s rights under an existing Unit Award Agreement without the consent of the Unit Recipient or his legal representative.

Section 5.11. Compliance with Rule 16b-3.

With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, transactions under this Article V are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the 1934 Act. To the extent any provision of this Article V or action by the Board or the Committee fails so to comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

Section 6.1. Grants of SARs.

(a) The Company may grant SARs under this Article VI. SARs will be deemed granted only upon (i) authorization by the Committee, and (ii) the execution and delivery of a SAR Agreement by the Eligible Employee to whom the SARs are to be granted and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The aggregate number of shares of Stock which shall underlie SARs granted hereunder shall not exceed the total number of shares of Stock remaining in the Plan Pool, less all shares of Stock potentially acquirable under or underlying all other Rights outstanding under this Plan.

(b) Each grant of SARs pursuant to this Article VI shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement between the Company and the SAR Recipient, in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its sole discretion, consistent with this Article VI.

Section 6.2. Terms and Conditions of SARs.

(a) All SARs must be granted within ten (10) years of the Effective Date.

(b) Each SAR issued pursuant to this Article VI shall have an initial Base Value. (c) Nothing contained in this Article VI, any SAR Agreement or in any other agreement executed in connection with the granting of a SAR under this Article VI will confer upon any SAR Recipient any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.


(d) Except as otherwise provided herein, each SAR Agreement may specify the SAR Vesting Period. Such SAR Vesting Periods will be fixed by the Committee and may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee, at its discretion.

(e) SARs relating to less than one (1) share of Stock may not be exercised.

(f) A SAR Recipient shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Stock underlying such SAR. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Stock is fully paid for, except as provided in Section 2.3(b).

Section 6.3. Restrictions On Transfer of SARs.

SARs granted under this Article VI may not be Transferred, except as provided in Section 6.7, and during the lifetime of the SAR Recipient to whom it was granted, may be exercised only by such SAR Recipient.

Section 6.4. Exercise of SARs.

(a) A SAR Recipient, or his or her executors or administrators, or heirs or legatees, shall exercise a SAR of the SAR Recipient by giving written notice of such exercise to the Committee. SARs may be exercised only upon the completion of any SAR Vesting Period applicable to such SAR.

(b) Within ten (10) business days of the SAR Exercise Date applicable to a SAR exercised in accordance with Section 6.4(a), the SAR Recipient shall be paid in cash the difference between the Base Value of such SAR (as adjusted, if applicable under Section 6.2(c), as of the most recently preceding quarterly period) and the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the SAR Exercise Date, as such difference is reduced by the Company’s Tax Withholding Liability arising from such exercise.

Section 6.5. Termination of SARs.

The Committee shall determine, and each SAR Agreement shall state, the SAR Period. The Committee may extend the expiration date or dates of a SAR Period after such date is originally set; provided, however, such expiration date may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant of the SAR.

Section 6.6. Change in Control Transaction.

At any time prior to the date or consummation of a Change in Control Transaction, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion and notwithstanding the terms of any SAR Agreement, determine that all or any part of the SARs theretofore granted under this Article VI shall become immediately exercisable in full and may thereafter be exercised at any time before the date of consummation of the Change in Control Transaction (except as otherwise provided in Article II hereof, and except to the extent that such acceleration of exercisability would result in an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code).


Section 6.7. Designation of Beneficiaries.

A SAR Recipient may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive all or part of the cash to be paid to the SAR Recipient under this Article VI in case of Death. A designation of beneficiary may be replaced by a new designation or may be revoked by the SAR Recipient at any time. A designation or revocation shall be on a form to be provided for that purpose and shall be signed by the SAR Recipient and delivered to the Company prior to the SAR Recipient’s Death. In case of the SAR Recipient’s Death, the amounts to be distributed to the SAR Recipient under this Article VI with respect to which a designation of beneficiary has been made (to the extent it is valid and enforceable under applicable law) shall be distributed in accordance with this

Article VI to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries. The amount distributable to a SAR Recipient upon Death and not subject to such a designation shall be distributed to the SAR Recipient’s estate. If there shall be any question as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive a distribution under this Article VI, the amount in question may be paid to the estate of the SAR Recipient in which event the Company shall have no further liability to anyone with respect to such amount.

Section 6.8. Amendment and Discontinuance.

The Board may at any time terminate the Plan; provided, however, that the Board (unless its actions are approved or ratified by the shareholders of the Company within twelve months of the date that the Board amends the Plan) may not amend the Plan to:

(a) Increase the total number of shares of Stock issuable pursuant to all Rights under the Plan, except as contemplated in Section 2.3(b) hereof; or

(b) modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation under this Article VI.

No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall affect adversely a SAR Recipient’s rights under a SAR Agreement without the consent of the SAR Recipient or his legal representative.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1. Application of Funds.

The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Stock pursuant to the exercise of Rights will be used for general corporate purposes.


Section 7.2. No Obligation to Exercise Right.

The granting of a Right shall impose no obligation upon the recipient to exercise such Right.

Section 7.3. Term of Plan.

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Rights may be granted pursuant to this Plan from time to time within ten (10) years from the Effective Date.

Section 7.4. Captions and Headings; Gender and Number.

Captions and paragraph headings used herein are for convenience only, do not modify or affect the meaning of any provision herein, are not a part of, and shall not serve as a basis for, interpretation or construction of this Plan. As used herein, the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa, whenever such meanings are appropriate.

Section 7.5. Expenses of Administration of Plan.

All costs and expenses incurred in the operation and administration of this Plan shall be borne by the Company or by a Subsidiary.

Section 7.6. Exculpation and Indemnification.

In connection with this Plan, no member of the Board or the Committee shall be personally liable for any act or omission to act in such person’s capacity as a member of the Board or the Committee, nor for any mistake in judgment made in good faith, unless arising out of, or

resulting from, such person’s own bad faith, gross negligence, willful misconduct, or criminal acts. To the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Board or the Committee, and each other officer or employee

of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of this Plan may be assigned or delegated, from and against any and all liabilities (including any amount paid in settlement of a claim with approval of the Board) and any costs or expense (including reasonable counsel fees) incurred by such person arising out of, or as a result of, such person’s duties, responsibilities, and obligations under this Plan, other than such liabilities, costs, and expenses as may arise out of, or result from, the bad faith, gross negligence, willful misconduct, or criminal acts of such persons.

Section 7.7. Governing Law.

Without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws the laws of the State of North Carolina shall govern and control the validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Plan.


Section 7.8. Inspection of Plan.

A copy of this Plan, and any amendments thereto, shall be maintained by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation and shall be shown to any proper person making inquiry about it.


OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS OPTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this ____ day of __________, ______, between NCINO, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), and _____________________________, a resident of ____________, ___________ (hereinafter referred to as the “Optionee”).

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the NCINO, INC. 2014 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Plan provides for the grant of Options to Participants; and

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the Optionee is entitled to receive the grant of an Option under the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Optionee agree as follows:

1. Plan Incorporated by Reference. The Options granted hereunder are issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Plan. This Agreement does not set forth all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. The Committee administers the Plan and its determinations regarding the interpretation and operation of the Plan are final and binding.

2. Date of Grant of Option. The date of grant of the option granted under this Agreement is the ______ day of _______, ______.

3. Grant of Option. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company grants to the Optionee the right (hereinafter referred to as the “Option”) to purchase from the Company all or a portion of an aggregate number of __________________ (______) shares of Stock (hereinafter referred to as the “Option Shares”).

4. Vesting of Options.

(a) Options granted under this Plan shall vest and the right of an Optionee to exercise an Option shall be nonforfeitable, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Plan, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Date When Options Become Vested

   Percentage of
Such Options Vested
 

Date of grant

     0

First Anniversary of the date of grant

     25

Second Anniversary of the date of grant

     25

Third Anniversary of the date of grant

     25

Fourth Anniversary of the date of grant

     25

 

1


(b) In determining the number of Shares under each Option vested under the above vesting schedule, an Optionee shall not be entitled to exercise an Option to purchase a fractional number of Shares. If the product resulting from multiplying the vested percentage times the Option results in a fractional number of Shares, then an Optionee’s vested right shall be to the whole number of Shares disregarding any fractional Shares.

(c) In the event of the termination of employment of an Optionee either by reason of (i) Just Cause Termination, or (ii) voluntary separation on the part of such Optionee for a reason other than Retirement or Disability, any Option or Options granted to the Optionee under this Plan, to the extent not previously exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, shall immediately terminate.

(d) In the event of the termination of employment of an Optionee as a result of such Optionee’s Retirement, such Optionee shall have the right to exercise any Option or Options granted to the Optionee under the Plan, to the extent that they have not previously been exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, for a period of three (3) months after the date of retirement, but in no event may any Option be exercised later than the end of the Option Period. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein or in the Plan, upon Retirement, any Option then held by an Optionee shall be exercisable immediately in full.

(e) In the event of the termination of employment of an Optionee by reason of such Optionee’s Disability, such Optionee shall have the right to exercise any Option or Options held by the Optionee, to the extent that they previously have not been exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, notwithstanding any limitations placed on the exercise of such Options by the Plan or this Agreement, immediately in full and at any time within twelve (12) months after the last date on which such Optionee provides services as an officer or an employee of the Company before being disabled, but in no event may any Option be exercised later than the end of the Option Period.

(f) In the event that an Optionee should die while employed by the Company, or within three (3) months after Retirement, any Option or Options granted to the Optionee under the Plan and not previously exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, shall vest and shall be exercisable, according to their respective terms, by the personal representative of such Optionee or by any person or persons who acquired such Options by bequest or inheritance from such Optionee, notwithstanding any limitations placed on the exercise of such Options by the Plan or this Agreement, immediately in full and at any time within twelve (12) months after the Death of such Optionee, but in no event may any Option be exercised later than the end of the Option Period. Any references herein to an Optionee shall be deemed to include any person entitled to exercise an Option under the terms of the Plan after the Death of such Optionee.

(g) At any time prior to the date of consummation of a Change in Control Transaction, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion and notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement, determine that all or any part of the Options theretofore granted under the Plan shall become immediately exercisable in full and may thereafter be exercised at any time before the date of consummation of the Change in Control Transaction (except as otherwise provided in Article II of the Plan, and except to the extent that such acceleration of exercisability would result in an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code).

 

2


5. Option Price. The price to be paid for the Option Shares shall be _________($___) per Share (hereinafter referred to as the “Option Price”) which is the Fair Market Value of each Option Share as determined by the Committee as of the date of grant of this Option.

6. When and Extent to Which Options may be Exercised . At such time as the Option shall become exercisable in accordance with this Agreement, the Optionee, in his discretion, may exercise all or any portion of the Option, subject to paragraph 7 hereof. The Option shall terminate as provided in paragraph 8 hereof.

7. Method of Exercise. The Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Committee signed by the Optionee or by such other person as may be entitled to exercise the Option, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. In the exercise of the Option, the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased shall be payable to the Company (i) in United States dollars, in cash or by check, or money order payable to the order of the Company, or (ii) through the delivery of shares of the Stock owned by the Optionee with a Fair Market Value as of the date of delivery equal to the Option Price for all shares exercised, or (iii) in the sole discretion of the Committee at the time of exercise, through a cashless net exercise program established by the Company involving the surrender of Option Shares then-issuable upon exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price of the portion of the Option being exercised, or (iv) by a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii) above. Payment must be accompanied by a notice of exercise, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The written notice shall state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and, shall be accompanied by the payment of the aggregate Option Price for such Shares. The Optionee shall not exercise the Option to purchase less than one thousand (1,000) Shares, unless the number purchased is the total number at that time purchasable under all Options granted to the Optionee. An Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by Options granted to the Optionee until payment in full of the Option Price by such Optionee for the Shares being purchased and until Shares have been duly issued by the Company.

8. Termination of Option. The Option shall terminate, and shall thereupon be available again for grant to Participants as may be determined by the Committee, as follows:

(a) Except as provided in subparagraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) below, the Option, to the extent that it has not been exercised or expired, shall terminate on the date which is ten (10) years after the date of grant of the Option as set forth in paragraph 2 hereof.

(b) In the event of the termination of employment of an Optionee either by reason of (i) Just Cause Termination, or (ii) voluntary separation on the part of such Optionee for a reason other than Retirement or Disability, any Option or Options granted to the Optionee under this Plan, to the extent not previously exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, shall immediately terminate.

 

3


(c) In the event of the termination of employment of an Optionee as a result of such Optionee’s Retirement, such Optionee shall have the right to exercise any Option or Options granted to the Optionee under this Plan, to the extent that they have not previously been exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, for a period of three (3) months after the date of retirement, but in no event may any Option be exercised later than the end of the Option Period. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, or in any Option Agreement, upon Retirement, any Option then held by an Optionee shall be exercisable immediately in full.

(d) In the event of the termination of employment of an Optionee by reason of such Optionee’s Disability, such Optionee shall have the right to exercise any Option or Options held by the Optionee, to the extent that they previously have not been exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, notwithstanding any limitations placed on the exercise of such Options by the Plan or this Agreement, immediately in full and at any time within twelve (12) months after the last date on which such Optionee provides services as an officer or an employee of the Company before being disabled, but in no event may any Option be exercised later than the end of the Option Period.

(e) In the event that an Optionee should die while employed by the Company, or within three (3) months after Retirement, any Option or Options granted to the Optionee under this Plan and not previously exercised or surrendered by the Optionee, or expired by their terms, shall vest and shall be exercisable, according to their respective terms, by the personal representative of such Optionee or by any person or persons who acquired such Options by bequest or inheritance from such Optionee, notwithstanding any limitations placed on the exercise of such Options by this Plan or any Option Agreement, immediately in full and at any time within twelve (12) months after the Death of such Optionee, but in no event may any Option be exercised later than the end of the Option Period. Any references herein to an Optionee shall be deemed to include any person entitled to exercise an Option under the terms of this Plan after the Death of such Optionee.

9. Effect of Agreement on Status of Optionee. Nothing contained in the Plan, this Agreement, or in any other agreement executed in connection with the granting of an Option will confer upon the Optionee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

10. Listing and Registration of Option Shares. The Company’s obligation to issue Shares upon exercise of the Option is expressly conditioned upon the completion by the Company of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or regulations or rulings of any governmental regulatory body or the making of such investment representations or other representations and agreements by the Optionee or any person entitled to exercise the Option in order to comply with the requirements of any exemption from any such registration or other qualification of the Option Shares which the Committee shall, in its discretion, deem necessary or advisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be

 

4


under no obligation to register or qualify the Option Shares under any state or federal law. The required representations and agreements referenced above may include representations and agreements that the Optionee, or any other person entitled to exercise the Option, (i) is purchasing such Shares on his or her own behalf as an investment and not with a present intention of distribution or re-sale and (ii) agrees to have placed upon any certificates representing the Option Shares a legend setting forth any representations and agreements which have been given to the Committee or a reference thereto and stating that such shares may not be transferred except in accordance with all applicable state and federal securities laws and regulations, and further representing that, prior to making any sale or other disposition of the Option Shares, the Optionee, or any other person entitled to exercise the Option, will give the Company notice of the intention to sell or dispose of such shares not less than five (5) days prior to such sale or disposition.

11. Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization; Dissolution or Liquidation.

(a) In the event the outstanding Shares are increased, decreased, changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of securities as a result of a split, reverse split, dividend, recapitalization, merger, acquisition, combination or reclassification, appropriate proportionate adjustments will be made in: (i) the aggregate number of Shares in the Plan Pool that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of, or that are underlying, Rights granted under the Plan; (ii) the exercise or other purchase price or value pertaining to, and the number of Shares called for with respect to, or underlying, each outstanding Right granted under the Plan; and (iii) other rights and matters determined on a per Shares basis under the Plan or this Agreement. Any such adjustments will be made only by the Committee and when so approved will be effective, conclusive and binding for all purposes with respect to the Plan and all Rights then outstanding. No such adjustments will be required by reason of (i) the issuance or sale by the Company for cash of additional shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (ii) the issuance of Common Stock in exchange for shares of the capital stock of any corporation, financial institution or other entity acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection therewith.

(b) The grant of a Right pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

(c) No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan for any adjustment under this section.

12. Non-Transferability. An Option granted under this Agreement may not be Transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and, during the lifetime of the Optionee to whom it was granted, may be exercised only by such Optionee.

 

5


13. Tax Withholding. The grant of the Option and Option Shares delivered pursuant to this Agreement, and any amounts distributed with respect thereto, may be subject to applicable federal, state and local withholding for taxes. The Optionee expressly acknowledges and agrees to such withholding, where applicable, without regard to whether the Option Shares may then be sold or otherwise transferred by the Optionee. In addition, if the Option qualifies as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code and is exercised through a cashless exercise process as described in Section 7(iii) above, the exercise may be treated as a disqualifying disposition as to the Option Shares surrendered such that the difference between the fair market value of the Option Shares surrendered over the exercise price for those Option Shares will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates).

14. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail as Certified Mail, return receipt requested, properly addressed and postage prepaid, if to the Company, at its principal office at 2605 Iron Gate Drive, Wilmington, NC 28412; and, if to the Optionee, at the most current address on record in the records of the Company. The Company and the Optionee may change their address or addresses by giving written notice of such change as provided herein. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually delivered or as of the third (3rd) business day following the date mailed, as the case may be.

15. Construction Controlled by Plan. This Agreement shall be construed so as to be consistent with the Plan; and the provisions of the Plan shall be deemed to be controlling in the event that any provision hereof should appear to be inconsistent therewith. The Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan from the Company.

16. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and enforceable under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is determined to be unenforceable, invalid or illegal, the validity of any other provision or part thereof, shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall continue to be binding on the parties hereto as if such unenforceable, invalid or illegal provision or part thereof had not been included herein.

17. Modification of Agreement; Waiver. This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated, and any terms, representations or conditions may be waived, but only by a written instrument signed by each of the parties hereto. No waiver hereunder shall constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrence or other transaction hereunder or of any other provision hereof.

18. Captions and Hearings; Gender and Number. Captions and paragraph headings used herein are for convenience only, do not modify or affect the meaning of any provision herein, are not a part hereof, and shall not serve as a basis for interpretation or in construction of this Agreement. As used herein, the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, the singular number, the plural, and vice versa, whenever such meanings are appropriate.

 

6


19. Governing Law; Venue and Jurisdiction. Without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws, the laws of the State of North Carolina shall govern and control the validity, interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Agreement. The parties hereto agree that any suit or action relating to this Agreement shall be instituted and prosecuted in the courts of the County of New Hanover, State of North Carolina, and each party hereby does waive any right or defense relating to such jurisdiction and venue.

20. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Optionee, his heirs, legatees, personal representatives, executors, and administrators.

21. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes and embodies the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto and, except as otherwise provided hereunder, there are no other agreements or understandings, written or oral, in effect between the parties hereto relating to the matters addressed herein.

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

[Signatures on following page]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed in its corporate name by the undersigned officer and the Optionee has hereunto set his or her hand, all done this the day and year first above written.

 

NCINO, INC.
           By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

OPTIONEE
 

 

  Name:  

 

 

8


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

To:

The Compensation Committee of NCINO, INC.

The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ whole shares of common stock of nCino, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to the stock option granted to the undersigned in that certain Option Agreement between the Company and the undersigned dated the ____ day of _______________, ______. The aggregate purchase price for such shares is $_________, which amount is (i) being tendered herewith in cash or by check or money order payable to the Company, and/or (ii) through the delivery of __________ Shares owned by the undersigned with a Fair Market Value equal to $__________, and/or (iii) via net cashless exercise, to the extent the Committee so permits in its sole discretion.

Executed this ___ day of ___________________,                 , at                 .

 

 

 

 

(Social Security Number)

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

SFDC Final Draft for Redacting

PARTNER APPLICATION DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

Template last updated June 27, 2019

Signature Page

** Portions of this exhibit have been redacted in accordance with Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K. The information is not material and would cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed. “[***]” indicates that information has been redacted.

 

Partner Full Legal Name    nCino, Inc.
Partner Address    6770 Parker Farm Drive, Suite 200, Wilmington NC 28405

Address for Legal Notices to Partner

(only if different from above)

  

This Partner Application Distribution Agreement (“Agreement”) is between salesforce.com, inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at Salesforce Tower, 415 Mission Street, 3rd Floor, San Francisco, California, 94105 (“SFDC”) and the Partner listed above (“Partner”). SFDC and Partner are collectively the “Parties” and each a “Party” to this Agreement. Partner may also be referred to herein as “Reseller.” This Agreement is effective as of the later of the dates beneath the Parties’ signatures below (the “Effective Date”); provided, however that if such dates are separated by more than thirty (30) days this Agreement will be deemed null and void.

The Parties, by their respective authorized signatories, have duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

SFDC     PARTNER
By:         By:    
Name:         Name:    
Title:         Title:    
Date:         Date:    


Background

 

  A.

SFDC and Partner previously entered into the Reseller Agreement dated December 22, 2011, as amended (the “Prior Agreement”) which is hereby superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement.

 

  B.

Under this Agreement, SFDC and Partner wish to continue an arrangement that allows Partner to market, demonstrate, sell and support the Partner Applications in combination with the Distribution Services to Customers as part of a Combined Solution, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

1.

Definitions

Affiliate” means any entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the subject entity. “Control,” for purposes of this definition, means direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 50% of the voting interests of the subject entity.

AppExchange” means the online directory of applications that interoperate with the Services, located at http://www.salesforce.com/appexchange or at any successor websites.

Authorized Affiliate” means an Affiliate of Partner that is not a direct competitor of SFDC or its Affiliates and the name of which (i) Partner has submitted to SFDC; (ii) SFDC has approved following SFDC’s compliance review process; and (iii) is listed in Exhibit E hereto as of the Effective Date, or if after the Effective Date, by a written amendment to this Agreement.

Beta Services” means SFDC services or functionality that may be made available to Partner to try at Partner’s option at no additional charge which is clearly designated as beta, pilot, limited release, developer preview, non-production, evaluation, or by a similar description.

Change in Control” means a merger, acquisition or other corporate transaction in which the owners of all of the subject entity’s voting interests immediately prior to the transaction own less than 50% of the voting interests of the successor entity resulting from the transaction.

Channel Partner” means a Partner channel/reseller partner that is not a direct competitor of SFDC or its Affiliates and (i) that Partner has submitted to SFDC; (ii) that SFDC has approved following SFDC’s standard compliance review process; and (iii) the name of which is listed in Exhibit D as of the Effective Date, or if after the Effective Date, by a written amendment to this Agreement.

Combined Solution” means the combination of a Partner Application with the Distribution Services that Partner is authorized to use or resell in combination with such Partner Application.

Content” means information obtained by SFDC from publicly available sources or its third party content providers and made available to Customer through the Services, Beta Services or pursuant to an Order Form, as more fully described in the Documentation.

Customer” means an entity to whom a Partner Application is distributed or made available to for its use in combination with the Distribution Services as part of a Combined Solution pursuant to this Agreement.

Customer Data” means electronic data and information submitted by or for a Customer to the Services which are accessible by the Customer while resident on SFDC’s systems, including through the Partner Application, excluding Content and Non-SFDC Applications.

Distribution Services” means the services provided by SFDC for use or resale by Partner with a Partner Application as part of a Combined Solution, including OEM Services (as defined in the OEM Addendum) as detailed in the Partner Category Addendum(s) attached hereto, as may be applicable.

Documentation” means the applicable Services’ Trust and Compliance documentation, and its usage guides and policies, as updated from time to time, accessible via help.salesforce.com or login to the applicable Services.

“Non-SFDC Application” means a Web-based, mobile, offline or other software application functionality that is provided by a Customer, Partner or a third party and interoperates with a SFDC Service, including, for example, an application that is developed by or for a Customer, is listed on the AppExchange, or is identified as Salesforce Labs or by a similar designation.

Org” or “Organization” means a unique instance of the Services, i.e., a separate set of Customer Data and Customer-specific Services customizations held by SFDC in a logically separated database (i.e., a database segregated through password-controlled access).


Partner Application” means each Partner application approved by SFDC and described in a Partner Application Description attached as Exhibit B to the OEM Addendum. Partner Applications may also be referred to as “Reseller Applications.”

Partner Application Description” means each description of a Partner Application attached as an exhibit to a Partner Category Addendum.

Partner Category” means an SFDC-designated category of SFDC’s AppExchange Partner Program, as more fully described in each Partner Category Addendum attached to this Agreement.

Partner Category Addendum” means each addendum that is attached to this Agreement, depending on which Partner Category(ies) the Partner is participating in.

Partner Community” means the SFDC partner community at https://partners.salesforce.com/ (as such URL may be updated from time to time).

Service Orders” means orders for Distribution Services that are entered into between Partner and SFDC or any of SFDC’s Affiliates from time to time.

Services” or “SFDC Services” means the products or services made available on-line by SFDC, including associated offline or mobile components, as described in the Documentation. Services exclude Content and Non-SFDC Applications, including but not limited to applications made available on the AppExchange and each Partner Application.

SFDC MSA” means a master subscription agreement to Services between SFDC and a Customer.

Shared Org” means an active Services Org in which both of the following are provisioned: (i) a Partner Application; and (ii) Services subscriptions purchased by Customer from SFDC or an SFDC partner other than Partner.

Term” has the meaning specified in Section 7.1.

Transition Period” has the meaning specified in Section 7.3.2.

Trial Subscription” means a free subscription to the Distribution Services for use with a free trial subscription to a Partner Application.

 

2.

Partner Relationship

 

  2.1.

Partner Applications. This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of Partner’s distribution of Partner Applications in combination with the Distribution Services as part of a Combined Solution and as part of SFDC’s AppExchange Partner Program.

 

  2.2.

Partner Category Addenda. The AppExchange Partner Program consists of one or more Partner Categories. Each Partner Category Addendum attached hereto contains terms and conditions regarding Partner’s distribution of Partner Applications in combination with the Distribution Services as part of a Combined Solution pursuant to such Partner Category, including fees and other amounts due to SFDC in connection with such distribution. Each Partner Category Addendum is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  2.3.

Distribution Services. Partner will not provide any Customer with a product quotation listing any Platform Subscription (as defined in the OEM Addendum) as a line item separate from the Combined Solution. Partner will be solely responsible for setting the price that Partner charges Customers for any Partner Application, or if Partner is reselling Distribution Services with a Partner Application, for any Combined Solution.

 

  2.4.

Relationship Managers. Each Party will designate a representative (each a “Relationship Manager”) who will oversee that Party’s activities under this Agreement. Each Party’s Relationship Manager will serve as its principal point of contact for the other Party for the resolution of any issues that may arise under this Agreement. Each Party may change its Relationship Manager by notifying the other Party. [***].

 

  2.5.

Sales Forecasts. Upon SFDC’s request, Partner will provide SFDC with a one year sales forecast (i.e., a projection of the fees Partner estimates it will pay SFDC for such year) for each Partner Application. SFDC may request an update of this forecast on a quarterly basis. The foregoing information will be considered Partner’s Confidential Information (as defined herein). SFDC acknowledges that any forecasts are merely estimates and that Partner shall have no liability for failure to achieve any forecasts.

 

  2.6.

Authorized Affiliates. Partner’s Authorized Affiliates may distribute the Distribution Services in combination with the Partner Applications as part of a Combined Solution to Customers as specified in the applicable Partner Category Addendum. Distribution through an Authorized Affiliate in no way changes the obligations of Partner to SFDC. Partner must ensure that each Authorized Affiliate complies with the terms of this Agreement applicable to


  Partner as if each Authorized Affiliate were an original party to this Agreement. If an Authorized Affiliate breaches this Agreement, that breach will be deemed a breach by Partner, and Partner will be fully liable to SFDC for any such breach subject to Section 12 (Limitation of Liability). Authorized Affiliates are not third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

 

  2.7.

Channel Partners. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 2.7, Partner may resell the Distribution Services in combination with the Partner Applications as part of a Combined Solution as specified in the applicable Partner Category Addendum to Channel Partners for resale to Customers:

(a) Resale through a Channel Partner in no way changes the obligations of Partner to SFDC. Partner must ensure that each Channel Partner complies with the terms of this Agreement applicable to Partner as if each Channel Partner were an original party to this Agreement. If a Channel Partner breaches this Agreement, that breach will be deemed a breach by Partner, and Partner will be fully liable to SFDC for any such breach subject to Section 12 (Limitation of Liability).

(b) Channel Partners will not be third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement between SFDC and Partner.

(c) To provision a sale of a Combined Solution through a Channel Partner, Partner must submit a Service Order for such sale that follows the same guidelines as outlined in Section 5 of the OEM Addendum (Service Orders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this Section 2.7, in the defined term “Provisioning Information” (i) references to “Customer” in subsections (g) and (h) of such definition are deemed to refer to “Channel Partner” and (ii) the following is added to such section as a new subsection (j):

‘(j) Channel Partner Name (if included as a field in the applicable Service Order).’

(d) For the purposes of any Service Order for Services that Partner is reselling to a Channel Partner, in any definition of “PNR”, references to the sales price of the applicable Combined Solution to Customer are changed to refer to the sales price of the applicable Combined Solution to the Channel Partner.”

 

3.

Partner Applications

 

  3.1.

Scope of Partner Application.

 

  3.1.1.

Each Partner Application distributed by Partner shall at all times materially conform to the applicable Partner Application Description. Without limiting the foregoing, each Partner Application may only utilize the number of Services components (e.g., apps, tabs and objects) required to deliver the Partner Application in the form and with the functionality as approved by SFDC and reflected in the Partner Application Description.

 

  3.1.2.

SFDC reserves the right to review each Partner Application [***] to verify that the Partner Application continues to materially conform to the applicable Partner Application Description.

 

  3.1.3.

[***], a Partner Application may not recreate substantially similar functionality to the following standard SFDC objects: Campaigns, Cases, Entitlements, Leads, Opportunities, Quotes, Sales Contracts, Service Contracts, Solutions and/or Work Orders.

 

  3.2.

Material Modifications.

 

  3.2.1.

SFDC must review, approve and reflect in this Agreement via a mutually executed amendment of the Partner Application Description, any Material Modifications. “Material Modifications” are modifications and/or updates to a Partner Application that cause the Partner Application not to materially conform with the Partner Application Description or that are otherwise material. For the avoidance of doubt, modifications and/or updates to a Partner Application that requires or enables the use of any Services functionality not contemplated by the Partner Application Description are material for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

  3.2.2.

If Partner breaches its obligations under this Section 3 (Partner Applications), SFDC may, upon written notice to Partner, (a) suspend, [***], Partner’s right to distribute Partner Applications with and/or use Distribution Services hereunder, or (b) terminate this Agreement [***], in accordance with Section 7.2 (Termination for Cause) below, [***].

 

  3.2.3.

For the avoidance of doubt, all modifications to a Partner Application and/or updated versions of a Partner Application may be subject to a Security Review (as defined below), even if they do not include a Material Modification.

 

  3.3.

Partner Application Security Review. SFDC may conduct periodic security evaluations of the Partner Applications (“Security Reviews”), which may include a qualitative assessment involving review of a questionnaire completed by Partner, an interview with appropriate Partner personnel, and/or security testing. SFDC conducts such Security Reviews for its own benefit and Partner may not rely on, publicly disclose or promote a Partner Application’s successful passage of such Security Review. SFDC may not provision Distribution Services hereunder unless such Partner Application has successfully passed the Partner Application Security Review. There may be reasonable fees associated with such review; provided that SFDC will charge Partner the same fees that SFDC charges SFDC’s similarly situated partners on a programmatic basis. If a Partner Application, in whole or in part, runs outside SFDC’s systems, such Security Review may include remote application-level security testing of each Partner Application, and network-level security testing including a vulnerability threat assessment. SFDC may conduct such testing itself or through a third party. SFDC will provide reasonable notice to Partner before starting such testing. SFDC will cooperate reasonably with Partner to mitigate the effects of such testing on Partner’s business and operations. Partner agrees to cooperate reasonably with such testing. Despite the foregoing, such testing may in rare cases cause downtime or other adverse effects on a Partner Application or Partner’s systems. Partner agrees that SFDC and its agents or contractors conducting the testing will bear no responsibility or liability arising from such testing [***]. Any Partner Confidential Information to which SFDC obtains access in the course of a Security Review will be subject to Section 8 (Confidentiality).


  3.4.

Privacy and Security of Customer Data Accessed by Partner Application [***].

 

4.

Customer Relationship

 

  4.1.

Customer Agreements. Customers will contract directly with Partner for the use of Partner Applications and any Distribution Services resold by Partner to such Customer.

 

  4.2.

Customer Billing and Collection. Partner will be solely responsible for billing and collecting fees for each Partner Application from Customers. Payments due from Partner to SFDC will not depend on Partner’s receipt of payments from Customers.

 

  4.3.

Partner Solely Responsible to Customers. In the event that Partner ceases business and/or provision of a Partner Application, SFDC is under no obligation to provide the Partner Applications, to refund to Customer any fees paid by Customer to Partner, or to assume the relationship with Customer.

 

  4.4.

Customer Support. Partner will itself provide all technical support for Partner Applications and any Distribution Services used or resold by Reseller with such Partner Applications in accordance with the following: (i) Partner will provide telephone, web-based and/or email support to Customers during normal business hours; (ii) Partner will [***] to respond to all Customers’ support queries within [***]; and (iii) Partner will clearly and conspicuously, within the online help information provided for the Partner Applications, direct Users (as defined in the OEM Addendum) to contact only Partner for technical support. Partner will not direct Customers to seek support from SFDC in connection with this Agreement or the Combined Solution and SFDC will not, except in its sole discretion on a case by case basis, provide any technical support to Customers for Partner Applications or Distribution Services. SFDC has no obligation to provide such support. If [***] Partner cannot adequately resolve such issue, Partner may seek assistance from SFDC’s support organization by logging a case with SFDC via the Partner Community.

 

  4.5.

Trial Subscriptions. Trial Subscriptions may not exceed [***]. Partner will prominently inform all prospective Customers signing up for a Trial Subscription to a Partner Application that their registration information will be disclosed to SFDC and will be used by SFDC pursuant to its privacy policy available at http://www.salesforce.com. All data provided by a prospective Customer through a Trial Subscription to a Partner Application will be treated by the Parties as Customer Data belonging to that prospective Customer, and Partner will provide the Customer with the ability to access and download all of its Customer Data submitted, accessed or processed by the Partner Applications throughout the term of such Trial Subscription.

 

  4.6.

Suspension and Termination of Shared Org. Partner acknowledges and understands that a Customer’s access to a Shared Org may be suspended or terminated due to breach or expiration of the SFDC MSA. Partner will remain liable to SFDC for the fees for the Distribution Services, including those remaining under the applicable Service Order, notwithstanding any such suspension or termination. In no case will any such termination or suspension give rise to any liability of SFDC to Partner or to the Customer, including for a refund or damages.

 

5.

Fees

 

  5.1.

Taxes. Unless otherwise stated, SFDC’s fees do not include any direct or indirect local, state, federal or foreign taxes, levies, duties or similar governmental assessments of any nature, including value-added, use or withholding taxes (collectively, “Taxes”). Partner is responsible for paying all Taxes associated with its purchases of Distribution Services, excluding taxes based on SFDC’s net income or property. If SFDC has the legal obligation to pay or collect Taxes for which Partner is responsible under this section, the appropriate amount shall be invoiced to and paid by Partner, unless Partner provides SFDC with a valid tax exemption certificate authorized by the appropriate taxing authority. [***].

 

  5.2.

Audits. SFDC will have the right to audit, no more than once per calendar year, Partner’s records relating to Partner’s payment obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation fee calculations, records relating to the provisioning of the Partner Applications and any fees required to be paid to Partner in order to install, access and/or use any version of such Partner Applications or its features and capabilities, and the documentation underlying any information provided to SFDC with respect to Service Orders, upon reasonable notice and under reasonable time, place and manner conditions. If such audit shows underpayment by Partner of [***] (“Irregularity”), Partner shall be responsible for the full cost of the audit and SFDC shall subsequently be entitled to perform quarterly audits, at its sole discretion, for the remainder of this Agreement. [***].

 

  5.3.

Overdue Payments.

 

  5.3.1.

Suspension of Service. If any charge owing by Partner is [***] or more overdue, SFDC may, without limiting its other rights and remedies, suspend all or some Distribution Services until such amounts are paid in full, provided that SFDC has given Partner at least [***] that its account is overdue in accordance with the “Notices” section of this Agreement. In no case will any such suspension give rise to any liability of SFDC to Partner or to the Customer, including for a refund or damages.


  5.3.2.

AppExchange. Without limiting any other terms and conditions relating to Partner’s listing of a Partner Application on the AppExchange, Partner acknowledges that SFDC may delist a Partner Application from the AppExchange if Salesforce has not received payments due to SFDC from Partner under this Agreement within [***] following the payment due date provided that SFDC has given Partner at least [***] that its account is overdue in accordance with the “Notices” section of this Agreement.

 

  5.3.3.

Overdue Charges. If any invoiced amount is not received by SFDC by the due date, then without limiting SFDC’s rights or remedies, those charges may accrue late interest at the rate of [***] of the outstanding balance per month, or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is lower.

 

  5.3.4.

Payment Disputes. SFDC will not exercise its rights under the “Overdue Charges,” “AppExchange,” or “Suspension of Service” sections above if Partner is disputing the applicable charges reasonably and in good faith and is cooperating diligently to resolve the dispute. Any such dispute must be initiated by Partner, in writing, within [***] of the date on which the applicable payment was due.

 

6.

Marketing and Publicity

 

  6.1.

Press Release, etc. Neither Party will issue a press release announcing the Parties’ relationship under this Agreement unless agreed to by both Parties in writing. Partner agrees to comply with SFDC’s Partner Press Release Guidelines on all press releases [***], unless otherwise agreed to in writing. The Parties may collaborate on such items as marketing collateral, public relations, newsflashes, webinars, events, and other promotional activities.

 

  6.2.

Marketing Statements. [***].

 

  6.3.

SFDC Marketing Collateral. Partner may, at its own expense, copy and distribute SFDC’s standard product literature to prospective Customers. Partner may not alter any pre-existing SFDC branding or marketing collateral.

 

  6.4.

Partner Marketing Collateral.

 

  6.4.1.

Partner shall comply with SFDC’s current branding guidelines, including the Trademark Usage Guidelines (currently available at https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) and Partner Branding Guidelines (currently available at https://partners.salesforce.com/s/education/general/Branding_Guidelines ) and Partner Public Relations Guidelines (available through https://partners.salesforce.com/s/education/general/PR_Guidelines ) (collectively, “SFDC Branding Guidelines”), when applicable.

 

  6.4.2.

During the Term, Partner Applications may only be described by Partner in a manner that (i) is consistent with the Partner Application Description and, when applicable, the SFDC Branding Guidelines or (ii) has been pre-approved by SFDC in writing.

 

  6.4.3.

SFDC may not alter any pre-existing Partner branding or marketing collateral within the Partner Applications.

 

7.

Term and Termination

 

7.1.

Term. This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and will remain in effect for so long as a Partner Category Addendum is in effect (the “Term”).

 

7.2.

Termination for Cause. A Party may terminate this Agreement or any Partner Category Addendum for cause (i) upon [***] to the other Party of a material breach if such breach remains uncured at the expiration of such period, (ii) if the other Party becomes the subject of a petition in bankruptcy or any other proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation or assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iii) if the other Party is subject to a Change in Control in favor of a direct competitor of the terminating Party, [***], or (iv) if an allegation is brought against it by a third-party alleging [***] intellectual property infringement by the other Party as the basis for such claim (an “Infringement Claim”) [***].

 

  7.3.

Effect of Termination Notice/Non-Renewal. If a Party delivers a written termination notice pursuant to Section 7.2, or if a Partner Category Addendum is not renewed after the expiration of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term, the following shall apply (in the event a Partner Category Addendum is not renewed and other Partner Category Addendums remain in effect, then just with respect to such non-renewed Partner Category Addendum):

 

  7.3.1.

No New Distribution. Except as set forth in Section 7.3.2, SFDC will have no obligation to continue providing the Distribution Services to Partner and Partner will (i) immediately cease distribution of each Partner Application for use with any Services, (ii) not enter into any new or renewal orders with Customers for any Combined Solution and (iii) not enter into any new or renewal Service Orders with SFDC for the Distribution Services. The Parties will meet to discuss in good faith whether and how to transition and/or accommodate existing Customers.

 

  7.3.2.

Transition Periods. If either Party elects not to renew a Partner Category Addendum, unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Partner Category Addendum, the Parties will continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement with respect to any Service Orders in effect as of such termination or expiration for the


  remainder of the then-current term of each such Service Order (the “Transition Period”). SFDC reserves the right to terminate the Customer relationship with any Customer that is in breach of its SFDC MSA during the Transition Period. In no case will any such termination give rise to any liability of Salesforce to Partner or to the Customer for a refund or damages.

 

7.4.

Survival. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement: (a) the termination or expiration of this Agreement will not relieve either Party of its outstanding payment obligations at the time of such termination or expiration; and (b) those provisions that by their nature are intended to survive termination of this Agreement, including the following provisions of this Agreement and those specified as surviving provisions in this Agreement, and all other provisions necessary to their interpretation or enforcement (including those set forth in any applicable Partner Category Addendum), will survive indefinitely after the expiration or termination of this Agreement and will remain in full force and effect and be binding upon the Parties as applicable: Sections 5 (Fees), 7.4 (Survival), 8 (Confidentiality), 9.2 (Ownership of Intellectual Property), 9.4 (Ownership/Good Faith Covenants), 10.3 (Warranty Disclaimer), 11 (Mutual Indemnification), 12 (Exclusions and Limitations of Liability) and 14 (General). For the avoidance of doubt, termination under Section 7.2 (Termination for Cause) shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its indemnification obligations hereunder. In addition, this Agreement will continue to apply in full force and effect with respect to Service Orders in effect during the Transition Period.

 

8.

Confidentiality

 

  8.1.

Definition of Confidential Information. In this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means all information disclosed by a Party (the “Disclosing Party”), to the other Party (the “Receiving Party”), orally or in writing, that is designated as confidential or that reasonably should be understood to be confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances of disclosure, including without limitation and without the need to designate as confidential: (a) the terms and conditions of this Agreement (which are both SFDC’s and Partner’s Confidential Information); (b) the Distribution Services and the Services, including their underlying technology and architecture (which are SFDC’s Confidential Information); (c) the Disclosing Party’s business and marketing plans, technologies and technical information, product designs, financial information, and business processes; and (d) the Partner Applications (which are Partner’s Confidential Information). For avoidance of doubt, Customer Data is the confidential information of the applicable Customer. However, Confidential Information does not include any information that (i) is or becomes generally known to the public without breach of any obligation owed to the Disclosing Party, (ii) was known to the Receiving Party prior to its disclosure by the Disclosing Party without breach of any obligation owed to the Disclosing Party, (iii) is received from a third party without breach of any obligation owed to the Disclosing Party, or (iv) was independently developed by the Receiving Party.

 

  8.2.

Protection of Confidential Information. The Receiving Party will use the same degree of care that it uses to protect the confidentiality of its own confidential information of like kind (but not less than reasonable care) to (i) not use any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for any purpose outside the scope of this Agreement and (ii) [***]. Neither Party will disclose the terms of this Agreement or any Service Order to any third party other than its Affiliates, legal counsel and accountants without the other Party’s prior written consent, provided that a Party that makes any such disclosure to its Affiliate, legal counsel or accountants will remain responsible for such Affiliate’s, legal counsel’s or accountant’s compliance with this “Confidentiality” section.

 

  8.3.

Compelled Disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 8, the Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party [***] to the extent compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of the compelled disclosure (to the extent legally permitted) and reasonable assistance, at the Disclosing Party’s cost, if the Disclosing Party wishes to contest the disclosure [***].

 

  8.4.

Return of Confidential Information. Upon Disclosing Party’s written request upon expiration or termination of this Agreement (or at any earlier time upon written request by the Disclosing Party), the Receiving Party will: (a) promptly deliver to the Disclosing Party all originals and copies of all the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information and all documents, records, data and materials containing such Confidential Information in the Receiving Party’s possession, power or control and the Receiving Party will delete all of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information from any and all of the Receiving Party’s computer systems, retrieval systems and databases except to the extent such systems retain such information in the ordinary course of business for back-up purposes; and (b) request that all persons to whom it has provided any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information comply with this Section 8.4. For the avoidance of doubt, Customer Data will be deleted in accordance with the Documentation.

 

9.

Intellectual Property

 

  9.1.

License to Partner Applications. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Partner hereby grants to SFDC a limited, nonexclusive, nontransferable (except as set forth in the Assignment Section), non-sublicensable (except to SFDC’s Affiliates and third party service providers and/or contractors) license during the Term to host, copy, transmit and display the Partner Applications as necessary for SFDC to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, including as reasonably necessary to facilitate proper operation with the Services to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. [***].


  9.2.

Ownership of Intellectual Property.

 

  9.2.1.

SFDC Property. Partner acknowledges that, as between the Parties, the Services, the Distribution Services and the AppExchange, and all intellectual property rights therein, are and will remain the sole property of SFDC, and no rights are granted to Partner under this Agreement with respect to the Services, the Distribution Services, or the AppExchange, or the intellectual property rights therein, other than the limited licenses and rights specified in this Agreement. Partner will not use the Services, the Distribution Services, or the AppExchange, or the intellectual property rights therein, except as expressly permitted by this Agreement or as otherwise agreed to in writing with SFDC.

 

  9.2.2.

Partner Property. SFDC acknowledges that, as between the Parties, the Partner Applications and all intellectual property rights therein are and will remain the sole property of Partner, and no rights are granted to SFDC under this Agreement with respect to the Partner Applications or the intellectual property rights therein, other than the limited licenses specified in this Agreement. SFDC will not use the Partner Applications or the intellectual property rights therein, except as permitted by this Agreement or as otherwise agreed to in writing with Partner.

 

  9.3.

Trademark Cross-License.

 

  9.3.1.

License. Each Party (the “Granting Party”) hereby grants to the other Party (the “Licensed Party”) a limited, nonexclusive, nontransferable, non-sublicensable, royalty-free license during the Term to use the Granting Party’s Marks (“Licensed Marks”) for the sole purpose of identifying and promoting the Granting Party’s business, products and services strictly in accordance with this Agreement. If the Granting Party is SFDC, its Licensed Marks are such marks identified publicly by SFDC as available for use by Partners in the Partner Category(ies) in which Partner is participating, and such associated designs and logos as specified or approved in writing by SFDC in its discretion from time to time (see, e.g., SFDC Branding Guidelines) (“SFDC Marks”). Partner may use the SFDC Marks solely: (i) for so long as Partner remains a Partner in the applicable Partner Category(ies); and (ii) in any jurisdiction in which Partner is authorized to be a Partner and SFDC has rights. This License does not grant rights to use any trademark of SFDC other than those identified as SFDC Marks herein. If the Granting Party is Partner, its Licensed Marks are [***] (“Partner Marks”). [***]. Each Party represents and warrants that it owns or otherwise has sufficient rights to its Licensed Marks, to the extent the Parties have obtained rights in a given jurisdiction, to grant the rights granted in this Agreement and its Marks do not infringe any intellectual property rights of any third party. All of the benefit and goodwill associated with the Licensed Party’s use of the Granting Party’s Licensed Marks will inure entirely to the Granting Party. [***].

 

  9.3.2.

Usage Guidelines and Required Approvals. The Licensed Party’s use of the Granting Party’s Licensed Marks will strictly comply with the Granting Party’s written trademark usage policies communicated to the Licensed Party from time to time, including the use of proper notices and legends (see, e.g., SFDC Branding Guidelines). The Licensed Party will obtain the Granting Party’s prior written approval of all uses of the Granting Party’s Licensed Marks, which approval may be granted or withheld in the Granting Party’s discretion. The Granting Party may withdraw any approval of any use of its Licensed Marks at any time in its discretion, although no such withdrawal will require the recall of any previously published or distributed written materials.

 

  9.3.3.

Standards. During the Term, the Licensed Party will reasonably cooperate with the Granting Party in facilitating the Granting Party’s monitoring and control of the nature and quality of the materials, products and services bearing the Granting Party’s Licensed Marks, and will supply the Granting Party with specimens of the Licensed Party’s use of the Granting Party’s Licensed Marks upon request. If the Granting Party notifies the Licensed Party that the Licensed Party’s use of the Granting Party’s Licensed Marks is not in compliance with the Granting Party’s trademark policies or is otherwise in breach of this Agreement, then the Licensed Party will promptly take such reasonable corrective action as directed by the Granting Party.

 

  9.4.

Ownership/Good Faith Covenants. Partner acknowledges and agrees that the SFDC Marks are and will remain the sole and exclusive property of SFDC. Partner will not acquire any right, title, or interest in, to or associated with the SFDC Marks other than the limited license to use the SFDC’s Licensed Marks identified above pursuant to this Agreement. Both during and after the Term, Partner will not itself, and will not assist, permit, or encourage any other person to, do anything or omit to do anything that might prejudice, impair, jeopardize, violate, dilute, depreciate, or infringe any of the SFDC Marks or SFDC’s interest in the SFDC Marks without SFDC’s prior express written approval. SFDC acknowledges and agrees that the Partner Marks are and will remain the sole and exclusive property of Partner. SFDC will not acquire any right, title, or interest in, to or associated with the Partner Marks other than the limited license to use the Partner’s Licensed Marks identified above pursuant to this Agreement. Both during and after the Term, SFDC will not itself, and will not assist, permit, or encourage any other person to, do anything or omit to do anything that might prejudice, impair, jeopardize, violate, dilute, depreciate, or infringe any of the Partner Marks or Partner’s interest in the Partner Marks without Partner’s prior express written approval.

 

10.

Representations and Warranties

 

  10.1.

SFDC. SFDC represents and warrants that: (a) it will not materially decrease the overall features and functionalities of the Distribution Services during the Initial Term or during any individual subsequent Renewal Term; (b) it has the legal power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; (c) [***].


  10.2.

Partner. Partner represents and warrants that: (a) any Partner Application(s) will perform materially in accordance with the relevant documentation as amended from time to time by Partner and as provided to Customers; (b) it will not materially decrease the overall features and functionalities of any Partner Application during the Initial Term or during any individual subsequent Renewal Term; (c) it has the legal power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (d) it will not make any representations or warranties on SFDC’s behalf.

 

  10.3.

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, AND EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. CONTENT AND BETA SERVICES ARE PROVIDED “AS IS,” AND AS AVAILABLE EXCLUSIVE OF ANY WARRANTY WHATSOEVER. WITH RESPECT TO NON-SFDC APPLICATIONS (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL PARTNER APPLICATIONS), SFDC MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

11.

Mutual Indemnification

 

  11.1.

Indemnification by Partner. Partner will defend SFDC against any claim, demand, suit or proceeding made or brought against SFDC by a third party (i) alleging that that the Partner Applications or Combined Solution (provided the claim would not have arisen but for such combination) infringe or misappropriate such third party’s intellectual property rights; [***] based upon a representation made by Partner to such third party [***] (each, a “Claim Against SFDC”), and will indemnify SFDC from any damages, attorney fees and costs finally awarded against SFDC as a result of, or for amounts paid by SFDC under a settlement approved by Partner in writing of, a Claim Against SFDC, provided that SFDC (a) promptly gives Partner written notice of the Claim Against SFDC, (b) gives Partner sole control of the defense and settlement of the Claim Against SFDC (except that Partner may not settle any Claim Against SFDC unless it unconditionally releases SFDC of all liability), and (c) gives Partner all reasonable assistance, at Partner’s expense. In the event of a Claim Against SFDC by a third party alleging that a Partner Application infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party, or if Partner reasonably believes a Partner Application may infringe or misappropriate, Partner may in its discretion and without any reduction in any payment due to SFDC (A) modify (without materially reducing the overall functionality of) such Partner Application so that it no longer infringes or misappropriates, (B) obtain a license for Customer’s and SFDC’s continued use of such Partner Application in accordance with this Agreement and such other agreements between Partner and Customer, as applicable or (C) terminate any then -active Distribution Services subscriptions for use with such Partner Application upon [***] written notice to SFDC, provided that if Partner terminates such subscriptions, Partner will be prohibited from distributing such Partner Application for use with the Services and, to the extent that Partner has listed such Partner Application on the AppExchange, Partner must remove such listing from the AppExchange.

 

  11.2.

Indemnification by SFDC. SFDC will defend Partner against any claim, demand, suit or proceeding made or brought against Partner by a third party (i) alleging that the Distribution Services infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property rights of such third party, [***] (each, a “Claim Against Partner”), and will indemnify Partner from any damages, attorney fees and costs finally awarded against Partner as a result of, or for amounts paid by Partner under a settlement approved by SFDC in writing of, a Claim Against Partner, provided that Partner (a) promptly gives SFDC written notice of the Claim Against Partner, (b) gives SFDC sole control of the defense and settlement of the Claim Against Partner (except that SFDC may not settle any Claim Against Partner unless it unconditionally releases Partner of all liability), and (c) gives SFDC all reasonable assistance, at SFDC’s expense. In the event of a Claim Against Partner by a third party alleging that the use of the Distribution Services infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party, or if SFDC reasonably believes the Distribution Services may infringe or misappropriate, SFDC may in its discretion and at no cost to Partner (A) modify the Distribution Services so that they are no longer claimed to infringe or misappropriate (without breaching the warranty in 10.1(a) above), (B) obtain a license for Partner’s continued use and resale of the Distribution Services in accordance with this Agreement or (C) terminate the Distribution Services upon [***] written notice and refund Partner any prepaid fees covering the period following such termination; provided that SFDC will use commercially reasonable efforts in connection with alternatives (A) and (B) prior to terminating Customer’s subscription in accordance with alternative (C) above.


  11.3.

Exclusive Remedy. This “Mutual Indemnification” section states the indemnifying Party’s sole liability to, and the indemnified Party’s exclusive remedy against, the other party for any type of claim described in this section.

 

12.

Exclusions and Limitations of Liability

 

  12.1.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. SUBJECT TO SECTION 12.3, IN NO EVENT WILL THE AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF EACH PARTY TOGETHER WITH ITS AFFILIATES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE GREATER OF [***] OR THE TOTAL AMOUNTS PAID BY PARTNER HEREUNDER IN THE TWELVE MONTHS PRECEDING THE FIRST INCIDENT OUT OF WHICH THE LIABILITY AROSE. THE FOREGOING LIMITATION WILL APPLY WHETHER AN ACTION IS IN CONTRACT OR TORT AND REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, BUT WILL NOT LIMIT PARTNER’S PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

 

  12.2.

EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND RELATED DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES HAVE ANY LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, REVENUES, GOODWILL, OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, COVER, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, WHETHER AN ACTION IS IN CONTRACT OR TORT AND REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, EVEN IF A PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR IF A PARTY’S OR ITS AFFILIATES’ REMEDY OTHERWISE FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. THE FOREGOING DISCLAIMER WILL NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY LAW.

 

  12.3.

EXCEPTIONS: SECTION 12.1 DOES NOT APPLY TO: (i) THE OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 11.1, 11.2(i), AND 11.2(iii) OF THIS AGREEMENT; (ii) PARTNER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM ITS BREACH OF SECTION 3.4 (PRIVACY AND SECURITY OF CUSTOMER DATA ACCESSED BY PARTNER APPLICATION) [***].

 

13.

Compliance

 

  13.1.

Compliance with Ethical Brand Representation Standards. Partner shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations in its marketing activities hereunder and shall not engage in any deceptive, misleading, illegal or unethical marketing activities, or activities that SFDC reasonably believes may be detrimental to SFDC and shall perform its obligations hereunder in a manner that in SFDC’s judgment reflects well upon SFDC and its brands. SFDC will provide the Distribution Services in accordance with laws and government regulations applicable to SFDC’s provision of the Distribution Services to its partners generally (i.e., without regard for Partner’s or any Customer’s particular use of the Distribution Services), and subject to Partner and Customer’s use of the Distribution Services in accordance with this Agreement, the Documentation, and the applicable Service Order.

 

  13.2.

Compliance with Global Trade Laws. The Parties, as well as the Distribution Services, Services, Content, and other technology SFDC makes available may be subject to export and economic sanctions laws and regulations of the United States and other jurisdictions. Each Party represents that as of the Effective Date neither the Party, nor its Affiliates, is: (a) currently identified on any sanctions or export control list maintained by the U.S. government, including, but not limited to, the Specially Designated Nationals (“SDN”) List maintained by the Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) or the Denied Persons or Entity Lists maintained by the Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”) (collectively “Sanctioned Persons”); nor (b) located, organized or ordinarily resident in a U.S.-embargoed country or territory (currently Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and the Crimea Region of Ukraine) (each, an “Embargoed Territory”). Unless otherwise authorized by a specific license, general license, exemption, or other authorization from the U.S. government, Partner shall not (a) sell a Partner Application or Combined Solution into or from, or permit Users (as defined in the OEM Addendum) to access or use any Partner Application or Combined Solution from, an Embargoed Territory; (b) engage in any transaction with, or allow access or use of any Partner Application or Combined Solution by, a Sanctioned Person, in connection with Partner’s activities contemplated by this Agreement; or (c) engage in any other activity or transaction pursuant to this Agreement that would be in violation of any U.S. export or economic sanctions law or regulation.

 

  13.3.

Compliance with Anti-corruption Laws. Partner shall comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and the anti-corruption laws of other countries, to the extent applicable. Partner hereby represents and warrants that, in its performance under this Agreement, Partner has not, and will not at any time, directly or indirectly (through a sub-Partner or other third party), pay, offer, give or promise to pay or give, or authorize the payment of, any monies or any other thing of value to secure an improper advantage or to improperly influence or reward the performance of any party.

 

  13.4.

Consequences of Violation. Partner shall promptly inform SFDC in writing upon becoming aware of any potential violations of laws in connection with this Agreement. Partner hereby acknowledges and agrees that any violation by Partner of the Compliance with Trade Law and Ethical Brand Representation Standards and Compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws sections of this Agreement will constitute a material breach of this Agreement. In the event SFDC reasonably believes such a violation has occurred, SFDC will have the right to terminate this Agreement, without any liability whatsoever to Partner, immediately upon providing written notice of termination to Partner. Termination of this Agreement by SFDC under this section shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, SFDC’s other legal rights and remedies.


  13.5.

Training. To comply with applicable law and any obligations set forth in this Section 13 (Compliance), Partner agrees to implement and maintain an internal training program for its employees (and to the extent applicable, Partner’s contractors) to help ensure Partner’s compliance with applicable laws, including international anti-corruption laws such as the FCPA, the UK Bribery Act and local anti-corruption law as well as US export control law.

 

  13.6.

Certification. Partner agrees to periodically [***], at SFDC’s request, complete SFDC’s Due Diligence Questionnaire and Compliance Certification. Partner agrees that, to comply with applicable laws, Partner and its employees and contractors participating on Partner’s behalf in the activities contemplated under this Agreement may be subject to periodic certification as determined by SFDC. Partner may be subject to additional due diligence, questions and training, as reasonably determined by SFDC. Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent that Partner or a Partner contractor has completed SFDC’s then-standard compliance certification (“Compliance Certification”), Partner and/or the contractor shall remain in full compliance with the terms of its Compliance Certification. If SFDC reasonably believes that Partner has violated or is violating the terms of its Compliance Certification, Partner shall cooperate in good faith with SFDC (i) in determining the existence, nature and extent of any such violation, and (ii) to undertake any actions required to correct the violation. In the event SFDC reasonably and in good faith disputes Partner’s certification or reasonably believes Partner has violated its obligations set forth herein, SFDC shall have the right to review Partner’s records to ensure compliance upon reasonable notice.

 

  13.7.

Cooperation. [***].

 

14.

General

 

  14.1.

Personnel; Use of Third Parties. Each Party will be responsible for the performance of its personnel (including its employees and contractors) and any third parties it uses in the performance of this Agreement, and the compliance of such personnel and third parties with such Party’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

  14.2.

Relationship of the Parties. The Parties are non-exclusive, independent contractors, and nothing in this Agreement or done pursuant to this Agreement will create or be construed to create a partnership, franchise, joint venture, agency, fiduciary or employment relationship between the Parties. [***].

 

  14.3.

No Third Party Beneficiaries. There are no third party beneficiaries under this Agreement.

 

  14.4.

Notices. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, all notices related to this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective upon (a) personal delivery, (b) the business day after mailing via overnight delivery service, (c) the second business day after mailing, (d) the second business day after sending by confirmed facsimile, or (e), except for notices of termination or an indemnifiable claim (“Legal Notices”), the day of sending by email. Notices to SFDC will be addressed to the attention of the Partner Program Manager, with a copy to SFDC’s General Counsel, at salesforce.com, inc., Salesforce Tower, 415 Mission Street, 3rd Floor, San Francisco, California, 94105; fax (415) 901-7040; legal@salesforce.com; or as updated by SFDC via written notice to Partner. Billing-related notices to Partner will be addressed to the relevant billing contact designated by Partner, and Legal Notices to Partner will be addressed to the address provided above and be clearly identifiable as Legal Notices. All other notices to Partner will be addressed to the relevant Relationship Manager or Distribution Services system administrator designated by Partner.

 

  14.5.

Waiver. No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right under this Agreement will constitute a waiver of that right.

 

  14.6.

Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law, the provision will be deemed null and void, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in effect.

 

  14.7.

Assignment. Neither Party may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party (not to be unreasonably withheld); provided however, either Party may assign this Agreement together with all rights and obligations hereunder, without consent of the other Party, in connection with a merger, acquisition, corporate reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Party is acquired by, sells substantially all of its assets to, or undergoes a Change in Control in favor of, a direct competitor of the other Party, then such other Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice [***]. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  14.8.

Entire Agreement. This Agreement, and each applicable Partner Category Addendum, constitute the entire agreement between SFDC and Partner regarding Partner’s distribution of Partner Applications in combination with the Distribution Services as part of a Combined Solution and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, including the Prior Agreement, proposals or representations, written or oral, concerning its subject matter. The Parties agree that any term or condition stated in a Partner order form or in any other Partner order documentation, including a purchase order (but excluding Service Orders) is void. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency


  among the following documents, the order of precedence shall be: (1) the applicable Service Order, (2) any exhibit schedule or addendum to this Agreement, (3) the body of this Agreement, (4) the Documentation and SFDC Branding Guidelines, and (5) the Salesforce Partner Program Agreement entered into between Partner and SFDC.

 

  14.9.

Governing Law. This Agreement, and any disputes arising out of or related hereto, will be governed exclusively by the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules or the United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods.

 

  14.10.

Venue. The state and federal courts located in San Francisco County, California will have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute relating to this Agreement, and each party consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of those courts.

 

  14.11.

Counterparts and Delivery by Electronic Means. This Agreement may be executed electronically, via facsimile, email or electronic signature, and in counterparts.


LOGO

OEM ADDENDUM

TO

PARTNER APPLICATION DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

Template last updated June 27, 2019

Signature Page

 

Partner Name    nCino, Inc.
Partner Application Name    nCino Bank Operating System

This OEM Addendum (“OEM Addendum”) amends and supplements the Partner Application Distribution Agreement (the “PADA”) (the PADA, together with this OEM Addendum, the “Agreement”) between Partner and SFDC (as defined in the Agreement). This OEM Addendum is effective as of the later of the dates beneath the parties’ signatures below (the “OEM Addendum Effective Date”); provided, however that if such dates are separated by more than thirty (30) days this OEM Addendum will be deemed null and void. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the terms of the PADA shall apply to this OEM Addendum, and capitalized terms used but not defined in this OEM Addendum shall have the meanings set forth in the PADA.

This OEM Addendum is a “Partner Category Addendum” as such term is defined in the PADA.

The parties’ authorized signatories have duly executed this OEM Addendum as of the OEM Addendum Effective Date.

 

SFDC         Partner
By:             By:    
Print Name:         Print Name:    
Title:         Title:    
Date:         Date:    


1.

Additional Definitions

Admin User” means a subscription to an OEM Service that may be used by a Customer only to configure and administer the OEM Services in support of the Customer’s use of the Combined Solution. An Admin User may not be used to access, distribute, or use OEM Services to access standard objects through standard tabs and related lists in custom tabs through the SFDC web services API or through reports and dashboards. Standard objects include campaigns, leads, opportunities, cases, solutions and forecasts.

Customer Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 (Customer Agreements).

Embedded Edition Restriction” means the terms set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

OEM Services” means the Services that SFDC provides for the use or resale by Partner as part of a Combined Solution, as set forth in the Product Catalog and each Service Order accepted by SFDC. For the avoidance of doubt, the OEM Services are also Distribution Services.

Platform Subscription” means a Force.com OEM Services subscription, or a subscription to other OEM Services designated in the Product Catalog as “fulfilling the 1:1 requirement” or similar designation.

Product Catalog” means the listing of OEM Services, pricing and product specific terms that SFDC makes available for Partner to purchase pursuant to Service Orders, as set forth initially in Exhibit A, and as updated from time to time by SFDC in the Channel Order App [***].

Provisioning Information” means the following information regarding the applicable Service Order:

 

  a)

Customer name and location

 

  b)

Org identification number

 

  c)

Name of OEM Services subscription type and quantity sold

 

  d)

Effective start date of Customer order

 

  e)

Term of Customer order

 

  f)

Auto-renewal (Y/N)

 

  g)

Date of Customer’s Acceptance of Customer Agreement

 

  h)

Date of Partner’s receipt of Customer order

 

  i)

Per User/month pricing (percentage of net revenue pricing only)

Required Pass-Through Terms” means the SFDC Terms of Use [***].

SFDC Terms of Use” means the terms that Partner must pass-through to the Customer set forth in Exhibit F-3 hereto [***].

User” means an individual who is authorized by Customer to use a Service, for whom Customer has purchased a subscription (or in the case of any Services provided by SFDC or Partner without charge, for whom an Services subscription has been provisioned), and to whom Customer (or, when applicable, SFDC or Partner at Customer’s request) has supplied a user identification and password (for Services utilizing authentication). Users may include, for example, employees, consultants, contractors and agents of Customer, and third parties with which Customer transacts business.

 

2.

Services.

 

  2.1

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, SFDC hereby grants to Partner a nonexclusive, nontransferable (except as set forth in this Agreement), non-sublicensable (except as set forth in this Agreement) right to market, demonstrate, resell and support OEM Services in connection with Partner Applications as part of a Combined Solution.

 

  2.2

Partner may not resell any Services other than the OEM Services and may not resell any such OEM Service(s) independent of a Combined Solution.

 

  2.3

The Partner Applications must provide substantial functionality that is not available through the Services alone.

 

  2.4

The Combined Solution must be provisioned to a unique Org for each Customer. A single Org may not contain Customer Data of, or be accessed by, more than one Customer.

 

  2.5

Partner may not, without SFDC’s prior written consent (including pursuant to a separate written agreement), offer an application substantially similar to a Partner Application for use with Services, or any other services made available by SFDC that is not identified in a Partner Application Description. [***].

 

  2.6

During and after the Term of this Agreement, to the extent that Partner creates an online application using the Services, Partner may not, without SFDC’s prior written consent, make available such application to third parties (i.e. other than Partner or its Affiliates) unless authorized pursuant to this Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein or another written agreement between the Parties. Breach of this Section 2.6 will constitute a material breach of this Agreement.


  2.7

Unless otherwise specified in the Product Catalog or Service Order, OEM Services are purchased as User subscriptions and may be accessed by no more than the specified number of Users.

 

  2.8

This Agreement does not grant Partner an internal use subscription for the Services.

 

3.

1:1 Requirement. Partner must sell one Platform Subscription with every one (1) subscription to a Partner Application it sells as part of a Combined Solution. A breach of this Section 3 will constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

 

4.

Combined Solutions. Combined Solutions may only utilize the minimum number of OEM Services components (e.g., custom objects) required to deliver the applicable Partner Application. Customers may not increase the number of custom objects beyond that provided in the Partner Applications, nor may they develop applications for internal use or install additional applications in connection with the OEM Services included in the Combined Solution.

 

5.

Service Orders.

 

  5.1

Delivery of Service Orders. Partner will submit a complete and accurate Service Order to SFDC via SFDC’s Channel Order App (or such other method pre-approved by SFDC in writing) for all OEM Services subscriptions that Partner is required to purchase pursuant to Section 3 (1:1 Requirement) above. Each Service Order is subject to SFDC’s reasonable and good faith acceptance, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed [***]. For clarity, Service Orders entered into pursuant to the terms of the Prior Agreement will be considered Service Orders hereunder, and OEM Services subscriptions ordered under such Service Orders will be considered OEM Service subscriptions under this Agreement.

 

  5.2

Provisioning Information. Each Service Order submitted via the Channel Order App must include the Provisioning Information. Partner represents and warrants that all such Provisioning Information submitted to SFDC will be true and correct and agrees to certify the same in writing, and to provide to SFDC copies of the documentation underlying the Provisioning Information, periodically, upon SFDC’s request.

 

  5.3

Trial Subscriptions. Partner is not required to submit a Service Order to SFDC for Trial Subscriptions; provided, however, that Partner must submit the applicable Service Order to SFDC within [***] of the expiration of a Trial Subscription to the extent Partner continues to provide the Partner Application. No more than five (5) Trial Subscriptions can be provisioned to an individual Customer.

 

  5.4

No Cancellation. Service Orders are non-cancelable by Partner after acceptance by SFDC. The number of subscriptions specified in an accepted Service Order cannot be decreased prior to the end of the Service Order term, regardless of any termination, nonpayment, nonuse or other conduct or inaction on the part of the corresponding Customer.

 

  5.5

Channel Order App Certification. Partner agrees that its personnel who will be entering Service Orders via the Channel Order App will go through SFDC’s training process for the Channel Order App, including passing the related certification exam, within [***] of the OEM Addendum Effective Date. In addition to the foregoing, any other Partner personnel who will be entering Service Orders via the Channel Order App will also have to complete such training and certification in a timely manner.

 

6.

OEM Services Subscriptions.

 

  6.1

Subscription Term. The term of each OEM Services subscription and renewal thereof shall be [***]; provided, that if Partner has already resold one or more OEM Services subscriptions to such Customer, the term of each additional OEM Services subscription that Partner resells to such Customer (each, an “Add-On Subscription”) must coterminate with the term of such pre-existing Services subscriptions.

 

  6.2

Subscription Renewals. Existing OEM Services subscriptions shall automatically renew unless terminated by (i) Partner by providing [***] prior written notice to SFDC through the Channel Order App, or (ii) SFDC, in its reasonable discretion, by providing [***] prior written notice to the Partner [***].

 

  6.3

Admin Subscriptions. SFDC will provision at least one Admin User Subscription to each Customer Org.

 

7.

Provision of OEM Services and Certain Limitations.

 

  7.1

Provision of OEM Services. SFDC will use commercially reasonable efforts to make the online OEM Services available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, except for: (a) planned downtime (of which SFDC shall give advance electronic notice as provided in the Documentation), and (b) any unavailability caused by circumstances beyond SFDC’s reasonable control, including, for example, an act of God, act of government, flood, fire, earthquake, civil unrest, act of terror, strike or other labor problem (other than one involving SFDC employees), Internet service provider failure or delay, Non-SFDC Application or denial of service attack.

 

8.

Fees, Invoicing and Payment.

 

  8.1

Fees.


  8.1.1

Partner will pay SFDC fees for OEM Services as set forth in the applicable Service Order and in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  8.1.2

SFDC will invoice Partner on a [***] set forth in the Service Orders for each Customer account. On or around the [***] of each month, SFDC will provide Partner with an account statement (“Account Statement”) specifying the aggregate amounts due SFDC across all Customer accounts. Amounts invoiced under this OEM Addendum are due [***] from receipt of the invoice (receipt deemed same day as sent, if sent via email), and paid by wire transfer once each month. With each wire transfer payment, Partner shall provide SFDC with a listing of the SFDC invoices that Partner is making payments against with such payment.

 

  8.1.3

[***].

 

  8.2

Customer Billing and Collection. Partner will be solely responsible for billing and collecting fees for the Combined Solution from all Customers.

 

9.

Customer Agreements.

 

  9.1

Customers will contract directly with Partner for use of the Combined Solution.

 

  9.2

Partner agrees that it will directly enter into an agreement (either through an online click-through agreement allowing for tracking of acceptance or through a written agreement) with each Customer containing:

 

  (i)

Other than as set forth in Section 9.5, the SFDC Terms of Use, or terms that are not materially different than or less protective of SFDC than the SFDC Terms of Use;

 

  (ii)

Other than as set forth in Section 9.5, the Embedded Edition Restriction; and

 

  (iii)

any product specific terms specified by SFDC in the Product Catalog or the applicable Service Order for particular versions of the Services ((i), (ii) and (iii) together constitute the “Customer Agreement”).

For the avoidance of doubt, each Customer Agreement that Partner enters into with Customer must expressly state that the SFDC Terms of Use, Embedded Edition Restriction and product specific terms contained in such Customer Agreement are to the benefit of and enforceable by SFDC as a third party beneficiary. Except for the Customer Agreement, pricing and all other terms and conditions relating to Customers’ use of the Combined Solution will be solely between Customers and Partner.

 

  9.3

SFDC reserves the right to terminate any Service Order or suspend access to the Distribution Services if the applicable Customer is in breach of the Customer Agreement. In no case will any such termination or suspension give rise to any liability of SFDC to Partner or to the Customer, including for a refund or damages.

 

  9.4

Partner will prominently inform all Customers signing up for a Trial Subscription that registration information will be disclosed to SFDC and will be used by SFDC pursuant to its privacy policy available at http://www.salesforce.com. All data provided by a prospective Customer through a Trial Subscription will be treated by the Parties as that Customer’s Customer Data, and Partner will enable the Customer to access and download all of its Customer Data submitted, accessed or processed by the Partner Applications throughout the term of the Trial Subscription.

 

  9.5

[***]

 

10.

Customer Data and other Obligations.

 

  10.1

Additional Partner Obligations.

 

  10.1.1

Prior to accessing a Customer’s account and/or Customer Data in order to administer or configure the Combined Solution as an Admin User or by other means, Partner must notify the applicable Customer in the Customer Agreement or in another agreement that Partner will have such access to the Customer’s account and/or Customer Data.

 

  10.2

Additional SFDC Obligations.

 

  10.2.1

SFDC will maintain [***] administrative, physical, and technical safeguards for protection of the security, confidentiality and integrity of Customer Data, as described in the Documentation. Those safeguards will include, but will not be limited to, measures for preventing access, use, modification or disclosure of Customer Data by SFDC personnel except (a) to provide the Services and prevent or address service or technical problems, (b) as compelled by law in accordance with the “Confidentiality: Compelled Disclosure” section below, or (c) as expressly permitted in writing by a Customer.

 

  10.3

Einstein OEM Services and Features.

 

  10.3.1

Einstein Data Analytics. Partner acknowledges that SFDC may access Customer Data submitted to Services and features branded as Einstein for the purpose of training and improving similar or related services and features and Partner, for itself and on behalf of its Customers, instructs SFDC to process its Customer Data for such purpose. SFDC retains all right, title, and interest in and to all system performance data, machine learning algorithms, and aggregated results of such machine learning. SFDC will not share any Customer Data with any other customers.


  10.3.2

Acceptable Use and External-Facing Services Policy. Partner acknowledges and agrees that, in its use of Services and features branded as Einstein, Partner shall comply with the terms of the SFDC Terms of Use, including SFDC’s Acceptable Use and External-Facing Services Policy, which is set forth at https://c1.sfdcstatic.com/content/dam/web/en_us/www/documents/legal/Agreements/policies/ExternalFacing_Services_Policy.pdf and incorporated herein by reference.

 

11.

Term.

 

  11.1

The initial term of this OEM Addendum commences on the OEM Addendum Effective Date and ends seven (7) years thereafter (“Initial Term”), unless terminated earlier by either Party as set forth in this Agreement. Thereafter, this OEM Addendum will automatically renew for additional one (1) year periods (each a “Renewal Term”), unless terminated earlier by either Party pursuant to this Agreement or unless either Party gives notice of non-renewal to the other Party no later than [***] before the end of the Initial Term or the then-current Renewal Term. The Initial Term, all Renewal Terms and any Transition Period are referred to collectively as the “OEM Term.”

 

  11.2

Notwithstanding Section 7.3.2 of the PADA, if either Party elects not to renew this OEM Addendum pursuant to Section 11.1 of the OEM Addendum, the Parties will continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, including payment obligations, so that all then-current Customers will continue to have full and complete access to the Combined Solution as set forth below:

(i) Each Service Order in effect as of the date of expiration of this Agreement (an “Active Service Order”) will continue for the remainder of its then-current term.

(ii) Each Active Service Order may continue to automatically renew one or more times as set forth in Section 6.2 of the OEM Addendum for up to [***], provided that all such renewals must end no later than [***]. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) all Service Orders must expire no later than [***] following the date of expiration of this Agreement, and (ii) the PADA and OEM Addendum will continue to apply in full force and effect with respect to Service Orders in effect during the Extended Transition Period.

(iii) SFDC reserves the right to terminate the Customer relationship with any Customer that is in breach of its SFDC MSA during the Extended Transition Period. In no case will any such termination give rise to any liability of Salesforce to Partner or to the Customer for a refund or damages.

(iv) [***].

 

12.

Indemnification. For the purposes of the section of this Agreement titled “Indemnification by Partner,” a “Claim Against SFDC” includes any claim, demand, suit or proceeding made or brought against SFDC by a third party based upon a breach by Customer of the Customer Agreement.

 

13.

Counterparts. This OEM Addendum may be executed electronically and in counterparts.


Exhibit List

Exhibit A: Product Catalog

Exhibit B: Partner Application Description

Exhibit C: Embedded Edition Restriction

Exhibit D: Channel Partners

Exhibit E: Authorized Affiliates

Exhibit F-1: Previous SFDC Service Terms

Exhibit F-2: Previous SFDC Service Terms

Exhibit F-3: SFDC Terms of Use

Exhibit G-1: Customer Specific Terms for [***] Bank [***]

Attachment 1 to Exhibit G-1: Customer Specific Terms for [***] Bank [***]: Service Level Addendum

Attachment 2 to Exhibit G-1:    Customer Specific Terms for [***] Bank [***]

Exhibit G-2: Customer Specific Terms for Bank [***]

Attachment 1 to Exhibit G-2: Business Continuity

Exhibit G-3: Customer Specific Terms for: [***] Bank

Exhibit H: Service Level Addendum

Exhibit I: Public Cloud Infrastructure

Attachment 1 to Exhibit I: Covered Customers

Exhibit J: Data Processing Addendum


Exhibit A – Product Catalog

[***]


Exhibit B—Partner Application Description: nCino Bank Operating System

[***]


Exhibit C – Embedded Edition Restriction

[***]


Exhibit D – Channel Partners

[***]


Exhibit E – Authorized Affiliates

[***]


Exhibit F-1 to OEM Addendum

[***]


Exhibit F-2 to OEM Addendum

[***]


Exhibit F-3 to OEM Addendum

[***]


Exhibit G-1 to OEM Addendum — Modified SFDC Service Terms for [***] Bank [***]

[***]


Attachment 1 to Exhibit G-1 to OEM Addendum— Modified SFDC Service Terms for [***] Bank [***]

[***]


Attachment 2 to Exhibit G-1 to OEM Addendum – Modified SFDC Service Terms for [***] Bank [***]

[***]


Exhibit G-2 to OEM Addendum — Modified SFDC Service Terms for Bank [***]

[***]


Attachment I — Business Continuity

[***]


Exhibit G-3 to OEM Addendum — Customer Specific Terms for: [***] Bank

[***]


EXHIBIT H to OEM Addendum

[***]


Exhibit I to OEM Addendum

[***]


Attachment 1 to Exhibit I to OEM Addendum

Covered Customers

[***]


Exhibit J to OEM Addendum

[***]

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 17, 2020, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of nCino, Inc. dated June 22, 2020.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

June 22, 2020